Agenda packet — Brea City Council, August 19, 2025 (part 7 of 11)

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N 2N
E E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
1 3 EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
EX. 2-3"C 1 3
EX. 2-3"C 2 3
EX. 3"C 2 3
EX. 2"C 2 3
2 3 EX. 3"C
EX. 3"C 2 3
1 3 EX. 2"C
2 3 EX. 2"C
2 3 EX. 2"C
2 EX. 2"C 2 3
2 3 EX. 2"C
2 3 EX. 2"C
2 3 EX. 2"C
9 7
ETHERNET SWITCH 6

MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. 2.5"C 2 3
EX. 3"C 3 3
EX. 2-3"C 3 3
2 3 EX. 2"C
1 2
EX. 3"C 3 3
EX. 2.5"C 2 3
EX. 2.5"C 2 3
EX. 2"C 2 3
EX. 3"C 2 3
3 E
2N
1E
8 8 9
9 11
9 11
3 EX. 2-3"C
12 CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE

PTZ CCTV CAMERA
20 20
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON EXISTING SIGNAL POLE (SIDE-MOUNTED) PER CALTRANS STD PLAN ES-7R DETAIL D AND MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. EXACT LOCATION OF CCTV CAMERA SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BY THE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED PTZ CCTV CAMERA (AVIGILON H5A-IRPTZ-DP36-WP) ON EXISTING SIGNAL POLE (SIDE-MOUNTED) PER CALTRANS STD PLAN ES-7R DETAIL D AND MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. EXACT LOCATION OF CCTV CAMERA SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BY THE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE.

FURNISH AND INSTALL CCTV CABLE IN CONDUIT PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON NEW 2-PIECE CAMERA BRACKET 1 2
3 TWISTED PAIR CABLE. COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs. INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO TRAFFIC SIGNAL OPERATIONS NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS900). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX73934E). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT AND NEW POLICE DEPARTMENT ETHERNET SWITCH.

REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING VDSL ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS930L).

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EG97023-2VCR) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs. 8 9
10 11
12 REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 12 SMFO DROP CABLE. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

FUSION SPLICE EXISTING 72 SMFO DISTRIBUTION CABLE WITH NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE IN EXISTING SPLICE ENCLOSURE FOR INTENDED OPERATION. COIL 50 FEET OF NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE IN PULL BOX FOR SLACK. SEE FIBER ASSIGNMENT SHEETS FOR DETAILS.

REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT COMPLETE WITH CONNECTORS AND SPLICE TRAY PER SPECIAL PROVISIONS. TERMINATE PROPOSED 24 SMFO DROP CABLE FOR INTENDED OPERATION. SEE FIBER ASSIGNMENT SHEETS FOR DETAILS.

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET. 16 17
18 CONSTRUCTION NOTES (CONT.):

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 20 MODIFY FIBER SPLICES IN EXISTING SPLICE ENCLOSURE PER FIBER ASSIGNMENTS.

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:
4 NEW INSTALLATION QUANTITIES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
2 1
2 1
1 2
1 EX. 3"C 1 3
EX. 3"C 1 3 EX. 2-3"C 1 3
1 3 EX. 2"C EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
1 3 EX. 3"C
EX. 2-3"C 3 4
2 3 EX. 2"C
2 3 EX. 4"C
EX. 3-3"C 2 3
1 3 EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 3"C
2 3 EX. 2.5"C
EX. 2.5"C 2 3
EX. 2.5"C 2 3
EX. 3"C 2 3
3 3 EX. 2-3"C
3 3 EX. 2-3"C
3 EX. 2-3"C
11 10
9 ETHERNET SWITCH 5

MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. 2.5"C 2 3
3 3 EX. 2-3"C

CONDUCTOR TYPE FUNCTION
1 2

CCTV CABLE

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N 2N
E E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
3 E
2N
1E
9 8
9 11
9 12
24 SMFO
12 SMFO

SYSTEM CABLE

SYSTEM CABLE
4 E
5 -E
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT 1
1N
-
-
-
-
-
- 1N1R
1N
1R
18 EX. 2.5"C 5 16
16 17
3 CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE

PTZ CCTV CAMERA
20 CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

FURNISH AND INSTALL CCTV CABLE IN CONDUIT PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON NEW 2-PIECE CAMERA BRACKET 1 2
3 (PELCO ASTRO-BRAC) MOUNTED TO EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT CITY OF BREA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TO TRIM TREE(S) TO ENSURE ADEQUATE VISIBILITY FOR CCTV CAMERA. EXACT TREE(S) SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CITY ENGINEER.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED PTZ CCTV CAMERA (AVIGILON H5A-IRPTZ-DP36-WP) ON EXISTING SIGNAL POLE MAST-ARM PER 5 NEW SWITCH TO TRAFFIC SIGNAL OPERATIONS NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS900). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX73934E). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT AND NEW POLICE DEPARTMENT ETHERNET SWITCH.

REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING VDSL ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS930L).

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EG97023-2VCR) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs. 9 10
11 12
REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 12 SMFO DROP CABLE. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET. 16 17
18 CONSTRUCTION NOTES (CONT.):

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:
1 2
4 NEW INSTALLATION QUANTITIES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
2 1
1 5
1 3 EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 1.5"C
1 3 EX. 3"C
EX. 2-3"C 4 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2.5"C 1 3
EX. 2-3"C 4 3
6 3 EX. 2-3"C
3 3 EX. 2-3"C
EX. 2-3"C 3 3
2 3 EX. 3"C
3 3 EX. 2-3"C
1 3 EX. 2.5"C
1 3
1 3 EX. 2.5"C
9 ETHERNET SWITCH 4

MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. 2.5"C
2 3 EX. 2"C
EX. 3"C 2 3
1 2
11 9 10
9 10
9 10
12 EX. 3"C 1 3
EX. 3"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3

CONDUCTOR TYPE FUNCTION
1 2

CCTV CABLE

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N 2N
E E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
3 E
2N
1E
24 SMFO
12 SMFO

SYSTEM CABLE

SYSTEM CABLE
4 E
5 -E1N
-
-
-
-
-
- 1N1R
1N
1R
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT 3
17 5 16 EX. 4"C
6 E
1N
1R
2N
1E
16 18
18 17
5 16 EX. 4"C
16 18
17 16
EX. 3"C 5 16

CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE

PTZ CCTV CAMERA
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

FURNISH AND INSTALL CCTV CABLE IN CONDUIT PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON NEW 2-PIECE CAMERA BRACKET 1 2
3 NEW SWITCH TO TRAFFIC SIGNAL OPERATIONS NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS900). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX73934E). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING 9 10
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT AND NEW POLICE DEPARTMENT ETHERNET SWITCH.

REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING VDSL ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS930L).

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EG97023-2VCR) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs. 12 REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 12 SMFO DROP CABLE. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET. 16 17
18 CONSTRUCTION NOTES (CONT.):

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:
4 NEW INSTALLATION QUANTITIES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
2 1
2 1
1 2
1 1 3
1 3
4 3
4 3
2 3
4 3
1 3
1 3
EX. 2-3"C
EX. 3"C
EX. 3"C
EX. 2.5"C
EX. 3"C
EX. 2"C
EX. 2.5"C
EX. 2"C
EX. 2-3"C 6 3
1 3 EX. 2"C
EX. 2"C 1 3
1 3 EX. 2"C
EX. 2"C 1 3
1 3 EX. 3"C
EX. 2-2.5"C 7 3
6 3 EX. 2-2.5"C
2 3
EX. 3"C 2 3
EX. 3"C 2 3
2 3 EX. 3"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
EX. 3"C
EX. 3"C 2 3
EX. 3"C 4 3
10 ETHERNET SWITCH 4

MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. 2"C 2 3
9 9 10
9 10
9 10
12 EX. 2"C 2 3
EX. 2"C 2 3

CONDUCTOR TYPE FUNCTION
1 2

CCTV CABLE

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N 2N
E E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
3 E
24 SMFO
12 SMFO

SYSTEM CABLE

SYSTEM CABLE
4 E
5 -E1N
-
-
-
-
- 1N
1R
1N
1R
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT 3
6 E
1N
1R
2N
1E
18 17
5 16 EX. 2-2"C
5 16 EX. 3"C
16 17
18 EX. 3"C 4 3
EX. 2.5"C 1 3
EX. 3"C 5 16
16 16
16 16
16 CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE

PTZ CCTV CAMERA
17 18
EX. 3"C 3 16
7 1N
E
1N - 2E
1R 1E
EX. 3"C 3 16
8 -E
-1E
EX. 1.5"C 8
8 EX. 1.5"C
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

FURNISH AND INSTALL CCTV CABLE IN CONDUIT PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON NEW 2-PIECE CAMERA BRACKET 1 2
3 NEW SWITCH TO TRAFFIC SIGNAL OPERATIONS NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS900). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX73934E). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING 9 10
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT AND NEW POLICE DEPARTMENT ETHERNET SWITCH.

REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING VDSL ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS930L).

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET. 16 17
18 BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:
4 NEW INSTALLATION QUANTITIES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
1 1
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
4 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
6 3
2 3
2 3
2 3
2 3
2 3
EX. 3"C
4 3 EX. 2-3"C
1 3 EX. 2.5"C
EX. 2.5"C
EX. 2.5"C
EX. 2"C
EX. 2-3"C
EX. 3"C
EX. 3"C
EX. 3"C 1 3
EX. 2"C
EX. 2-4"C
EX. 3"C
EX. 2-4"C
EX. 2-4"C
EX. 4"C 2 3
EX. 4"C
EX. 4"C
EX. 2"C
10 ETHERNET SWITCH 4

MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
2 3 EX. 4"C
9 9 10
9 10
9 10 12

CONDUCTOR TYPE FUNCTION
1 2

CCTV CABLE

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N
E E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
3 24 SMFO
12 SMFO

SYSTEM CABLE

SYSTEM CABLE
4 E
5 -E1N
-
-
-
- 1N1R
1N
1R
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT 4
18 17
EX. 3"C 5 16
16 18
16 17
5 16 EX. 3"C
18 17
5 16 EX. 3"C
5 16 EX. 3"C
18 17
EX. 2"C 5 16
EX. 2"C 5 16
EX. 2"C 5 16
3 16 EX. 2"C
6 E
-
- 1N
1E

CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE
E
1E
-
-

PTZ CCTV CAMERA
2N
1E
EX. 4"C 3
EX. 4"C 3
EX. 3"C 3
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

FURNISH AND INSTALL CCTV CABLE IN CONDUIT PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON NEW 2-PIECE CAMERA BRACKET 1 2
3 NEW SWITCH TO TRAFFIC SIGNAL OPERATIONS NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS900). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX73934E). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING 9 10
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT AND NEW POLICE DEPARTMENT ETHERNET SWITCH.

REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING VDSL ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS930L).

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EG97023-2VCR) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT. 12 13
REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 12 SMFO DROP CABLE. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR CONSTRUCTION NOTES (CONT.): FOR INTENDED OPERATION. SEE FIBER ASSIGNMENT SHEETS FOR DETAILS.

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET.

SEE FIBER ASSIGNMENT SHEETS FOR DETAILS.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

MODIFY FIBER SPLICES IN EXISTING SPLICE ENCLOSURE PER FIBER ASSIGNMENTS. 15 14
REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 12 SMFO DROP CABLE. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET. 16 17
18 BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:
4 NEW INSTALLATION QUANTITIES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
1 1
1 1
1 2
1 1 3
1 3
1 3
2 3
2 3
2 3
3 3
8 3
1 3
EX. 2"C
EX. 2"C 3
EX. 2"C
EX. 2.5"C
EX. 2-2"C 4 3
4 3 EX. 2-3"C
EX. 2-4"C
EX. 2.5"C 2 3
EX. 2.5"C 2 3
EX. 2-3"C
EX. 2.5"C
EX. 2"C
EX. 3"C 1 3
EX. 3"C 5 3
EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 3"C
EX. 2-3"C 5 3
1 3 EX. 2.5"C
1 EX. 3"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
10 ETHERNET SWITCH 4

MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. 2.5"C
2 3 EX. 2.5"C
EX. 2.5"C 2 3
9 9 10
9 12
9 10
14 12
18 LAYER 3 ETHERNET SWITCH 1

CONDUCTOR TYPE FUNCTION
1 2

CCTV CABLE

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N 2N
E E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
3 E
2N
1E
24 SMFO
12 SMFO

SYSTEM CABLE

SYSTEM CABLE
4 E
5 -E1N
-
-
-
-
-
- 1N1R
1N
1R
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT 3
6 CAT5E - - - - -
7 -E
1N
- E
1N
- 2N
1E
1E 1E
15 EX. 3"C, 2-2.5"C 7
18 17
16 6 16 EX. 3"C
18 17
6 16 EX. 2"C
3 16
15 13

CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE
8 1N
1E
-
-
-E

PTZ CCTV CAMERA
1 3 EX. 2.5"C
NEW SWITCH TO TRAFFIC SIGNAL OPERATIONS NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS900). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX73934E). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING 9 10
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

FURNISH AND INSTALL CCTV CABLE IN CONDUIT PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON NEW 2-PIECE CAMERA BRACKET 1 2
3 REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 12 SMFO DROP CABLE. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET. 16 17
18 CONSTRUCTION NOTES (CONT.):
(PELCO ASTRO-BRAC) MOUNTED TO EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT CITY OF BREA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TO TRIM TREE(S) TO ENSURE ADEQUATE VISIBILITY FOR CCTV CAMERA. EXACT TREE(S) SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CITY ENGINEER.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED PTZ CCTV CAMERA (AVIGILON H5A-IRPTZ-DP36-WP) ON EXISTING SIGNAL POLE MAST-ARM PER 5 BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:
1 3
MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA 4

NEW INSTALLATION QUANTITIES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
1 1
1 1
1 3
2 3
EX. 2"C
EX. 2-4"C
EX. 2-4"C
EX. 1.5"C 1 3
EX. 2.5"C 1 3
1 3 EX. 2.5"C
EX. 2-2.5"C 1 3
EX. 2-3"C 2 3
4 3 EX. 2"C
4 3 EX. 4"C
5 16 EX. 2-3"C
9 ETHERNET SWITCH 4
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
1 3 EX. 1.5"C
EX. 2"C 3 1
1 3 EX. 1.5"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
2 16 EX. 2-2"C
EX. 2.5"C 1 3
EX. 4"C 4 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
10 9 10
9 10
9 10

CONDUCTOR TYPE FUNCTION
1 CCTV CABLE

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N
E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
2 24 SMFO
12 SMFO

SYSTEM CABLE

SYSTEM CABLE
3 E
-E1N
-
- 1N1R
1N
1R
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT 4
EX. 3"C 3 16
18 16
17 18
17 16
3 16 EX. 3"C
17 18
EX. 3"C 3 16
EX. 2"C 3 16
18 17
3 CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE
2 PTZ CCTV CAMERA 1
4 2N
E
-
-
5 E
2N
1N
1R
5 3
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

FURNISH AND INSTALL CCTV CABLE IN CONDUIT PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON NEW 2-PIECE CAMERA BRACKET (PELCO ASTRO-BRAC) MOUNTED TO EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT CITY OF BREA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TO TRIM TREE(S) TO ENSURE ADEQUATE 1 2
3 4
NEW SWITCH TO TRAFFIC SIGNAL OPERATIONS NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS900). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX73934E). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING 9 10
REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 12 SMFO DROP CABLE. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET. 16 17
18 CONSTRUCTION NOTES (CONT.):

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:
5 NEW INSTALLATION QUANTITIES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
1 1
1 2
1 1
4 3 16 EX. 3"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
3 3 EX. 2-3"C
EX. 3"C 1 3
4 16 EX. 2-3"C
EX. 2.5"C 1 3
EX. 2-3"C 4 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
2 3
2 3 EX. 2"C
2 3 EX. 2"C
2 3 EX. 2"C
EX. 3"C 2 3
3 16 EX. 2-3"C
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
1 3 EX. 2"C
9 ETHERNET SWITCH 4

MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. 2"C 2 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C
EX. 2"C 1 3
1 3 EX. 2"C
10 9 10
9 10
9 10

CONDUCTOR TYPE FUNCTION
1 2

CCTV CABLE

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N 2N
E E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
3 E
24 SMFO
12 SMFO

SYSTEM CABLE

SYSTEM CABLE
4 E
5 -E1N
-
-
-
- 1N1R
1N
1R
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT 4
18 5 16 EX. 2"C
5 16 EX. 3"C
3 17
18 17
3 EX. 4"C 5 3
2N
1N
1R
17 18
5 16 EX. 3"C
16 17
18 5 16 EX. 1.5"C
5 16 EX. 2.5"C
5 16 EX. 1.5"C
5 16 EX. 2.5"C
3 16

CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE

PTZ CCTV CAMERA
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT AND NEW POLICE DEPARTMENT ETHERNET SWITCH.

REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING VDSL ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS930L).

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EG97023-2VCR) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs. 12 CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

FURNISH AND INSTALL CCTV CABLE IN CONDUIT PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON NEW 2-PIECE CAMERA BRACKET 1 2
3 TWISTED PAIR CABLE. COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs. INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO TRAFFIC SIGNAL OPERATIONS NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS900). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX73934E). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING 8 9
10 REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 12 SMFO DROP CABLE. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET. 16 17
18 CONSTRUCTION NOTES (CONT.):

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:
4 NEW INSTALLATION QUANTITIES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
1 1
1 2
1 1 3 EX. 2"C
2 3 EX. 2"C
2 3 EX. 2"C
2 3
EX. 2"C 3 1
1 3 EX. 2-3"C, 1-2"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 3"C 1 3
3 16 EX. 2-3"C
EX. 3"C 1 3
9 ETHERNET SWITCH 6

MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
2 3
EX. 2-3"C 3 1
EX. 2"C, 2-3"C
EX. 2"C
10 8 9 12
8 9 12

CONDUCTOR TYPE FUNCTION
1 2

CCTV CABLE

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N 2N
E E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
3 24 SMFO
12 SMFO

SYSTEM CABLE

SYSTEM CABLE
E
1N
-
-
-
- 1N1R
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT 2
18 17
3 CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE

PTZ CCTV CAMERA
1 EX. 3"C 1 3
EX. 4"C 1 3
EX. 4"C 1 3
EX. 4"C 1 3
3 16 EX. 2-4"C,1-2"C
1 3 EX. 3"C
EX. R/W
1 3 EX. 4"C
9 10 18
17 3
4 16 EX. 3"C
4 E
1N
1R
-
EX. 2"C 2 3
REMOVE AND DISCARD EXISTING 12 SMFO DROP CABLE. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

TERMINATE NEW 24 SMFO DROP CABLE ON EXISTING FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN EXISTING COMMUNICATION HUB CABINET. 16 17
18 CONSTRUCTION NOTES (CONT.):

TWISTED PAIR CABLE. COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs. INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO TRAFFIC SIGNAL OPERATIONS NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX78934X-0VB) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs.

INTEGRATE NEW SWITCH TO POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK FOR INTENDED OPERATION.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS900). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH NEW FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EX73934E). COMPLETE ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING 8 9
10 CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

FURNISH AND INSTALL CCTV CABLE IN CONDUIT PER CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AND PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

INSTALL CITY-FURNISHED MULTI-SENSOR CAMERA (AVIGILON 20C-H5A-4MH) ON NEW 2-PIECE CAMERA BRACKET 1 2
3 FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT AND NEW POLICE DEPARTMENT ETHERNET SWITCH.

REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING VDSL ETHERNET SWITCH (SIEMENS RUGGEDCOM RS930L).

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ETHERNET SWITCH (ETHERWAN EG97023-2VCR) INCLUDING POWER SUPPLY AND SFPs. 12 BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:
4 NEW INSTALLATION QUANTITIES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
1 1
2 1
5 16
EX. 2-3"C 1 3
EX. 2-3"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
3 3 EX. 2-3"C
EX. 3"C 2 3
EX. 3"C 2 3
10 ETHERNET SWITCH 6

MULTI-SENSOR CCTV CAMERA
EX. R/W
EX. R/W
EX. 3"C 2 3
3 3
9 9 10

CONDUCTOR TYPE FUNCTION
1 2

CCTV CABLE

CONDUIT SIZE
SYSTEM CABLE 1N 2N
E E

CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET ONLY)
RUN
3 E
2N
1E
24 SMFO
12 SMFO

SYSTEM CABLE

SYSTEM CABLE
4 -E
-
-
-
-
-
- 1N1R
FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT 2
18 18
17 EX. 3"C 4 16
17 4 16 EX. 4"C
5 E
2N
1E
1N
1R
3 CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND CABLES ARE (E) EXISTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN AS:
(N) NEW, (R) REMOVE
EX. 2-3"C

PTZ CCTV CAMERA
1 1 3 EX. 2-3"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 3"C
EX. R/W
8 9 12
1 1 3 EX. 2"C
1 3 EX. 2"C
EX. 2"C 1 3
EX. 2"C 1 3
1 3 EX. 2-3"C
1 3 EX. 2-3"C
EX. R/W
EX. 2-3"C 1 3
8 9 12

CABINET DETAIL

1. CENTRAL AVE &

PUENTE ST

CABINET DETAIL

2. CENTRAL AVE &

STEELE DR

CABINET DETAIL

3. CENTRAL AVE &

BERRY ST

CABINET DETAIL

4. CENTRAL AVE &

SITE DR

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

CABINET DETAIL

5. CENTRAL AVE &

TAMARACK AVE

CABINET DETAIL

6. CENTRAL AVE &

BREA BLVD

CABINET DETAIL

44. STATE COLLEGE BLVD &

CLIFFWOOD AVE

CABINET DETAIL

45. STATE COLLEGE BLVD &

BALSA AVE

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

CENTRAL

STATE COLLEGE BOULEVARD
AVENUE BERRY STREETLAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

BERRY ST &
BREA CITY YARD/FIRE STATION #1

CABINET DETAIL

7. LAMBERT RD &

PUENTE ST

CABINET DETAIL

8. LAMBERT RD &

DELTA AVE

CABINET DETAIL

9. LAMBERT RD &

BERRY ST

CABINET DETAIL

10. LAMBERT RD &

TAMARACK AVE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY: BERRY STREET

LAMBERT ROAD
LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

CABINET DETAIL

12. LAMBERT RD &

CLIFFWOOD AVE

CABINET DETAIL

11. LAMBERT RD &

BREA BLVD

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY: BREA BLVD
EX. 144-PORT LC FDU #1

7. LAMBERT RD & PUENTE ST

8. LAMBERT RD & DELTA AVE

9. LAMBERT RD & BERRY ST

10.LAMBERT RD & TAMARACK AVE

11.LAMBERT RD & BREA BLVD

31.BREA BLVD & CYPRESS ST

32.BREA BLVD & FIRE STATION #2/TRACKS AT BREA

33.BREA BLVD & ASH ST
BERRY ST & BREA CITY YARD/FIRE STATION #1
EX. 144-PORT LC FDU #2

12.LAMBERT RD & CLIFFWOOD AVE

LAMBERT
ROAD

LAMBERT
ROAD
LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

CABINET DETAIL

14. LAMBERT RD &

POINTE DR

CABINET DETAIL

13. LAMBERT RD &

STATE COLLEGE BLVD

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

NEW 144-PORT LC FDU #1

1. CENTRAL AVE & PUENTE ST

2. CENTRAL AVE & STEELE DR

3. CENTRAL AVE & BERRY ST

4. CENTRAL AVE & SITE DR

5. CENTRAL AVE & TAMARACK AVE

6. CENTRAL AVE & BREA BLVD

44.STATE COLLEGE BLVD & CLIFFWOOD AVE

45.STATE COLLEGE BLVD & BALSA AVE
EX. 144-PORT LC FDU #2

13.LAMBERT RD & STATE COLLEGE BLVD

14.LAMBERT RD & POINTE DR

15.LAMBERT RD & WILDCAT WAY

16.LAMBERT RD & WANDERING LN

17.LAMBERT RD & KRAEMER BLVD

18.LAMBERT RD & SUNFLOWER ST
EX. 144-PORT LC FDU #3

36.STATE COLLEGE BLVD & AVOCADO

37.STATE COLLEGE BLVD & FINANCIAL

24.STATE COLLEGE BLVD & BIRCH S T

23.BIRCH ST & CIVIC CENTER

BIRCH ST & BREA MALL
EX. 144-PORT LC FDU #4

12.LAMBERT RD & CLIFFWOOD AVE

LAMBERT RD STATE COLLEGE BLVD STATE COLLEGE BLVD

LAMBERT RD
LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

CABINET DETAIL

15. LAMBERT RD &

WILDCAT WAY

CABINET DETAIL

16. LAMBERT RD &

WANDERING LN

CABINET DETAIL

17. LAMBERT RD &

KRAEMER BLVD

CABINET DETAIL

18. LAMBERT RD &

SUNFLOWER ST

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

LAMBERT ROAD KRAEMER BLVD
LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

SPLICING FOR
ENTIRE BUNDLE.

CABINET DETAIL

BIRCH ST

27. KRAEMER BLVD &

CABINET DETAIL

26. BIRCH ST &

N ASSOCIATED RD

CABINET DETAIL

39. N ASSOCIATED RD &

SLEEPY HOLLOW LN

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

EX. 144-PORT LC FDU #1

27. KRAEMER BLVD & BIRCH ST

41. KRAEMER BLVD & ORBITER ST

42. KRAEMER BLVD & BIRCH HILLS MALL

43. KRAEMER BLVD & SATURN ST KRAEMER BLVD

BIRCH STREET
EX. 144-PORT LC FDU #2

25. BIRCH ST & S ASSOCIATED RD

26. BIRCH ST & N ASSOCIATED RD

28. BIRCH ST & STARFLOWER ST

29. BIRCH ST & VOYAGER AVE

30. ROSE DR & VESUVIUS DR

39. N ASSOCIATED RD & SLEEPY HOLLOW LN

40. S ASSOCIATED RD & GREENBRIAR LN
LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

CABINET DETAIL

28. BIRCH ST &

STARFLOWER ST

CABINET DETAIL

29. BIRCH ST &

VOYAGER AVE

CABINET DETAIL

BIRCH ST &

VALENCIA AVE

CABINET DETAIL

30. ROSE DR &

VESUVIUS DR

CABINET DETAIL

41. KRAEMER BLVD &

ORBITER ST

CABINET DETAIL

42. KRAEMER BLVD &

BIRCH HILLS MALL

CABINET DETAIL

43. KRAEMER BLVD &

SATURN ST

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

BIRCH STREET

KRAEMER BLVD
LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

CABINET DETAIL

25. BIRCH ST &

S ASSOCIATED RD

CABINET DETAIL

40. S ASSOCIATED RD &

GREENBRIAR LN

CABINET DETAIL

24. BIRCH ST &

STATE COLLEGE BLVD

CABINET DETAIL

BIRCH ST &

BREA MALL

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

BIRCH STREET ASSOCIATED RD STATE COLLEGE BLVD
LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

SPLICING FOR
ENTIRE BUNDLE.

CABINET DETAIL

37. STATE COLLEGE BLVD &

BREA PLACE NORTH

CABINET DETAIL

36. STATE COLLEGE BLVD &

AVOCADO ST/TRACKS AT BREA

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

CABINET DETAIL

STATE COLLEGE BLVD &

BREA MALL NORTH

CABINET DETAIL

STATE COLLEGE BLVD &

BREA MALL CENTER

CABINET DETAIL

STATE COLLEGE BLVD &

BREA MALL SOUTH

CABINET DETAIL

38. STATE COLLEGE BLVD &
ELM ST

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

STATE COLLEGE BLVD

STATE COLLEGE BLVD
LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

SPLICING &

EQUIPMENT

INSTALLATION

ON STATE

COLLEGE FROM

BREA MALL S TO

BIRCH ST TO BE

COMPLETED

UNDER A

SEPARATE

PROJECT LED BY

BREA MALL
(PHASE 1).

NOTE:

CABINET DETAIL

31. BREA BLVD &

CYPRESS ST

CABINET DETAIL

32. BREA BLVD &
FIRE STATION #2/TRACKS AT BREA

CABINET DETAIL

33. BREA BLVD &
ASH ST

CABINET DETAIL

19. BREA BLVD &

BIRCH ST

CABINET DETAIL

34. BREA BLVD &

ELM STREET

CABINET DETAIL

35. BREA BLVD &

FIR STREET

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

BREA BLVD

SPLICING FOR
ENTIRE BUNDLE. BIRCH STREET

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

CABINET DETAIL

23. BIRCH ST &

CIVIC CENTER

CABINET DETAIL

20. BIRCH ST &

FLOWER AVE

CABINET DETAIL

21. BIRCH ST &

POPLAR AVE

CABINET DETAIL

22. BIRCH ST &

RANDOLPH AVE

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

LAYER 3 CONNECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING FIBER
ASSIGNMENTS ARE SHOWN SEPARATELY ON SHEET 36.

BIRCH STREET

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED
LEGEND:

FIBER OPTIC STRANDS SPARE/UNUSED

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC FUSION SPLICE

EXISTING CONTROLLER

PROPOSED CONTROLLER

EXISTING FIBER OPTIC STRANDS USED

FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION

PROPOSED FIBER OPTIC STRANDS REDUNDANT

EXISTING ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED ETHERNET SWITCH

PROPOSED CCTV CAMERA

PROPOSED FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING FIBER PATCH PANEL

EXISTING CCTV CAMERA

BREA CITYWIDE ICC CCTV SYSTEM
1700 Carnegie Avenue, Suite 100

CITY OF BREA
Santa Ana, CA 92705-5551
Phone: (949) 270-9480
Fax: (949) 270-9481
PLANS PREPARED BY:

LAMBERT RD BREA BLVD STATE COLLEGE BLVD

BIRCH ST KRAEMER BLVD
PROPOSED FIBER CONNECTIONS BETWEEN LAYER 3 SWITCHES FOR TRAFFIC OPERATIONS AND POLICE DEPARTMENT NETWORK. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT FOR AN OPERATIONAL SYSTEM.

CITYof BREA
Communication
August 19, 2025
Item No. 5G.

Award Contract with US Builders and Consultants, Inc. for Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation, CIP 7631

TO PREPARED BY
Honorable Mayor and City Council Members Bryan Hong, Assistant City Engineer

DEPARTMENT HEAD APPROVAL CITY MANAGER APPROVAL
Michael Ho, Public Works Director Kristin Griffith, City Manager

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that the City Council take the following actions:

1. Approve the Plans and Specifications; and

2. Receive bids; and

3. Award Contract to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, US Builders and Consultants, Inc., in the amount of $571,400.00; and

4. Authorize the City Engineer to issue Change Orders up to a "not to exceed" amount of 10% of the Contract Price.

BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation, CIP 7631 (“Project”), is programmed within the FY 2025-27 Capital Improvement Program (CIP) Budget, and was identified as a recommended project in the current City Sewer Master Plan. The Project is on Briarwood Drive east of S. Puente Street (see Attachment A for reference as to overall project location). The Project generally consists of, but is not limited to: mobilization, pavement removals and disposal, removal and replacement of existing sewer pumps, systems, controls, and panels, curb and gutter removal and reconstruction, installation of new 6-inch sewer force main with fittings and appurtenances, existing sewer maintenance hole rehabilitation, pipe connections, landscape and irrigation, electrical, and related improvements per the Project Plans and Specifications.

On May 15, 2025, staff accepted the Final Plans and Specifications (“Bid Documents”) and the Project was advertised for bids on the Public Purchase website and subsequently published in the Star Progress paper before bid opening. A hard copy of the Bid Documents is available at the City Clerk’s office for review (see Attachment B for reference). There were two addenda issued during the bid period, which clarified questions submitted by bidders. Therefore, staff recommends that the City Council approve the Plans and Specifications with Addenda #1 and #2 as bid.

On July 3, 2025, staff received eleven (11) bid proposals (see Bid Result Table below for summary). Soon thereafter, staff tabulated the bid proposals and determined that the apparent low bid amount was $571,400.00 from US Builders & Consultants from Irvine, CA (see Attachment C for bid proposal). The Engineer’s Estimate was $500,000.00. Staff evaluated the bid proposal and determined that the bid unit prices from US Builders & Consultants were reasonable as compared to the Engineer’s Estimate, as well as current bid unit prices at the time of bid.

Bid Result Table

BIDDER NAME BID AMOUNT
US Builders &
Consultants $571,400.00
RE Chaffee
Construction $607,740.00
Big Ben $718,887.00
Vicon Enterprise $790,000.00
Mike Prlich and Sons $827,250.00
Lonerock $858,505.00
Ferreira Construction $888,888.00
Mehta Mechanical
Company $954,000.00
J&E Construction
Corp. $999,964.00
Cora Constructors $1,063,000.00
Schuler Construction $1,150,547.00
US Builders & Consultants has been in the construction business for four (4) years, but has staff with over 30 years of construction experience. US Builders & Consultants has completed public works construction projects for the City of Monterey Park, City of Orange, and City of San Bernardino. Their California Contractor’s license number is 1067739 – A (General Engineering) and B (General Building), and Department of Industrial Relations registration number is 1000756487. Staff verified both items, and their bid package meets the City’s proposal requirements. In addition, staff contacted the Cities of Monterey Park, Orange, and San Bernardino, where the contractor received favorable reviews. Furthermore, based on the aforementioned bid review, the staff has determined US Builders & Consultants’ bid to be responsive and that they are a responsible bidder. Therefore, staff recommends that the City Council consider awarding a Construction Contract to US Builders & Consultants as the apparent lowest responsive and responsible bidder, in the amount of $571,400.00 (see Attachment D for construction agreement).

COMMISSION/COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION
The Finance Committee reviewed this item at their August 12, 2025 meeting and recommended for City Council Approval.

FISCAL IMPACT/SUMMARY
The available FY 2025-26 CIP Project budget for Construction and Construction Engineering for the overall Project is $1,295,347.09. The anticipated total cost for Construction and Construction Engineering for this Project is $685,680.00, which includes the apparent low bid amount, a 10% contingency, and Construction Engineering costs. Therefore, there are sufficient funds to complete the Project construction. Funds within the approved budget are from the Sewer Fund (Fund 430). Upon completion of the overall Project, the remaining fund balance will be deobligated and transferred back into the respective fund. There is no fiscal impact to the General Fund from this Project.

The Project will complete the rehabilitation of the City’s existing sewer lift station, replacement of the mechanical and electrical equipment, and replacement of the existing sewer force main, as was recommended by the current City Sewer Master Plan. If City Council approves staff recommendations, construction will start in Fall 2025 and be completed by Spring 2026.

Attachments
Attachment A - Location Map.pdf
Attachment B - Bid Documents.pdf
Attachment C - Bid Proposal.pdf
Attachment D - Construction Agreement.pdf

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARD DRAWINGS
for the

BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT
CIP NO. 7631
in the

C I T Y O F B R E A
One Civic Center Circle
BREA, CALIFORNIA 92821
(714) 990-7667
BIDS DUE:

June 19, 2025
2:00 PM, 3rd FLOOR
City Clerk's Office

MICHAEL HO

PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation ii CIP 7631
.

CITY OF BREA
PLANS

SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
for the

BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT
CIP NO. 7631
PREPARED BY;

ARDURRA
May 2025
Prepared Under the Supervision of:

Jamie L. Fagnant, P.E. No. 78967 Exp. 03/31/2026 Date
Approved by:

Ryan Chapman, PE, City Engineer Date
R.C.E. No. 86076

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
5/13/2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation iii CIP 7631
.

NOTE: If there are any questions relative to this project, please call Ryan Chapman, P.E. at:

SECTION A .................................................................................................................... 1 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS ................................................................. 1 SECTION B ..................................................................................................................... 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ........................................................................ 1

1. Proposal Forms ....................................................................................... 1

2. Proposal Guarantee ................................................................................ 1

3. Proposal Signature ................................................................................. 1

4. Delivery Of Proposal .............................................................................. 2

5. Return Of Proposal Guarantees ........................................................... 2

6. Taxes ........................................................................................................ 2

7. Disqualification Of Bidders ................................................................... 2

8. Contractor's License Requirement ....................................................... 2

9. Registration with the Department of Industrial Relations ................ 3

10. References ............................................................................................. 3

11. Listing Of Subcontractors ................................................................... 3

12. Discrepancies And Misunderstandings .............................................. 3

13. Equivalent Materials ............................................................................ 3

14. Legal Responsibilities ........................................................................... 4

15. Award Of Contract .............................................................................. 4

16. Material Guarantee .............................................................................. 4

17. Execution Of Contract ......................................................................... 4

18. Submission of Bonds And Insurance .................................................. 5

19. Addenda ................................................................................................ 5

20. Blank ...................................................................................................... 5

21. Questions to the Engineer .................................................................... 5

22. RFI (SEE NEXT PAGE)...................................................................... 5 RFI Form ..................................................................................................... 6

CITY OF BREA

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
One Civic Center Circle
BREA, CALIFORNIA 92821
(714) 990-7667
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation iv CIP 7631
.

SECTION C ..................................................................................................................... 1 PROPOSAL ........................................................................................................... 1 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS ......................................................................... 5

NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE SUBMITTED
WITH PROPOSAL .............................................................................................. 6 BIDDER'S STATEMENT REGARDING "ANTI-KICKBACK"
REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................... 7 UTILITY AGREEMENT .................................................................................... 8 DISQUALIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE ..................................................... 9 COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATE ......................................... 10 BIDDER'S INFORMATION............................................................................... 11 BID BOND ............................................................................................................. 18 BID BOND ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY ......................................... 19 SECTION D ..................................................................................................................... 1 SAMPLE CONTRACT ........................................................................................ 1 SECTION E ..................................................................................................................... 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS ..................................................................................... 1 PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS .................................................................... 2 SECTION 1 TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS,
UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS ......................................................... 2 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS ............................................................... 2 SECTION 2 SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK ......................................... 3 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT ......................... 3 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS ................................................................................ 3 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS ........................................................................... 3 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................ 4 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE ........................................................................... 5 2-9 SURVEYING......................................................................................... 5 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER .................................. 6 2-11 INSPECTION ...................................................................................... 6 SECTION 3 CHANGES IN WORK ................................................................... 7 3-3 EXTRA WORK ..................................................................................... 7 BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation v CIP 7631
.

SECTION 4 CONTROL OF MATERIALS ...................................................... 8 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP ................................................ 8 SECTION 5 UTILITIES ...................................................................................... 10 5-1 LOCATION ........................................................................................... 10 5-4 RELOCATION ...................................................................................... 10 5-5 DELAYS ................................................................................................ 11 5-7 UTILITY MARKINGS ......................................................................... 11 SECTION 6 PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND
ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK ...................................................................... 12 SECTION 7 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR ...................... 15 SECTION 8 FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL .............................. 24 SECTION 9 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................... 25 PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ....................................................... 32 PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS ........................................................... 44 SECTION F TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................... 1 PART 4 CIVIL/MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ............................................. 1 PART 5 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS………………………………….108
APPENDIX A: STANDARD PLANS
APPENDIX B: CONTRACTOR’S BUSINESS LICENSE APPLICATION
APPENDIX C: INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX D: USA IDENTIFICATION NUMBER FORM
APPENDIX E: WARRANTY BOND SAMPLE
APPENDIX F: NPDES REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX G: AS-BUILTS/RECORD DRAWINGS
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project A-1 CIP 7631

S E C T I O N A

N O T I C E I N V I T I N G S E A L E D B I D S
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Brea, as AGENCY invites sealed bids for the below stated project and will receive sealed bids for the materials, supplies, equipment and/or services set forth herein, subject to all conditions outlined in the Bid Package until 2:00 p.m. on June 19, 2025.

1. Project Name: BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT, CIP NO. 7631
The work to be constructed hereunder generally consists of sewer lift station improvements at the exiting sewer lift station located on the south side of Briarwood Drive in the City of Brea. Works of Improvement include, but are not limited to, mobilization, pavement removals and disposal, removal and replacement of existing sewer pumps, systems, controls, and panels, curb and gutter removal and reconstruction, installation of new 6” PVC SDR26 sewer force main with all fittings and appurtenances, bedding, slurry backfill, AC sawcut, trench AC base and cap, existing sewer manhole rehabilitation, pipe connections, landscape and irrigation removal, replacement, and restoration, electrical conduits and wiring, pull boxes, abandonment of existing 4” force main, 4” PCC Pad, light standard, 1” cooper water service, installation of new water meter and connection, backflow device and hose bib, 6’ wrought iron fence with gate and footings, coordination with City, traffic control, potholing, waste disposal, and BMPs and all improvements required to complete the Project as shown on the Plans, and as included in these Specifications.

2. Obtaining Bid Documents: A copy of the Bid Package (including the plans, specifications, and contract documents) may be downloaded at no cost from the City’s Website:
https://www.ci.brea.ca.us/409/Bids-RFPs. All bidders shall register with the City via website in order to retrieve plans, specifications, addenda, bidders’ list, etc.

3. Bid Opening: Bids will be publicly opened and read at reasonable time following the time stated above in the City Conference Center, located at 1 Civic Center Circle, Brea, California 92821 on June 19, 2025. Sealed bids will be received at all times during normal business hours prior to the date and time stated above, at the Office of the City Clerk, One Civic Center Circle, Brea, California 92821. The outside of the sealed envelope of each bid submitted shall be clearly marked: “SEALED BID FOR BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT, CIP NO. 7631 IN THE CITY OF BREA – DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL”.

4. Non-mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting: A Non-Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting will be held on June 5, 2025, at 1:30 PM. The location will be at 1 Civic Center Circle, Conference Center, Brea CA 92821 then to the existing sewer lift station site.

5. Contractor's License: In accordance with provisions of Section 3300 of the California Public Contract Code, the AGENCY has determined that the Contractor shall possess a valid California Contractor's License Class “A” (General Engineering) or Class “C-34” (Pipeline Contractor), Class “C-10” (Electrical Contractor), Class “D-21” (Machinery and Pumps Contractor) or combination thereof to perform the required work. Additional requirements for specific trade licensure is found within Section F – Technical Specifications of theses Specifications. Failure to possess such licenses may render the bid non-responsive and bar the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project A-2 CIP 7631
award of the contract to that non-responsive Bidder. The successful Contractor and his subcontractors will be required to possess business licenses from the AGENCY.

6. Registration with the Department of Industrial Relations: The Bidder’s attention is directed to Labor Code Section 1725.5, which provides that a contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a Bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code Section 4104, or engage in the performance of any contract that is subject to Labor Code Section 1720 et seq., unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5.

7. Prevailing Wages: In accordance with the provisions of Section 1770, et seq., of the Labor Code, the Director of the Industrial Relations of the State of California has determined the general prevailing rate of wages applicable to the work to be done. The Contractor will be required to pay to all persons employed on the project by the Contractor sums not less than the sums set forth in the documents entitled "General Prevailing Wage Determination made by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to California Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, Sections 1770, 1773, 1773.1." These documents can be obtained from the State at the following website:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/pwd/. Certified payroll is required on this public funded public works project.

8. Bid Security: Each bid shall be accompanied by bid security in the form of a cashier's check, certified check or bid bond in the amount of 10% of the total bid amount. All cashier's checks or certified checks must be drawn on a responsible bank doing business in the United States and shall be made payable to THE CITY OF BREA. A bonding company admitted and licensed to do business in the State of California must issue bid bonds. Bids not accompanied by the required bid security shall be rejected. Cash and personal or company checks are NOT acceptable.

9. Payment Bond and Performance Bond: A Payment Bond and a Performance Bond, each in the amount of 100% of the contract amount, will be required of the Contractor.

10. Retention: In accordance with the Contract, five percent (5%) of any progress payment will be withheld as a retention. Pursuant to Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code, at the request and expense of the Contractor, approved securities equivalent to the amount withheld may be deposited with the AGENCY or with a state or federally chartered bank as the escrow agent, and AGENCY shall then pay such moneys to the Contractor. Refer to the Contract for further clarification.

11. Contact Person: Questions regarding this Notice Inviting Bids shall be directed to: Ryan Chapman, PE, City Engineer at (714) 990-7763 or email: [email protected].

ALL BONDS ISSUED SHALL BE FROM A BONDING COMPANY ADMITTED AND LICENSED TO DO BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

THE AGENCY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY BID OR ALL BIDS AND TO

WAIVE ANY INFORMALITY OR IRREGULARITY IN ANY BID AND TO TAKE ALL BIDS UNDER ADVISEMENT FOR A MAXIMUM PERIOD OF 60 DAYS. ANY

CONTRACT AWARDED WILL BE LET TO THE LOWEST RESPONSIVE AND RESPONSIBLE BIDDER. NO BID SHALL BE CONSIDERED UNLESS IT IS

PREPARED ON THE APPROVED PROPOSAL FORMS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation B-1 CIP 7631

S E C T I O N B

I N S T R U C T I O N S T O B I D D E R S

1. Proposal Forms
Bids shall be submitted in writing on the Proposal forms provided by the AGENCY. All information requested therein must be clearly and legibly set forth in the manner and form indicated. The AGENCY will reject any proposal not meeting these requirements. The bid shall be filed with the City Clerk, Third Floor City Hall, One Civic Center Circle, Brea, California, which shall be endorsed with the Project Title and Project Number as it appears on the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids. The sealed envelopes will be publicly opened and read at the time and place stated in the Notice Inviting Bids. Bidders or their authorized agents are invited to be present at the opening. Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to a proposal will render it informal and may cause its rejection. The complete proposal forms shall be without interlineations, alterations or erasures. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless requested. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. The proposal may be withdrawn upon request by the bidder without prejudice to himself prior to, but not after the time fixed for opening of bids, provided that the request is in writing, that it has been executed by the bidder or his duly authorized representative, and that it is filed with the AGENCY.

2. Proposal Guarantee
Proposals must be accompanied by a proposal guarantee consisting of a certified or cashier's check or bid bond payable to the AGENCY in the amount not less than 10% of the total amount named in the proposal. Any proposal not accompanied by such a guarantee will not be considered. Said check or bond shall be made payable to the AGENCY and shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder, if awarded the Work, will enter into a contract within 10 working days after the award and will furnish the necessary bonds as hereinafter provided. In the case of refusal or failure to enter into said contract, the check or bond, as the case may be, shall be forfeited to the AGENCY.

3. Proposal Signature
If the proposal is made by an individual, it shall be signed and his full name with his address shall be given; if it is made by a firm, it shall be signed with the co-partnership name by a member of the firm who shall sign his own name and the name and address of each member shall be given; and if it is made by a corporation, the name of the corporation shall be signed by its duly authorized officer or officers attested by the corporate seal, and the names and titles of all officers of the corporation shall be given.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation B-2 CIP 7631

4. Delivery Of Proposal
Proposals shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside:
“SEALED BID”
for

BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT
CIP NO. 7631
in the

CITY OF BREA - DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL
Proposals may be mailed or delivered by messenger. However, it is the bidder's responsibility alone to ensure delivery of the proposal to the hands of the AGENCY's designated official prior to the bid opening hour stipulated in the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids. Late proposals will not be considered.

5. Return of Proposal Guarantees
The proposal guarantees of the second and third lowest bidders will be held until the awarded bidder has properly executed all contract documents. Within 10 working days after the award of contract, the remaining proposal guarantees accompanying all other proposals will become null and void and returned to the unsuccessful bidders.

6. Taxes
No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax or any other tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes which may be applicable.

7. Disqualification Of Bidders
In the event that any bidder acting as a direct contractor has an interest in more than one proposal, all such proposals will be rejected, and the bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one bidder, and while doing so, may also submit a formal proposal as a direct contractor.

8. Contractor's License Requirement
This project requires the Contractor to possess a valid State of California contractor's license as stated in Section A “Notice Inviting Sealed Bids”.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation B-3 CIP 7631

9. Registration with the Department of Industrial Relations The Bidder’s attention is directed to Labor Code Section 1725.5, which provides that a contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a Bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code Section 4104, or engage in the performance of any contract that is subject to Labor Code Section 1720 et seq., unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5.

10. References
All reference information called for in the bid proposal must be submitted with the bid proposal.

11. Listing Of Subcontractors
Bidders shall list in the bid proposal the name and place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render services for the Contractor in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid.

12. Discrepancies And Misunderstandings
Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the work site, plans, specifications and other contract documents, and by any other means as they may believe necessary, as to the actual physical conditions, requirements and difficulties under which the Work must be performed.

No bidder shall at any time after submission of a proposal make any claim or assertion that there was any misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. Should a bidder find any errors, omissions, or discrepancies in the plans, specifications, and other contract documents or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall notify the AGENCY. Should it be found necessary, a written addendum will be sent to all bidders. Any addenda issued during the bidding period shall form a part of the contract and shall be included with the proposal.

13. Equivalent Materials
Requests for the use of equivalents to those specified, must be submitted to the AGENCY. Only substitutions approved prior to bid due date via addenda Product Substitutions, will be considered.

No substitutions will be considered after bid due date and contract award. It is the sole responsibility of the successful bidder to prove to the AGENCY that such a material is truly an equivalent.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation B-4 CIP 7631

14. Legal Responsibilities
All proposals must be submitted, filed, made and executed in accordance with State and Federal laws relating to bids for contracts of this nature whether the same or expressly referred to herein or not. Any bidder submitting a proposal shall by such action thereby agree to each and all of the terms, conditions, provisions and requirements set forth, contemplated and referred to in the Plans, Specifications and other contract documents, and to full compliance therewith. Additionally, any bidder submitting a proposal shall, by such action thereby, agree to pay at least the minimum prevailing per diem wages as provided in Section 1773, et. seq. of the labor code for each craft, classification or type of workman required as set forth by the Director of Industrial Relations of the State of California.

15. Award Of Contract
The award of contract, if made, will be to the lowest responsible bidder as determined solely by the AGENCY. The AGENCY reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any irregularity, and to take the bids under advisement for a maximum period of 60 days. In no event will an award be made until all necessary investigations are made to the responsibility and qualifications of the bidder to whom the award is contemplated.

16. Material Guarantee
The successful bidder may be required to furnish a written guarantee covering certain items of work for varying periods of time from the date of acceptance of the work by the AGENCY. The work to be guaranteed, the form, and the time limit of the guarantee will be specified in the special provisions. Said guarantee shall be signed and delivered to the AGENCY before acceptance of the contract by the AGENCY. Upon completion of the contract, the amounts of the two contract bonds required in Section 2-4, "CONTRACT BONDS," of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, may be reduced to conform to the total amount of the contract bid prices for the items of work to guaranteed, and this amount shall continue in full force and effect for the duration of the guarantee period. However, the Labor and Material Bond cannot be reduced until the expiration of 35 days after the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion.

17. Execution Of Contract
The successful bidder shall execute a written contract with the AGENCY on the form of agreement provided and shall secure all insurance and bonds required by the Specifications within 10 working days from the date of the Notice of Intent to Award. Failure to enter into a contract shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guarantee. If the successful bidder fails to execute the contract, the AGENCY may award the contract to the second lowest responsible bidder. If the second lowest responsible bidder fails to execute the contract, the AGENCY may award the contract to the third lowest bidder. On the failure of such second or third lowest responsible bidder to execute the contract, such bidder's guarantees shall be likewise forfeited to the AGENCY. The work may then be re-advertised.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation B-5 CIP 7631

18. Submission of Bonds and Insurance
The successful bidder will be required to furnish the necessary bonds and insurance to the AGENCY within 10 working days from the Notice of Intent to Award of Contract and prior to AGENCY award. Prior to issuance of Notice to Proceed, the AGENCY must be furnished with a Policy endorsement as required in the sample agreement depicted in Section D.

19. Addenda
The effect of all addenda to the contract documents shall be considered in the bid package and said addenda shall be made part of the contract documents and shall be returned with the bid package.

Failure to submit any such addenda with the bid package may render the bid irregular and result in its rejection by the AGENCY.

20. Blank

21. Questions to the Engineer
Questions regarding the bid documents (i.e. plans, specifications, contract documents, bid forms, etc.) will be received by the Engineer up to ten (10) working days prior to the bid opening as specified in SECTION A. Questions asked of the Engineer after this time will not be addressed.

22. RFI (SEE NEXT PAGE)
For Requests for Interpretation (RFI), the Bidder shall use the form on the following page for submittal in writing.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation B-6 CIP 7631

CITY OF BREA

BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT
CIP NO. 7631

R E Q U E S T F O R I N T E R P R E T A T I O N O F C O N T R A C T

D O C U M E N T S
Date:

Time:

Company:

Contact Person:

Address:

Telephone: FAX:

Plan Sheet:

Specification Section:

INTERPRETATION REQUESTED:

REPLY:

T0 A/E:

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-1 CIP 7631
BIDDER: __________

S E C T I O N C

P R O P O S A L

BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT
CIP NO. 7631
in the

CITY OF BREA
TO THE HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL OF BREA:

In compliance with the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, the undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to perform all the work therein described, and to furnish all labor, material, equipment and incident insurance necessary therefor, in accordance with the plans and specifications on file in the office of the City Engineer of the City of Brea. The undersigned agrees to perform the work therein to the satisfaction of and under the supervision of the City Engineer of the City of Brea, and to enter into a contract at the following prices. The undersigned agrees to complete the work within 80 Working Days, starting from the date of the Notice to Proceed.

BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, plans, specifications, Instructions to Bidders and all other contract documents. If this proposal is accepted for award, BIDDER agrees to enter into a contract with AGENCY at the unit and/or lump sum prices set forth in the following Bid Schedule. BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will result in forfeiture to AGENCY of the guaranty accompanying this proposal.

BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work that the estimated quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are solely for the purpose of comparing bids and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. THE AGENCY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DELETE ANY ITEM FROM THE CONTRACT.

It is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all appurtenant expenses, taxes, royalties, fees, etc., and will be guaranteed for a period of sixty days from the bid opening date. If at such time the contract is not awarded, the AGENCY will reject all bids and will re-advertise the project. In the case of discrepancies in the amounts bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures.

If awarded the Contract, the undersigned agrees that in the event of the BIDDER'S default in executing the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within 10 working days after the date of the AGENCY'S notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, the proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the AGENCY and this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the AGENCY'S option, be considered null and void.

Accompanying this proposal of bid, find in the amount of $ which said amount is not less than 10% of the aggregate of the total bid price, as required by the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, payable to the AGENCY. (Please insert the words "Cash", "Certified Check", or "Bidder's Bond", as the case may be).

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-2 CIP 7631
Bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any:

Addenda No. Date Received Bidder's Signature

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-3 CIP 7631

BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT
CIP NO. 7631

PROJECT BID SCHEDULE
NO. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY UNIT

PRICE AMOUNT
1 Mobilization and Demobilization (5%
Max) LS 1 $
2 Traffic Control and Construction
Phasing LS 1 $
3 Construction Survey Staking and
Monument Protection LS 1 $
4 Stormwater Protection/BMP’s LS 1 $
5 Pothole and Utility Location LS 1
6 Remove and Reconstruct PCC Curb
and Gutter Type A2-8 (W=2’) over 6”
CAB
LF 70 $
7 Furnish and Install 6” PVC SDR26
(AWWA C900) Sewer Force Main LF 123 $
8 Remove and Restore Existing
Landscape and/or Irrigation in Kind LS 1 $
9 Existing Sewer Pump Lift Station
Rehabilitation LS 1 $
10 Existing SSMH Rehabilitation EA 1 $
11 Cut and Plug Existing 4” Sewer Force
Main EA 2 $
12 Furnish and Install 6’ High Wrought
Iron Fence and Gate with Footings LF 40 $
13 Construct 4” Thick PCC Pad SF 72 $
14 Furnish and Install 1” Water Service,
Backflow Device, Meter, and Hose Bib LS 1 $
15 Pressure Testing and Disinfection LS 1
16 Electrical Improvements LS 1 $
17 Pump Instrumentation and Controls LS 1 $
18 Allowance For Extra Work Allowance 1 $25,000 $25,000 Total: Bid in Figures: $
Total: Bid in Words:

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-4 CIP 7631

1. Bidder understands that the basis of the bid award will be on the lowest responsive and responsible bidders Bid Amount. However, the City Council at its discretion may elect to award the Bid or reject all bids ____________________ (Bidders Initials).

2. Bidder declares that (I)(we)(it) has read and understand the Scope of Work as defined in Item 1 of Section A - Notice Inviting Sealed Bids and Item 1 and Item 12 of Section B - Instructions to Bidders ____________________ (Bidders Initials).

3. Bidder understands that full descriptions of each bid item listed in the Bid Schedule(s) are included in Section 9 of the Special Provisions; and, Bidder has read said bid descriptions; and, bidder understands the scope of work contained within each bid item; and, that (I)(we)(it) have included all costs within said bid items accordingly within the bid schedule(s)_____________ (Bidders Initials).

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-5 CIP 7631

L I S T O F S U B C O N T R A C T O R S
In accordance with Government Code Section 4104, the Bidder shall set forth the name, business address, license number, class and Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) registration number of each subcontractor who will perform work or render service to the bidder on said contract in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the total bid and the portion of the work to be done by such subcontractor.

Bid
Item (s)
Number
%
Portion
of
Work/($)
Name, Address and E-mail of
Subcontractor
State License
Number
Class DIR Registration
Number
By submission of this proposal, the Bidder certifies:

1. That (I)(we)(it) is able to and will perform the balance of all work which is not covered in the above subcontractors listing pursuant to the required selfperforming percentage requirements within the Special Provisions.

2. That the AGENCY shall be furnished copies of all subcontracts entered into by subcontractor for this project 10 WD’s after award of Contract including all required certifications.
____________________ (Bidders Initials)
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-6 CIP 7631

N O N - C O L L U S I O N D E C L A R A T I O N

T O B E S U B M I T T E D W I T H P R O P O S A L
I, ____________________________________________________________, am the
(Print Name)
_____________________________________ of ___________________________, (Position/Title) (Name of Company)
the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid; that the BIDDER has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding; that the BIDDER has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the BIDDER or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, the BIDDER has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose.

Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the BIDDER.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the Laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on this __________day of _______________, 20_____.

Name of Bidder
Signature of Bidder
Address of Bidder

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-7 CIP 7631
BIDDER’S STATEMENT REGARDING “ANTI-KICKBACK” REQUIREMENTS The undersigned is submitting this proposal for performing by contract the work required by these bid documents, agrees to comply with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (18 USC 74) as supplemented in the Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR, Part 3). This act provides that each contractor or subcontractor shall be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he/she is otherwise entitled.

Signed
Title
Firm
Date
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-8 CIP 7631

U T I L I T Y A G R E E M E N T

HONORABLE MAYOR AND CITY COUNCIL

CITY OF BREA, CALIFORNIA
Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby promises and agrees that in the performance of the work specified in the contract, known as the BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT, CIP NO 7631, (I)(we)(it) will employ and utilize only qualified persons, as hereinafter defined, to work in proximity to any electrical secondary or transmission facilities. The term "Qualified Person" is defined in Title 8, California Administrative Code, Section 2700, as follows:
"Qualified Person: A person who, by reason of experience or instruction, is familiar with the operation to be performed and the hazards involved."
The undersigned also promised and agrees that all such work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable electrical utility company's requirements, Public Utility Commission orders, and State of California Cal-OSHA requirements.

The undersigned further promises and agrees that the provisions herein shall be and are binding upon any subcontractor or subcontractors that may be retained or employed by the undersigned, and that the undersigned shall take steps as are necessary to assure compliance by any said subcontractor or subcontractors with the requirements contained herein.

Contractor
By
Title
Date: ___________________
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-9 CIP 7631

D I S Q U A L I F I C A T I O N Q U E S T I O N N A I R E In accordance with Government Code Section 14310.5, the Bidder shall complete, under penalty of perjury, the following questionnaire.

QUESTIONNAIRE
Has the Bidder, any officer of the Bidder or any employee of the Bidder who has a proprietary interest in the Bidder ever been disqualified, removed or otherwise prevented from bidding on or completing a Federal, State or local government project because of a violation of law or a safety regulation?
 Yes  No
If the answer is yes, explain the circumstances in the space provided.

Note: This questionnaire constitutes a part of the Proposal, and a signature portion of the Proposal shall constitute signature of this questionnaire.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-10 CIP 7631

C O M P E N S A T I O N I N S U R A N C E C E R T I F I C A T E Pursuant to Section 1861 of the State Labor Code, each contractor to whom a public works contract has been awarded shall sign the following certificate.

I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation or to undertake selfinsurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.

Contractor
By
Title
Date: ___________________

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-11 CIP 7631

B I D D E R ' S I N F O R M A T I O N
BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct:

Bidder Name
Business Address
City, State Zip
( )
Telephone Number
Email Address
State Contractor’s License No. and Class
____________________________________________________________ DIR Registration Number
Original Date Issued (State Contractor’s License)
Expiration Date
The work site was inspected by __________________of our office on _____ , 20__.

The following are persons, firms, and corporations having a principal interest in this proposal:

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-12 CIP 7631
The undersigned is prepared to satisfy the Council of the City of Brea of its ability, financially or otherwise, to perform the contract for the proposed work and improvements in accordance with the plans and specifications set forth.

Company Name
Signature of Bidder
Printed or Typed Signature
Subscribed and sworn to before me this _day of ___ , 20__ .

NOTARY PUBLIC

NOTARY SEAL
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-13 CIP 7631

REQUIRED PAST PROJECT EXPERIENCE
Bidder shall list below the names, address, telephone numbers, and projects completed for three public agencies for which the bidder has performed similar work with a total construction contract of $500,000 or more within the past Five years:

1. Name and Address of Public Agency
Name and Telephone No. of Public Agency Project Manager: _______________________ Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed

2. Name and Address of Public Agency
Name and Telephone No. of Public Agency Project Manager: _______________________ Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed

3. Name and Address of Public Agency
Name and Telephone No. of Public Agency Project Manager: _______________________ Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed
Inaccurate or failure to provide the required information shall result in bidder’s proposal being non-responsive.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-14 CIP 7631
Responsible Bidder – Supplemental Questionnaire

1. How many years has your organization been in business in California as a contractor under your present business name and license number?
______Years

2. Is your firm currently the debtor in a bankruptcy case?  Yes  No
If “ yes,” indicate the case number, bankruptcy court, and the date on which the petition was filed. __________________ ______________________________ ________________________ Case Number Bankruptcy Court Date Filed

3. Was your firm in bankruptcy any time during the last five years? (This question refers only to a bankruptcy action that was not described in answer to question 2, above.)  Yes  No
If “ yes,” indicate the case number, bankruptcy court, and the date on which the petition was filed. __________________ ______________________________ ________________________ Case Number Bankruptcy Court Date Filed

4. Has any CSLB license held by your firm or its Responsible Managing Employee (RME) or Responsible Managing Officer (RMO) been suspended within the last five years?  Yes  No

5. At any time in the last five years, has your firm been assessed and paid liquidated damages after completion of a project, under a construction contract with either a public or private owner?
 Yes  No

6. Has your firm ever defaulted on a construction contract?  Yes  No
If “yes,” explain on a separate page.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-15 CIP 7631

7. In the last five years has your firm, or any firm with which any of your company’s owners, officers or partners was associated, been debarred, disqualified, removed or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, any government agency or public works project for any reason?
 Yes  No
If “yes,” explain on a separate page. State the name of the organization debarred, the year of the event, the owner of the project, and the basis for the action.

8. In the last five years, has your firm been denied an award of a public works contract based on a finding by a public agency that your company was not a responsible bidder?  Yes  No
If “yes,” on a separate page identify the year of the event, the entity denied the award, the owner, the project, and the basis for the finding by the public agency.

9. In the past five years, has any claim against your firm concerning your firm’s work on a construction project, been filed in court or arbitration?  Yes  No
If “yes,” on a separate page identify the claim(s) by providing the project name, date of the claim, name of the claimant, the name of the entity the claim was filed against, a brief description of the nature of the claim, the court and case number, and a brief description of the status of the claim (pending or, if resolved, a brief description of the resolution).

10. In the past five years, has your firm made any claim against a project owner concerning work on a project or payment for a contract, and filed that claim in court or arbitration?  Yes  No
If “yes,” on a separate page identify the claim be providing the name of claimant, the project name, date of the claim, name of the entity (or entities) against whom the claim was filed, a brief description of the nature of the claim, the court and case number, and a brief description of the status of the claim (pending, or if resolved, a brief description of the resolution.

11. At any time during the past five years, has any surety company made any payments on your firm’s behalf as a result of a default, to satisfy any claims made against a performance or payment bond issued on your firm’s behalf in connection with a construction project, either public or private?
 Yes  No
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-16 CIP 7631

12. In the last five years, has any insurance carrier, for any form of insurance, refused to renew the insurance policy for your firm?
 Yes  No

13. Has your firm, or any of its owners, officers, or partners ever been liable in a civil suit, or found guilty in a criminal action, for making any false claim or material misrepresentation to any public agency or entity?
 Yes  No

14. Has your firm, or any of its owners, officers or partners ever been convicted of a crime involving any federal, state, or local law related to construction?  Yes  No
If “yes,” explain on a separate page, including identifying who was convicted, the name of the victim, the date of the conviction, the court and case number, the crimes, and the grounds for the conviction.

15. Has your firm or any of its owners, officers or partners ever been convicted of a federal or state crime of fraud, theft, or any other act of dishonesty?  Yes  No
If “yes,” identify on a separate page, the person or persons convicted, the court and case number, the crimes, and the year convicted.

16. If your firm was required to pay a premium of more than one per cent for a performance and payment bond on any project(s) on which your firm worked at any time during the last three years, state the percentage that your firm was required to pay. You may provide an explanation for a percentage rate higher than one per cent, if you wish to do so.
%

17. During the last five years, has your firm ever been denied bond credit by a surety company, or has there ever been a period of time when your firm has no surety bond in place during a public construction project when on was required?  Yes  No

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-17 CIP 7631

18. Has CAL OSHA cited and assessed penalties against the General Contractor or its associates for any “serious,” “willful” or “repeat” violations of its safety or health regulations in the past five years?
(Note: If you have filed an appeal of a citation, and the Occupational Safety and Health Appeals Board has not yet ruled on your appeal, you need not include information about it.)  Yes  No
If “yes,” on separate page describe the citations, the party against whom the citation was made, date of citation, nature of the violation, project on which the citation was issued, owner of project, and the amount of penalty paid, if any. State the case number and date of any OSHAB decision.

19. Has the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration cited and assessed penalties against the General Contractor or its associates in the past five years? (Note: If an appeal of the citation has been filed and the Appeals Board has not yet ruled, or there is a court appeal pending, you need not include information about the citation.)  Yes  No
If “yes,” on separate page describe the citation, the party against whom the citation was made, date of citation, nature of the violation, project on which the citation was issued, owner of project, and the amount of penalty paid, if any. State the case number and date of any decision.

20. Has there been more than one occasion during the last five years in which the General Contractor or its associates was required to pay either back wages or penalties for failure to comply with the state’s prevailing wage laws?
 Yes  No
If “yes,” on separate page, describe the violator, nature of each violation, name of the project, date of its completion, the public agency for which it was constructed, the number of employees who were initially underpaid an the amount of back wages and penalties that were assessed.

21. During the last five years, has there been more than one occasion in which the General Contractor or its associates have been penalized or required to pay back wages for failure to comply with the Federal Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements?  Yes  No
If “yes,” on separate page, describe the violator, nature of each violation, name of the project, date of its completion, the public agency for which it was constructed, the number of employees who were initially underpaid an the amount of back wages and penalties that were assessed.

Inaccurate response to this questionnaire could result in bidder’s proposal being nonresponsive.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-18 CIP 7631

BID BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT WE
______________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________as PRINCIPAL, and ______________________________________________________________________________ as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF BREA, CALIFORNIA, hereinafter referred to as the "City", in the penal sum of ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid of the principal above named, submitted by said principal to said City, for the work described below, for payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States of America, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

In no case shall the liability of the surety hereunder exceed the sum of $_____________________________________. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that whereas, said Principal has submitted the same mentioned bid to said City, for construction of the work under the City's specification entitled "_____________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ "For which bids are to be opened in the Council Chambers of the City Hall of said City at 2:00 PM on ________________________________.

NOW, THEREFORE, if said Principal is awarded the contract, and within the time and manner required under the heading "Instructions to Bidders", after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enters into a written contract, in the form of agreement bound herein, in accordance with the bid, and files the two bonds with said City, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect until released by the City.

In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the Obligee and judgment is recovered, said Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Obligee in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this _______________ day of
____________________________, 20____.
______________________________ ______________________________ Principal Surety
By: ___________________________

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project C-19 CIP 7631

BID BOND

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
County of
)
)
)
On before me,

(insert name and title of the officer)
personally appeared
,
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature (Seal)
Signature of Notary Public
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-1 CIP 7631

S E C T I O N D

S A M P L E C O N T R A C T
[BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILIATION PROJECT, CIP NO. 7631] This Construction Agreement (“Agreement”) is dated _________________, 20____ for reference purposes and is executed by the City of Brea, a California municipal corporation, and [contractor name], a [state] [type of entity] (“Contractor”). Contractor’s CSLB license number is ______________. Contractor’s DIR registration number is _______________.

R E C I T A L S
A. City duly solicited, received, publicly opened, and declared bids for the following public works project: BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT, CIP NO. 7631 (“Project”).

B. City selected Contractor as the lowest responsive and responsible bidder for the Project.

C. The parties are executing this Agreement to provide for Contractor’s furnishing of labor, equipment, and material for the construction of the Project.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, City and Contractor hereby agree as follows:

1. GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK: Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, tools, materials, appliances, and equipment and shall do the work for the construction of the BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT, CIP NO. 7631 (“Project”).

Such work shall be performed in accordance with contract documents for this Project on file in the office of the City Engineer and in accordance with bid prices, plans, and specifications more fully described in Section 4, below, and in accordance with the instructions of the Public Works Director (collectively, “Work”). Contractor shall at all times comply with applicable laws and City policies.

2. CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT:

A. As total and complete compensation for satisfactorily completing the Work, City shall pay to Contractor the prices set forth in Contractor’s bid amount of $ _______________.

Progress payments shall be made for each portion of the Work satisfactorily completed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, City shall be authorized to withhold a retention from payments in the maximum amount permitted by law.

B. At the written request and expense of Contractor, securities equivalent to any moneys withheld by City to ensure performance of this Agreement shall be deposited with City, or with a state or federally chartered bank in the State of California as the escrow agent, that shall then pay those moneys to Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of this Agreement, the securities shall be returned to Contractor. Alternatively, Contractor may request that City make BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-2 CIP 7631
payment of retentions earned directly to the escrow agent at the expense of Contractor. At the expense of Contractor, Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities, and Contractor shall receive the interest earned on the investments upon the same terms provided for securities deposited by Contractor.

C. Upon satisfactory completion of this Agreement, Contractor shall receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest, and payments received by the escrow agent from City pursuant to the terms of this Section. Securities eligible for investment shall include those listed in Government Code Section 16430, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security to which the parties agree in writing. Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for moneys withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.

D. If Contractor elects to receive interest on moneys withheld in retention by City, then Contractor shall, at the request of any subcontractor performing more than five percent of Contractor’s total bid amount, make that option available to the subcontractor regarding any moneys withheld in retention by Contractor from the subcontractor. Further mandatory details are provided in Public Contract Code Section 22300(d).

E. The escrow agreement for security deposits in lieu of retention shall be substantially similar to the form provided in Public Contract Code Section 22300(f).

3. CUSTOMER CARE: Contractor, while fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, shall provide exceptional customer care. Any negative contact with City staff, residents, businesses, visitors, or other contractors shall be reported by Contractor immediately to City.

Contractor’s management and supervisory personnel shall intercede to resolve or mitigate the negative contact in conjunction with City staff. The parties may agree in advance to a single person contact, a representative of either City or Contractor, for the investigation and response to complaints.

4. INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: The plans and specifications referenced in Section 1, above, the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids attached hereto, the Instructions to Bidders (including attachments), and, unless omitted from such Notice, the 2018 edition of “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” (“Standard Specifications”), as amended by the Contract Documents, all of which are incorporated by reference herein, and this written agreement (collectively, “Contract Documents”), shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties.

This Agreement is intended to require a complete and finished piece of work, and Contractor shall perform all work necessary to properly complete the Work and the Project in accordance with applicable laws, whether set out specifically in the Contract Documents or not. Should it be ascertained that any inconsistency exists between any of the Contract Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

5. COMPLETION DATE / LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:

A. The Total Contract Working Days shall not exceed 80 Working Days From the date of the Notice To Proceed issued for the Project (“Project Completion Date”) BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-3 CIP 7631
B. Liquidated damages will be assessed in the amount of $2,000.00 for each calendar day in excess of the contract time for the Project beyond the Project Completion Date.

City may deduct liquidated damages from any monies due or that may become due Contractor.

Progress payments made after the completion date shall not constitute a waiver of liquidated damages.

6. TERMINATION:

A. City may terminate this Agreement for convenience without penalty at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to Contractor. In such event, City shall pay Contractor for all services satisfactorily rendered prior to date of termination, which in any case shall not exceed the total contract price, and such payment shall be in full satisfaction of all services rendered.

B. If Contractor breaches this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within seven days of written notice, then City may immediately terminate this Agreement for cause.

7. INSURANCE:

A. Contractor shall not commence work until it has obtained all insurance required hereunder from a company or companies acceptable to City, nor shall Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on its subcontract until all insurance required of the subcontractor has been obtained. Contractor shall take maintain the following policies of insurance:
i. Compensation insurance: Before beginning work, Contractor shall furnish to City a certificate of insurance as proof that it has taken out full compensation insurance for all persons whom Contractor may employ directly or through subcontractors in carrying out the Work, in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Such insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect during the period covered by this Agreement. Further, such policy of insurance shall provide that the insurer waives all rights of subrogation against City and its elected officials, officers, employees and agents. In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, every contractor shall secure the payment of compensation to its employees.

Contractor, prior to commencing work, shall sign and file with City a certification as follows:
“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker’s compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of work of this contract.”
ii. For all operations of Contractor or any subcontractor in performing the Work, insurance with the following minimum limits and coverage:
a. Commercial General Liability (occurrence) - for bodily injury, death, and property damage products/completed operations and all other activities undertaken by Contractor in the performance of this Agreement.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-4 CIP 7631
b. Comprehensive Automobile Liability (occurrence) - for bodily injury, death, and property damage, insuring against all liability arising out of the use of any vehicle.
c. Owner’s and Contractor’s Protective (occurrence) - for bodily injury, death, and property damage arising out of any activities undertaken by Contractor in the performance of this Agreement.
d. Other required insurance, endorsement, or exclusions, as required by the Contract Documents.

B. The policies of insurance required in paragraph (A)(ii) above shall have no less than the following limits of coverage:
i. $2,000,000 for bodily injury or death;
ii. $2,000,000 for property damage; and
iii. The total of the limits specified in subsections (i) and (ii) above, where a combined single limit is provided.

C. Each such policy of insurance required in paragraph (A)(ii) above shall:
i. Be subject to no deductible amount unless otherwise provided, or approved in writing by City.
ii. Be issued by an insurance company approved in writing by City, which is admitted and licensed to do business in the State of California and which is rated A/VII or better according to the most recent A.M. Best Co. Rating Guide. iii. Name as additional insureds City, its elected officials, officers, employees, attorneys, and agents, and any other parties including subcontractors, specified by City to be included.
iv. Specify that it acts as primary insurance and that no insurance held or owned by the designated additional insureds shall be called upon to cover a loss under such policy.
v. Specify that it applies separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability. vi. Contain a clause substantially in the following words:
“It is hereby understood and agreed that this policy may not be canceled nor the amount of coverage thereof reduced until 30 days after receipt by the City of Brea of written notice of such cancellation or reduction of coverage as evidenced by receipt of such notice by registered letter.”
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-5 CIP 7631
vii. Specify that any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the required policy, including breaches of warranty, shall not affect the coverage required to be provided.
viii. Specify that the insurer waives all rights of subrogation against the named additional insureds.
ix. Specify that any and all costs of adjusting and/or defending any claim against any insured, including court costs and attorneys’ fees, shall be paid in addition to and shall not deplete any policy limits.
x. Otherwise be in form satisfactory to City.

D. Prior to commencing performance under this Agreement, Contractor shall furnish City with original endorsements, or copies of each required policy, effecting and evidencing the insurance coverage required by this Agreement. The endorsements shall be signed by a person authorized by the insurer(s) to bind coverage on its behalf. All endorsements or policies shall be received and approved by City before Contractor commences performance. If performance of this Agreement shall extend beyond one year, Contractor shall provide City with the required policies or endorsements evidencing renewal of the required policies of insurance prior to their expiration of any required policies of insurance.

E. The insurance obligations under this Agreement shall be: (i) all the insurance coverage and/or limits carried by or available to Contractor; or (ii) the minimum insurance coverage requirements and/or limits shown in this Agreement; whichever is greater. Any insurance proceeds in excess of or broader than the minimum required coverage and/or minimum required limits, which are applicable to a given loss, shall be available to City. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Agreement are sufficient to cover the obligations of Contractor under this Agreement.

8. LABOR CODE COMPLIANCE:

A. Contractor acknowledges that the Work required is a “public work” as defined in Labor Code Section 1720 et seq. Contractor is required to pay not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in locality in which the public work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work. In that regard, the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations of the State of California is required to and has determined such general prevailing rates of per diem wages.

The applicable prevailing rates can be found on the following website:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/pwd/. For federally funded projects, Davis-Bacon requirements apply, and the appropriate wage determinations can be found in the project specifications.

Contractor shall ascertain all prevailing wages applicable to the Project and shall cause a copy of such wage determinations to be posted at the job site.

B. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1775, Contractor and all subcontractors shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit not more than $200 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Director of Industrial BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-6 CIP 7631
Relations for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for work done under this Agreement by Contractor or, except as provided in Section 1775(b), by any subcontractor.

C. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1777.5 concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with Section 1777.5 for all apprenticeable occupations. Prior to commencing the Work, Contractor shall provide City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within 60 days after concluding work pursuant to this Agreement, Contractor and each of its subcontractors shall submit to City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement.

D. Eight hours of labor shall constitute a legal day’s work for all workmen employed in the execution of this Agreement, and Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with and be governed by the laws of the State of California having to do with working hours.

E. Contractor and all subcontractors shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit $25 for each worker employed in the execution of this Agreement by Contractor or a subcontractor for each calendar day during which the worker is required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the Labor Code.

F. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires Contractor and each subcontractor to: (i) keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776; (ii) certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776; and (iii) inform City of the location of the records. Contractor and each subcontractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1771.4(a)(3), which requires that each contractor and each subcontractor shall furnish the records specified in Section 1776 directly to the Labor Commissioner at least monthly, in a format prescribed by the Labor Commissioner.

G. For every subcontractor who will perform work on the Project, Contractor shall be responsible for such subcontractor’s compliance with Labor Code Sections 1771, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815, and Contractor shall include in the written contract between it and each subcontractor copies of Labor Code Sections 1771, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815 and a requirement that each subcontractor shall comply with these statutes. Contractor shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure each subcontractor’s compliance, including conducting a periodic review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor. Upon becoming aware of a failure of the subcontractor to pay its workers the specified prevailing rate of wages, Contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify the failure.

H. Contractor truthfully represents that at the time Contractor submitted its bid for this Project, and thereafter, Contractor possessed, and now possesses the required license(s) from the State Contractors State Licensing Board, and as required in the Contract Documents, as well as all permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of any nature that are legally required of Contractor to practice its trade(s) and complete the Project. Contractor agrees to not be debarred at any time through the duration of this Agreement. Contractor has investigated and represents and will ensure that all subcontractors possessed and now possess a valid specialty trade license in its trade, as well as all permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of any nature that are legally BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-7 CIP 7631
required of the subcontractor to practice its trade during the term of this Agreement and at the time Contractor’s bid was submitted. All general building contractor licensees must comply with Business and Professions Code Section 7057. Contractor and all subcontractors must comply with business license requirements of City. Contractor shall not perform work with any debarred subcontractor pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7.

9. UNRESOLVED DISPUTES:

A. In the event that a dispute arises between the parties regarding whether the conditions materially differ, involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in Contractor’s cost of or time required for performance of any part of the Work, Contractor shall not be excused from the Completion Date, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the Agreement. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided that pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the parties. In the event of any dispute or controversy with City over any matter whatsoever, Contractor shall not cause any delay or cessation in or of work, but shall proceed with the performance of the work in dispute. This includes disputed time extension requests and prices for changes. The disputed work will be categorized as an “unresolved dispute” and payment, if any, shall be as later determined by agreement or a court of law. Contractor shall keep accurate, detailed records of all disputed work, claims and other disputed matters.

B. All claims arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or this Project, and the consideration and payment of such claims, are subject to the Government Claims Act (Government Code Section 810 et seq.) with regard to filing claims. All such claims are also subject to the dispute procedures set forth in Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq., to the extent each is applicable. This Agreement hereby incorporates those provisions as through fully set forth herein. Thus, Contractor or any subcontractor must file a claim in accordance with the Government Claims Act as prerequisite to filing a construction claim in compliance with Section 9204 and Section 20104 et seq. (if applicable), and must then adhere to Section 20104 et seq. and Section 9204, as applicable, with respect to any asserted “claim,” as individually defined in those Sections.

10. ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS: In entering into this Agreement, Contractor offers and agrees to assign to City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Business and Professions Code Section 16700 et seq.) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to this Agreement. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time City tenders final payment to Contractor without further action or acknowledgment by the parties.

11. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS: Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 9201, City has full authority to compromise or otherwise settle any claim relating to this Agreement at any time. City shall timely notify Contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to this Agreement. City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs incurred in providing the notification required by Public Contract Code Section 9201(b).

12. RIGHT TO AUDIT: City or its representative shall have the option of inspecting and/or auditing all records and other written materials used by Contractor in preparing its billings to City as a condition precedent to any payment to Contractor. Contractor will promptly furnish documents requested by City. Additionally, pursuant to Government Code Section 8546.7, if this BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-8 CIP 7631
Agreement involves the expenditure of public funds in excess of $10,000, Contractor shall be subject to State Auditor examination and audit at the request of City or as part of any audit of City, for a period of three years after final payment under this Agreement.

13. TRENCHING AND EXCAVATIONS:

A. If the Project involves trenching more than four feet deep, Contractor shall promptly and before the following conditions are disturbed notify City in writing of any: (i) material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 25117, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law; (ii) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated; or (iii) unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in this Agreement. City shall investigate the conditions, and if City finds that the conditions do materially differ or do involve hazardous waste and cause a decrease or increase in Contractor’s cost of or the time required for performance of any part of the Work, City shall issue a change order.

B. In addition, whenever work under this Agreement involves an estimated expenditure in excess of $25,000 for the excavation of any trench or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth, Contractor shall submit for acceptance by City or by a registered civil or structural engineer employed by City to whom authority to accept has been delegated, in advance of excavation, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation, of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer employed by Contractor, and all costs therefor shall be included in the contract price herein for completion of the Work as set forth in this Agreement.

Nothing in this provision shall be deemed to allow the use of a shoring, sloping, or other protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders. Nothing in this provision shall be construed to impose tort liability on City or on any City officer, agent, or employee. All plans, plan review, processing, and shoring costs are Contractor’s financial and legal responsibility.

14. UTILITIES: City acknowledges its responsibilities under Government Code Section 4215 concerning existing utilities.

15. LOCATION OF EXISTING ELEMENTS: The methods used and costs involved to locate existing elements, points of connection and all construction methods are Contractor’s sole responsibility. Accuracy of information furnished, as to existing conditions, is not guaranteed by City. Contractor must strictly comply with all applicable requirements of Government Code Section 4216 et seq. Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor, at its sole expense, must make all investigations necessary to determine locations of existing elements, which may include contacting Underground Service Alert and other private underground locating firm(s), utilizing specialized locating equipment, hand trenching, or both. Contractor must provide City with every Dig Alert Identification Number issued by Underground Service Alert during the course of the Project. Contractor shall be responsible for preserving the integrity of the existing underground utilities and elements at the site.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-9 CIP 7631

16. CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY:

A. City and its officers, agents, and employees shall not be answerable or accountable in any manner for any loss or damage that may happen to the Work or any part thereof, or for any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the Work; or for injury or damage to any person or persons, either workers, employees of Contractor or its subcontractors or the public, or for damage to adjoining or other property from any cause whatsoever arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to any person or property resulting from defects or obstructions or from any cause whatsoever, except the sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, its employees, servants, or independent contractors who are directly responsible to City during the progress of the Work or at any time before its completion and final acceptance.

B. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor will defend, indemnify, and hold City, its elected officials, officers, employees, agents, and volunteers (collectively, “Indemnitees”) free and harmless with respect to any and all actions, claims, liens, stop notices, damages to persons or property, penalties, obligations, and liabilities that may be asserted or claimed by any person, firm, entity, corporation, political subdivision, or other entity in any way arising out of or in connection with the acts, omissions, willful misconduct, work, operations, breach of this Agreement, violation of the Labor Code or any other code or regulation, and/or activities of Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors, or invitees in or related to the performance of this Agreement (collectively, “Claims”), whether or not there is concurrent passive or active negligence on the part of any of the Indemnitees, but excluding such actions, claims, damages to persons or property, penalties, obligations, or liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Indemnitees, as determined by a final court decision or agreement of the parties.

C. Contractor will defend any action or actions filed in connection with any Claims and will pay all costs and expenses, including actual attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith.

D. Contractor will promptly pay any judgment rendered against Contractor or any of the Indemnitees as a result of any Claims, and Contractor agrees to indemnify and save and hold the Indemnitees harmless therefrom.

E. In the event any Indemnitee is made a party to any action or proceeding filed or prosecuted against Contractor in connection with any Claims, Contractor shall pay to the Indemnitees any and all costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnitees in such action or proceeding together with actual attorneys’ fees.

F. So much of the money due to Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement, as shall be considered necessary by City, may be retained by City until Contractor has satisfied its indemnity obligations under this Section.

17. ASSIGNMENT: Contractor shall not assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement or any part thereof, whether by assignment or novation, without City’s prior written consent. Any purported assignment without written consent shall be null, void, and of no effect, and Contractor shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify City and its officers, officials, BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-10 CIP 7631
employees, agents, and representatives with respect to any claim, demand, or action arising from or relating to any unauthorized assignment.

18. CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS: Contractor represents, covenants and agrees that: (i) Contractor is qualified and capable of furnishing the labor, materials, and expertise necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (ii) there are no obligations, commitments, or impediments of any kind that will limit or prevent Contractor’s full performance under this Agreement; (iii) there is no litigation pending against Contractor or any owner or officer thereof, involving alleged theft, dishonesty, or fraud involving a public works project, and neither Contractor nor any owner or officer thereof is the subject of any criminal investigation or proceeding involving a public works project; and (iv) to Contractor’s actual knowledge, neither Contractor nor any owner or officer thereof has been convicted of a felony involving theft, dishonesty, or fraud in connection with a public works project, within the last 10 years.

19. NOTICES: Except as otherwise required by law, any notice, payment, or other communication authorized or required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received on (i) the day of delivery if delivered by hand or overnight courier service during City’s regular business hours or (ii) on the third business day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses listed below, or at such other address as one party may notify the other:

To City:

Director of Public Works
City of Brea
1 Civic Center Circle
Brea, California 92821
To Contractor:
_____________________
_____________________
_____________________

20. NON-DISCRIMINATION: No discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons upon public works because of the race, color, or religion of such persons, or on any other basis specified in Government Code Section 12940. Every contractor for public works violating this section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of Labor Code Section 1720 et seq. in accordance with the provisions of Section 1735 of such Code.

21. APPLICABLE LAW: The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of the State of California, excluding the choice of law rules. Venue for any such action relating to this Agreement shall be in the Orange County Superior Court.

22. INCORPORATION OF MANDATORY LANGUAGE: Each and every provision required by law to be inserted in this Agreement shall be deemed to be inserted and this Agreement shall be read and enforced as though such provision were included. If through mistake BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-11 CIP 7631
or otherwise any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon request of either party this Agreement shall promptly be amended to make such insertion or correction.

23. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and any other documents incorporated herein by specific reference, represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties. This Agreement supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, representations or agreements. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, nor any provision or breach waived, except in a writing signed by both parties which expressly refers to this Agreement.

24. NON-WAIVER OF TERMS: Waiver by either party of any one or more of the conditions of performance under this Agreement shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under this Agreement. In no event shall the making by City of any payment to Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by City of any breach of covenant, or any default which may then exist on the part of Contractor, and the making of any such payment by City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to City with regard to such breach or default.

25. AUTHORITY: Any person executing this Agreement on behalf of Contractor warrants and represents that he or she has the authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of Contractor and has the authority to bind Contractor to the performance of its obligations hereunder.

26. COUNTERPARTS: This Agreement may be executed in counterpart originals, duplicate originals, or both, each of which is deemed to be an original for all purposes. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project D-12 CIP 7631
TO EXECUTE THIS AGREEMENT, the parties have caused their authorized representatives to sign below.
[CONTRACTOR NAME]
[use this signature block if Contractor is a corporation]

____________________________________ ____________________________________ □ Chairperson □ President □ Vice President □ Secretary □ Asst. Secretary □ Chief Finance Officer □ Asst. Treasurer
[Pursuant to California Corporations Code Section 313, both signature lines must be executed unless the signatory holds at least one of the offices designated on each line.] [use this signature block if Contractor is a limited liability company] ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Manager Manager
[Pursuant to California Corporations Code Section 17703.01(d), both signature lines must be executed unless the articles of incorporation state that the firm is managed by only one manager.]

CITY OF BREA
By: _____________________________
Mayor
Attest: _____________________________
City Clerk
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-1 CIP 7631

S E C T I O N E

S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N S
All the Work to be done under this contract shall be in accordance with these Special Provisions, the Caltrans Standard Specifications, 2018 Edition, and the “GREENBOOK” Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2015 edition, as written and promulgated by the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and the Southern California District of Associated General Contractors of California.

Copies of the Standard Specifications are available from the publisher:

BNi Building News
1612 S. Clementine Street
Anaheim, California 92802
(714) 517-0971
The Standard Specifications set forth above, referred hereinafter as Standard Specifications, will control the general provisions, construction materials, and construction methods for this contract except as amended by the Plans, Special Provisions, Technical Specifications, or other contract documents.

The section numbers of these Special Provisions coincide with those of the said Standard Specifications. Only those sections requiring amendment, elaboration, or specifying options, are called out. Section F – Technical Specifications provide specific requirements for the Civil/Mechanical/Electrical and Process Control Systems associated with the Project.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-2 CIP 7631
P A R T 1

G E N E R A L P R O V I S I O N S
SECTION 1

TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND

SYMBOLS
1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
[Add or redefine the following:].

AGENCY - The City of Brea.

Board - The City Council of the City of Brea.

Caltrans - The State of California Department of Transportation.

County - The County of Orange.

Engineer - The City Engineer of the City of Brea or his authorized representative.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-3 CIP 7631
SECTION 2

SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK
2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT
[Replace with the following:].

Within 10 working days after the date the AGENCY'S Notice of Intent to Award of Contract, the Contractor shall execute and return all contract documents required by the AGENCY. The AGENCY reserves the right to terminate the award if the above requirement is not met. Such termination will result in the forfeiture of the Proposal Guarantee.

The Contract Agreement shall not be considered binding upon the AGENCY until executed by the authorized AGENCY officials.

A corporation to which an award is made may be required, before the Contract Agreement is executed by the AGENCY, to furnish evidence of its corporate existence, of its right to enter into contracts in the State of California, and that the officers signing the contract and bonds for the corporation have the authority to do so.
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS
2-3.2 Self Performance
[amend the first sentence as follows:].

Replace 50 percent with 30 percent
2-4 CONTRACT BONDS
[add the following:].

The Faithful Performance Bond shall remain in force until the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion. The Material and Labor Bond shall remain in force until 6 months after the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion.

In conformance with the State of California Government Code, Chapter 13, Section 4590, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the City to endurance under the contract.

At the request and expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the AGENCY, or with a state or federally chartered bank as the escrow agent, who shall pay such monies to the Contractor upon notification by AGENCY of Contractor's satisfactory completion of the contract.

The type of securities deposited and the method of release shall be approved by the AGENCY.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-4 CIP 7631
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

2-5.1 General
[Add the following:].

Only written authorization from the AGENCY shall be binding over any deviation or change in the Plans and Specifications. Please refer to SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK for further explanation. The Contractor shall maintain a control set of Plans and Specifications on the project site at all times. All final locations determined in the field, and any deviations from the Plans and Specifications, shall be marked in red on this control set to show the as-built conditions.

Upon completion of all Work, the Contractor shall return the control set to the Engineer. Final payment will not be made until this requirement is met. Reference in the Special Provisions to “State Standard Specifications” shall mean the Standard Specifications, 2018 edition, of the State of California, Department of Transportation. Copies of these specifications may be obtained from:

State of California – Department of General Services
Publications Distribution Unit
P.O. Box 1015
North Highlands, California 95660
Reference in the Special Provisions to Standard Plans shall mean the Standard Plans of the City of Brea, and where applicable, the following:

Standard Plans for Public Works Construction (SPPWC), published by the Public Works Standards, Inc., 2015 edition.

Standard Plans, published by the State Department of Transportation, 2018 edition.

Standard Plans, published by the City of Brea.

Applicable Standard Plans for this project are contained in Appendix A of these Special Provisions. 2-5.3 Submittals
2-5.3.1 General
[Add the following].

Within 10 working days after the date the AGENCY'S award of contract, the Contractor shall identify submittals which will be required by each section of the specifications and determine the date on which each submittal will be made, the vendor/material supplier, any long lead time items, and other related information. Submittal schedule shall be in matrix form. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered and shall include the specification section number to which they pertain. Contractor shall be responsible for on time delivery and processing of submittals so as not to impede progress of work. The Contractor shall submit all Submittals to the Engineer via the Internet utilizing a web site address VPM @ www.virtual-pm.com managed by the Agency. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued until all required submittals are approved with “no exception taken” or “Supply as Noted” by the Agency.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-5 CIP 7631
2-6 WORK TO BE DONE
[Add with the following].

The work to be constructed hereunder generally consists of sewer lift station improvements at the exiting sewer lift station located on the south side of Briarwood Drive in the City of Brea. Works of Improvement include, but are not limited to, mobilization, pavement removals and disposal, removal and replacement of existing sewer pumps, systems, controls, and panels, curb and gutter removal and reconstruction, installation of new 6” PVC SDR26 sewer force main with all fittings and appurtenances, bedding, slurry backfill, AC sawcut, trench AC base and cap, existing sewer manhole rehabilitation, pipe connections, landscape and irrigation removal, replacement, and restoration, electrical conduits and wiring, pull boxes, abandonment of existing 4” force main, 4” PCC Pad, light standard and footing, 1” cooper water service, installation of new water meter and connection, backflow device and hose bib, 6’ wrought iron fence with gate and footings, coordination with City, traffic control, potholing, waste disposal, and BMPs and all improvements required to complete the Project as shown on the Plans, and in accordance with these Specifications.
2-9 SURVEYING
[Replace with the following].

The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of surveying adequate for construction; however the task of surveying itself shall be performed under the direction of a Licensed Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer, whom is authorized to practice land surveying in the State of California, retained or provided for by the Contractor.

All construction surveying necessary to complete the work as shown on the plans and provided for in these contract documents and specifications shall be accomplished by or under the direction of a Licensed Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer, with the authority to practice land surveying in the State of California, retained or provided by the Contractor. The AGENCY reserves the right to direct additional construction surveys to be performed by the Contractor when it feels it is required to adequately construct the work.

The Contractor shall be required to provide an as-built field survey to establish adequate survey control for the reconstruction of all curb returns where new curb ramp construction is required and any street requiring total removal of the existing pavement section, in order to re-establish the horizontal locations and final elevations of new ramp and curb returns, centerline and/or crown line and existing vertical curves, as directed by the Engineer, prior to the start of any construction.

The as-built field survey shall be done only under the direction of a Licensed Land Surveyor or a Registered Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying in the State of California.

In accordance with Senate Bill 1563, the Contractor shall file a Corner Record Form referencing survey monuments subject to disturbance in the Office of the County Surveyor prior to the start of construction and also prior to the completion of construction for the replacement of survey monuments. The Contractor shall not disturb survey monuments, lot stakes (tagged), or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. The Contractor shall bear the expense of replacing any that may be disturbed. Replacement shall be done only under the direction of a Licensed Land Surveyor or a Registered Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying in the State of California.

The centerline monuments for all intersections within the project limits shall be permanently tied out prior to cold milling and overlay and re-established after the final asphalt concrete paving.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-6 CIP 7631
Upon submittal of all corner records and centerline tie notes and monuments to the Office of Orange County Surveyor, the Contractor shall submit copies of the same records to the City of Brea. Contractor shall also submit accepted and filed corner records upon acceptance by the Office of the County Surveyor prior to completion of the project.

Upon completion of the project, a Notice of Completion shall not be filed until the monuments have been restored and corner records filed to the satisfaction of the County Surveyor.

Payment for the surveying is considered included in the LUMP SUM (LS) price bid for Construction Survey Staking and Monument Protection and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.
2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER
[Add the following].

The Contractor shall give at least 48 hours (2 working days) advance notice when he or his subcontractor will start or resume the work.

The above notice is to be given during working hours, exclusive of Saturday, Sunday or AGENCY holidays for the purpose of permitting the Engineer to make necessary assignments of his representatives.
2-11 INSPECTION
[Add the following].

If the Contractor elects to work under this contract more than 8 hrs/day or more than 40 hrs/week, Saturday, Sunday, or AGENCY holidays, he shall arrange with the Engineer for the required inspection service and pay the Special Inspection Fees which will be charged at the following rates:
4 hrs. or less/day - $500.00
4 hrs. to 8 hrs./day - $1,000.00
When Special Inspection is required, the Contractor shall notify the AGENCY and pay inspection fees 24 hours in advance. If the Contractor is directed by the AGENCY to work under this contract more than 8 hrs./day or more than 40 hrs./week, the Special Inspection fee requirements will be waived.

If the Contractor elects to work under this Contract more than 8 hrs/day or more than 40 hrs/week, Saturday, Sunday, or AGENCY holidays without prior authorization, he/she/it shall pay double the rates mentioned herein to the AGENCY.

Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications of these Special Provisions for additional Inspection requirements associated with the Project.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-7 CIP 7631
SECTION 3

CHANGES IN WORK
3-3 EXTRA WORK
3-3.2 Payment
3-3.2.1 General.
[Add the following:].

Extra work compensation will be made for labor, equipment, and materials used in the specific work zone where the extra work is being performed and not for all crew and materials on-site. When extra work or utility interference is encountered, the Contractor shall contact the City and jointly evaluate if the workforce and/or trucking should be reduced or remain as compensable.

All extra work truck material weight tickets must be completely filled out with times, location, and material dumped to be eligible for extra work payment. All extra work must be approved by the authorized City representative prior to commencing work. Without said approval, the Contractor will be working at risk, hence compensation is not guaranteed. 3-3.2.3 Markup.
[Delete Subsection in total and replace with the following:] (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
1) Labor ..........................................................15 2) Materials ....................................................10 3) Equipment Rental ......................................10* 4) Other Items and Expenditures ...................10
* Equipment Rental rates shall be based on the latest applicable Caltrans Equipment Rental Rates To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in the subsection, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
(b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of ten (10) percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of five (5) percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. (c) Unknown Facilities. In the event the Contractor suspects or begins to locate a utility pipe, conduit, structure or other unknown underground mass not depicted on the Plans or identified within these Specifications, he/she shall continue to uncover and investigate the limits of the item and contact USA as part of the bid item scope of work. Once the unknown underground facility is sufficiently viewed and identified, any stand-by-time, during which no constructive work is being accomplished with respect to the bid item scope of work, will be paid at the base rate for Labor + 10% and for Equipment not working will be paid applying the Delay Factor to the hourly rental rate per the Caltrans Rental Guide with no further mark-up.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-8 CIP 7631
SECTION 4

CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
4-1.1 General
[Add the following:].

The Contractor and all subcontractors, suppliers, and vendors shall guarantee that the entire Work will meet all requirements of this contract as to the quality of materials, equipment, and workmanship. The Contractor, at no cost to the AGENCY, shall make any repairs or replacements made necessary by defects in materials, equipment, or workmanship that become evident within one year after the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion. Within this one year period, the Contractor shall also restore to full compliance with requirements of this contract any portion of the Work which is found to not meet those requirements. The Contractor shall hold the AGENCY harmless from claims of any kind arising from damages due to said defects or noncompliance.

Security of this guarantee shall be in the form of a Warrantee Bond furnished to the AGENCY by the Contractor (See Appendix for Sample). There shall be specific wording in the Warrantee Bond that includes the guarantee or warranty of the labor and materials for a one-year period, commencing from the recording date of the Notice of Completion by the County Recorder. The guaranteed amount shall be for 100 percent of the total amount earned to date as indicated on the final progress payment. The AGENCY reserves the right to withhold the retention until the Warrantee Bond has been accepted by the AGENCY.

The Contractor shall make all repairs, replacements, and restorations covered by the Warrantee Bond within ten (10) working days after the date of the Engineer's written notice.

Failure to comply with such notice, will cause the AGENCY to file claim against the bond.

Excepted from the Warrantee Bond will be defects caused by acts of God, acts of the AGENCY, acts of vandals, or by acts of others outside or beyond the control of the Contractor. 4-1.4 Test of Materials
[Replace the third sentence of the first paragraph with the following:].

All onsite and offsite tests which require the services of a laboratory to determine compliance with the Contract Documents shall be performed by an independent commercial testing laboratory in the vicinity of Southern California, pre-approved by the Engineer. The laboratory shall be staffed with experienced technicians, properly equipped, and fully qualified to perform the tests in accordance with the specified standards.

The City reserves the right to visit approved testing laboratories anytime during the duration of the testing for the specified project. This random inspection will not require any prior confirmation for the visit date and time of the visit.

Field sampling and testing shall be performed under the direction of the Engineer. The Engineer will determine the exact time and location of all field sampling and testing. Written reports of tests and engineering data furnished by the Contractor for the Engineer's review shall be submitted in the same manner as specified for Shop Drawings.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-9 CIP 7631
The testing laboratory shall furnish three copies of a written report of each test performed by laboratory personnel. Two copies of each test report will be transmitted to the Engineer and one copy to the Contractor within three (3) calendar days after each test is completed.

The Contractor shall not retain any testing laboratory firm against which the City has reasonable objection. If a t any time during the construction process, the services become unacceptable to the City and the Engineer determines that sufficient cause exists, the Contractor shall terminate the services and engage a different testing laboratory firm, approved by the Engineer.

Unless otherwise provided, all testing shall be performed under the direction of the Engineer and the AGENCY will bear the cost of the initial testing of material and workmanship which are required by the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions. The cost of all other tests, including the retesting of material or workmanship that fails to pass the first test, shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible to complete its own QC/QA testing to assure the works of improvements are constructed per the Plans and Specifications.

Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications of these Special Provisions for additional Testing requirements associated with the Project. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals
[Replace the last two sentences of the first paragraph with the following:].

Approval of equipment and materials offered as equivalents to those specified must be obtained as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-10 CIP 7631
SECTION 5

UTILITIES
5-1 LOCATION
[Replace the first sentence of the last paragraph with the following:].

The location and existence of any underground utility or substructure was obtained from a search of available records. No guarantee is made or implied that the information is complete or accurate.

It shall be the Contractor's responsibility alone to determine the location of underground utilities or substructures of every nature and to protect them from damage. The Contractor shall assume every lot includes a service of each type of utility.

The Contractor shall pothole all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners, and which may affect or be affected by the proposed improvement Work (Work). The Contractor shall perform the utility location pothole exploration efforts along proposed water/sewer/drainage/utility trench alignments, tie-ins, structures, and curb and gutter or ramp removals prior to beginning saw cutting and trenching/excavation for the specific Work and shall notify the Engineer one week in advance of initiating said pothole work. The Contractor shall provide a Pothole Report (Report) to the Engineer for review 72 hours prior to commencement of the new saw cutting or trenching operations. The Report shall include type and material of existing utility found, depth to top of cover, depth to bottom of utility and size of utility, owner of utility, vertical and horizontal distance to proposed improvements from the exposed existing utility, pavement base/AC thickness, and any potential conflicts with locations.

Any pothole work with a diameter less than or equal to 6-inches in asphalt to be backfilled with black colored concrete to the finish surface. All other pothole excavation work that exceeds 6- inches in diameter shall be properly backfilled with AC base pavement in accordance with the Specifications.

The Contractor shall sawcut straight clean lines at each pothole location.

The Contactor shall comply with Government Code Section 4215.

Failure to comply with the requirements of this section and providing the pothole report with required utility information as stated herein will result in a Stop Work Notice issued to the Contractor by the Engineer until said pothole work and related report have been received and reviewed by the Engineer.

Payment for the requirements of work defined in this section shall be included in the contract LUMP SUM (LS) price bid for Pothole and Utility Location, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.
5-4 RELOCATION
[Replace the second sentence of the last paragraph with the following:].

When not otherwise required by the plans and specifications and when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections, as necessary, between the meter and property line, or between the meter and limits of construction.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-11 CIP 7631
5-5 DELAYS
[Add the following paragraph:].

All notification to utility companies insofar as the relocation or removal of a utility shall be made by the Engineer based on Contractor's request as submitted to the Engineer at least 48-hours in advance of the needed work. Any costs for delay of the Contractor of utility companies in this regard shall be assigned to the Contractor, if these costs are a result of the Contractor's request being untimely in any respect excepting thereof any delay cost incurred as a result of the utility company not responding at their agreed time.
5-7 UTILITY MARKINGS
[Is hereby added to Section 5:].

Upon completion of the Project, the Contractor shall be required to remove, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, all utility locator markings and utility tie-out paint markings that either the Contractor, Subcontractor, the City, or utility companies make during the course of he work from the surfaces of sidewalks, driveway approaches, curb and gutters, using the removal method acceptable to the Engineer. Any damage to the existing improvements due to the Contractor’s removal operation shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense.

Payment for the removing of the utility markings shall be included in the various applicable items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-12 CIP 7631
SECTION 6

PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK
[Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:].

The Contractor's proposed Baseline Construction Schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer within ten (10) working days after the date of the AGENCY'S execution of the Agreement. The proposed Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict the main milestones, sub-activities, durations, start and finish dates, and predecessors/successors, and submitted in MS Project File and pdf formats. Additionally, the schedule shall be supported by written statements from each supplier of materials or equipment indicating that all orders have been placed and acknowledged and setting forth the dates that each item will be delivered. Prior to issuing the Notice to Proceed, the Engineer will schedule a preconstruction meeting with the Contractor to review the proposed Baseline Construction Schedule and delivery dates, arrange utility coordination, discuss construction methods, and clarify inspection procedures. The Contractor shall submit progress reports to the Engineer by the tenth day of each month. The report shall include an updated Construction Schedule. Any deviations from the original approved Baseline Construction Schedule shall be explained in a summary report attached to the updated Baseline Schedule for AGECNY review. Progress payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports.

The Contractor shall furnish the Agency with a 3 week look ahead-schedule in a tabular format at every weekly construction meeting. The 3 week look ahead-schedule shall be linked to the Approved Baseline Construction Schedule milestones with any subsequent deviations within this 3 week window, and shall include the sub-activities that rolls-up into the associated milestone.

Payment for the preparation, update, and submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule and 3- week look ahead schedule shall be considered as included in the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed, thereof.
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK
[add the following:].

The order of work for this project shall be as follows:

1. Submit All Required Submittals

2. Traffic control, construction phasing and Haul Route plan

3. Pre-Construction Meeting

4. All materials, equipment, and supplies ordered

5. NTP

6. Set-up Project Information signs, if required

7. Site Mobilization/Staging

8. Tie out existing centerline ties and/or front property corners monuments

9. Assist with public notifications
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-13 CIP 7631

10. Set-up Traffic control and construction phasing as required for site access

11. U.S.A.

12. Survey pipeline alignment and other works of improvements

13. Pothole existing utilities and provide report

14. Begin Sewer Bypass

15. Sewer Lift Station Rehabilitation

16. Abandon Existing Sewer Force Main

17. Sawcut existing pavement

18. Install new Sewer Force Main

19. Pressure Test New Force Main

20. AC Trench Base Pavement

21. Install Electrical and I&C Rehabilitation

22. Install water service lateral, gate valve, meter, BFPD, and Hose Bib

23. Pressure test and disinfect new water service lateral

24. Install new Steet Light, footing, and connections

25. Install Lift Station fence footings

26. Install PCC Pad

27. PCC replacements – including ramps, curb and gutter, cross gutters, and sidewalk

28. Asphalt concrete pavement base repairs

29. Adjust utility covers and manholes to grade

30. Replace traffic striping and pavement markings

31. Re-establish centerline ties and other monuments and file related documents

32. Install Lift Station Fencing

33. Final Inspection and punch-list
The Contractor may request modifications to the order of work as part of the PreConstruction meeting and Baseline Schedule/Phasing Plan review for City consideration. [Add the following:]
Record Keeping: The Contractor shall submit daily progress reports to the Engineer via the Internet utilizing a web site address Virtual Project Manager (VPM) at www.virtual-pm.com managed by the Agency. This web site, “Virtual Project Manager” will be used exclusively by the site foreman to record daily progress, problems, addition/deletions and or request change orders for review by the engineer/inspector and the Project Manager. The Job site supervisor (Contractor) is required to have access and knowledge to utilize a digital camera and internet.

Daily use of computer is required to input aforementioned documents.

If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon order from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-14 CIP 7631
All costs of prosecuting the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's bid.

Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes after orders of the Engineer; the work may be suspended in whole or part, or payment withheld, until the Contractor takes said steps.

If work is suspended through no fault of the City, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the work during periods of suspension, the City may elect to do so and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability.
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION
6-7.1 General
[Add the following:].

The total Contract Time for this Project shall be Eighty (80) Working Days from the date depicted within the Notice to Proceed. Time of completion includes procuring all required materials pursuant to the approved submittals, delivery of all materials to the site, all construction of all required works of improvements as depicted within the plans and defined within these Special Provision and excludes maintenance periods identified within the notices. 6-7.2 Working Day
[Add the following:].

The Contractor's activities shall be confined to the hours between 7:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays that do not required traffic control or lane closures (For lane closure restrictions see 7-10.1 “Traffic Access.”). Deviation from these hours will not be permitted without the prior consent of the Engineer, except in emergencies involving immediate hazard to persons or property. In the event of either a requested or emergency deviation, inspection service fees will be charged against the Contractor. The service fees will be calculated at overtime rates including benefits, overhead, and travel time. The service fees will be deducted from any amounts due the Contractor.
[Delete subsection in total and replace with the following:].

A working day is any day within the period between the date of the start of the Contract time as specified in 6-1 and the date of field acceptance of the Work by the Engineer, other than:

1. Saturday and Sunday.

2. Any day designated as a holiday by the Agency.

3. Any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association.

4. Any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause specified in 6-6.1.

5. Any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause specified in 6-6.1. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
[Amend the liquidated damage amount to read:].

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-15 CIP 7631
Liquidated damages will be assessed in the amount of $2,000.00 for each calendar day in excess of the contract time for the Project beyond the Project Completion Date.

SECTION 7

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
7-1 THE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES
7-1.1 General
[Add the following:].

A noise level limit of 95 dbl. at a distance of 50' shall apply to all construction equipment on or related to the job whether owned by the Contractor or not. This requirement in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for complying with local ordinances regulating noise level. 7-2 LABOR
7-2.1 General
[Add the following:].

The Contractor will be required to submit weekly certified payrolls for the project. The Contractor shall also submit payrolls for all subcontractors who perform work in excess of $1,000.

The payrolls reflect payment of the prevailing wage to all employees plus required fringe benefits.

Failure to comply with this requirement may be cause for the City to stop construction or to withhold contract payments until the Contractor shows compliance. 7-2.2 Laws
[Add the following:].

The Contractor, and all subcontractors, suppliers and vendors, shall comply with all AGENCY, State and Federal orders regarding affirmative action to ensure equal employment opportunities and fair employment practices. Failure to file any report due under said orders will result in suspension of periodic progress payments.

The Contractor shall ensure unlimited access to the job site for all equal employment opportunity compliance officers.
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE
[Delete the entire subsection:].
7-3.1 Insurance
[Add the following:].

Contractor shall, prior to execution of an Agreement with the AGENCY, comply with the provisions of AGENCY's insurance requirements as follows:

Except as provided in the Construction Agreement, Contractor hereby agrees to protect, defend indemnify and hold harmless AGENCY, its officers, elected or appointed officials, employees, agents, and volunteers from and against any and all, claims, damages, losses, expenses, judgments, demands defense costs, and consequential damage or liability of any kind or nature, however BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-16 CIP 7631
caused, including those resulting from death or injury to Contractor's employees and damage to Contractor's property, arising directly or indirectly out of the obligations or operations herein undertaken by Contractor, caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to concurrent active or passive negligence, except where caused by the active negligence, sole negligence, or willful misconduct of the AGENCY. Contractor will conduct all defense at its sole cost and expense and AGENCY shall approve selection of Contractor's counsel. City shall be reimbursed for all costs and attorney's fees incurred by the AGENCY in enforcing this obligation. This indemnity shall apply to all claims and liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by Contractor. The AGENCY will not be liable for any accident, loss or damage to the Work prior to its completion and acceptance, except as provided in the Construction Agreement.

The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-5 PERMITS
[Delete Subsection in total and substitute with the following:].

Prior to the start of any work, the Contractor shall take out the applicable AGENCY permits and make arrangements for AGENCY inspections. The AGENCY will issue the permits at no charge to the Contractor. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall each obtain an AGENCY business license, and shall be licensed in accordance with State Business and Professions Code. The Contractor, at no additional cost to the AGENCY, shall also obtain any and all other permits, licenses, inspections, certificates, or authorizations required by any governing body or entity.

Pursuant to State Bill 854, the following new requirements apply to all public works projects:

A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in this chapter, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. It is not a violation of this section for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code or by Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded. The website for contractor registration with the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) is https://efiling.dir.ca.gov/PWCR; the annual non-refundable fee, valid July 1 through June 30 (state fiscal year), is $300.

Contractors who are awarded a public works project must submit electronic payroll records to the DIR’s Compliance Monitoring Unit (CMU) in addition to providing wet-ink original copies to the City or its designated labor compliance enforcement officer. 7-8 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE
7-8.1 General
[Add the following:].

Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and or other means as BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-17 CIP 7631
necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods.

Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned.

Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. This is to include the removal of all utility markings (Underground Service Areas – USA) made as a part of the project.
7-8.2 Air Pollution Control
[Add the following:].

Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a regenerative air type sweeper (TYMCO, Elgin or equal) at least once each working day to keep paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. The sweeper model used by the Contractor shall be submitted with the BMP plan for review and approval by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to perform the required sweeping, the AGENCY will complete the work and deduct the costs from the Contractor’s progress payment for all costs associated with the air pollution control efforts.
7-8.4.2 Storage of Equipment and Material in Public Streets [Add the following:].

Construction materials shall not be stored at the City facility for more than 2 days prior to usage on the project. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 2 days after unloading shall be stored elsewhere by the Contractor – at Contractor’s expense, unless authorized additional storage time. All material used for the construction of the improvements, shall be placed so as to provide clear access within the work zone with one lane open at all times, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

Construction equipment shall not be stored at the work site before its actual use on the work, nor for more than 2 days after it is no longer needed.

Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site.

In no event is Contractor to stockpile material, tools or equipment in the parkways.

Payment for “Final Cleaning-up” is considered included in the various contract bid items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 7-8.4.3 Temporary Light, Power & Water
[Delete the final paragraph and replace it with the following to the end of the section:]

Water shall be obtained through the AGENCY’s Finance Department. In order to obtain construction water from an AGENCY fire hydrant, the Contractor will be required to obtain an AGENCY supplied hydrant meter. A $2,650 refundable deposit is required on the meter.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-18 CIP 7631
An “Eddy” valve must be attached to the temporary meter for the purpose of operating the hydrant.

The cost for the meter and water used shall be charged in accordance with City Council Resolution No. 95-95 and 2018-048. These charges are as follows:

Meter Service Charge Per
Month
Rate Per 100 Cubic Feet
$130.00 $7.17
Any unauthorized use of AGENCY water from a fire hydrant or other AGENCY facility will be estimated by the AGENCY as to usage and invoiced to the Contractor at three times the rate schedule above and a fine of $300 per citation and deducted from progress payments. The Contractor shall not use water or power from private residences.

The cost of water and power used by the Contractor is considered included in the various contract bid items of work and NO additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. 7-8.6.1 General
[Add the following to the end of the section:].

Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharge of Storm Water Associated with Construction Activities:
a) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for identifying and obtaining all permits and licenses required for this project. Cost and fees associated with said permits regardless of whether obtained by the COUNTY, CITY or by CONTRACTOR, shall be borne solely by the CONTRACTOR.

The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all rules and regulations included in said permits and licenses. Should the CONTRACTOR fail to conform to said rules and regulations, the CITY reserves the right to perform the work necessary to conform to the rules and regulations. The cost of such work will be deducted from any funds to become due to the CONTRACTOR.

It is noted that multiple permits are required from the various regulatory agencies.

CONTRACTOR is to abide by and follow the requirements of all such permits.

b) NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) FOR STORM

WATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION AND LAND
DISTURBANCE ACTIVITIES WATER QUALITY ORDER NO. 2009-0009-DWQ (GENERAL

PERMIT)
On September 2, 2009, the State Water Resources Control Board adopted Order No. 2009-0009- DWQ (Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff Associated with Construction Activities and Land Disturbance Activities). Effective July 1, 2010, all dischargers (construction sites where calculated soil disturbance totals 1 acre or more) are required to obtain coverage and comply with this Construction General Permit (CGP).

A copy of this permit and related documents/attachments may be found on the internet at:

http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/constpermits.shtml BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-19 CIP 7631
The CONTRACTOR is hereby directed to read and understand all the requirements of this Permit as they relate to this project.

The CITY has been issued Municipal NPDES Permit No. CAS618030, Order No. R8-2009-0030, from the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, Santa Ana Region as described above.

Section XV, “Municipal Construction Projects/Activities,” of the Municipal Permit describes specific compliance with the latest version of the State’s CGP within the Santa Ana Region. 7-8.6.4 Dewatering
[Add the following to the end of the section].

The CITY has been issued Municipal NPDES Permit No. CAS618030, Order No. R8-2009-0030, from the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, Santa Ana Region. Section III.3.ii. of this permit authorizes de minimus types of discharges listed in the Santa Ana Regional Board’s General De Minimus Permit for Discharges to Surface Waters, Order No. R8-2009-0003, from CITY owned and/or operated facilities and activities (including construction).

A copy of the CITY’s Municipal NPDES Permit (Order No. R8-2009-0030) may be found on the internet at:
http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/santaana/board_decisions/adopted_orders/orders/2009/09_030_o c_stormwater_ms4_permit.pdf
A copy of the Santa Ana Regional Board’s General De Minimus Permit for Discharges to Surface Waters (Order No. R8-2009-0003) may be found on the internet at:
http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/santaana/board_decisions/adopted_orders/orders/2009/09_003_d eminimus_permit_wdr.pdf
7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS [Delete the second paragraph and substitute with the following:].

The Contractor shall relocate, repair, replace or reestablish all existing improvements within the project limits which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, gutters, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, sprinkler systems, signs, utility installations, pavements, and structures.) which are damaged or removed as a result of his operations.

Where existing traffic striping, pavement markings and curb markings are damaged or their reflectivity reduced by the Contractor's operations, such striping or markings shall also be considered as existing improvements and the Contractor shall repaint or replace such improvements.

Relocations, repairs, replacements or reestablishments shall be equal to the existing improvements and shall match such improvements in finish and dimensions unless otherwise specified. [Delete the last paragraph and substitute the following:].

All cost to the Contractor for protecting, removing, restoring, repairing, replacing, or reestablishing existing improvements shall be included in the bid in other items of work unless otherwise specified.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-20 CIP 7631
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY
7-10.1 Traffic and Access
[Add the following:].

The AGENCY’s intent is to restore all traffic lanes to workable condition as soon as possible. One lane of traffic shall be maintained at all times. Restriction of traffic lanes will only be allowed between 9:00 am and 3:00 pm Monday through Friday for arterial streets. Contractor may begin set-up for Traffic Control at 8:30 am.

All traffic control shall be in accordance with the plans, approved traffic control plan as submitted to the AGENY, and Caltrans Encroachment Permit pursuant to the following specifications:

1. Caltrans - Manual of Traffic Control Devices for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones, Traffic Manual, Sign Specifications, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications

2. State of California, Department of Transportation Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD)

3. Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH Manual)
Prior to the beginning of work, the Contractor shall prepare and process a Traffic Control and Construction Phasing Plan for AGENCY’S approval, in conformance with current MUTCD and AGENCY’S guidelines for the project. Contractor shall implement the approved traffic control and construction phasing plan to safely prosecute the construction work involved with a minimum of inconvenience to the existing residents and the motoring public.

Construction Traffic Control Plans shall be prepared in accordance with the AGENCY's latest Traffic Control Plan Preparation Guidelines and shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. The plans shall be signed and stamped by a Traffic or Civil Engineer. The Contractor shall submit the plans to the Engineer for approval or correction at least 10 working days before approved plans will be required for commencing the work.

Approval of the Traffic Control Plans by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors or omissions in the plans or from deviations from the Contract Documents.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the plans and for the results obtained by the use of such plans.

The Contractor shall provide, to the Engineer, a telephone number at which the Contractor's representatives can be reached, at any hour, should an emergency occur requiring replacement or relocation of the required traffic control devices.

Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall inform the AGENCY's trash haulers, Police and Fire departments and US Postal Service, of the project location, approximate starting date, completion date, and the name and telephone number of contractor representatives who may be contacted at any hour in the event of an emergency.

POLICE DEPARTMENT: Watch Commander @ (714) 990-7626
FIRE DEPARTMENT: Battalion Chief @ (714) 990-7658
Information signs shall be required on all arterial streets one (1) week prior to beginning of roadway construction projects.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-21 CIP 7631
The Contractor shall adhere to applicable sections of California Administrative Code, Title 8, concerning electrical and construction safety standards and practices.

Contractor shall require that an approved safety vest be worn by all personnel who are working at this project site. Any worker without a vest may be ordered off the job by the Inspector until such apparel is acquired. Questions as to approved vests shall be directed to the Engineer.

Any relocation of travel lanes longer than three calendar days shall be delineated by removing the existing striping and legends by wet sandblasting and placing new striping and legends as required.

Upon completion of the work and the restoration of the road surface to its final condition, the Contractor shall remove temporary striping by wet sandblasting.

If the traffic cones or portable delineators are damaged, displaced or are not in an upright position, for any reason, the contractor shall immediately replace or restore to their original location, in an upright position, the cones or portable delineators.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain all signs, barricades, flashers, delineators and other necessary facilities for the protection of the motoring public within the limits of the construction area. He shall also post proper signs to notify the public regarding detours and conditions of the roadway, all in accordance with the provisions of the Vehicle Code, the current State of California Department of Transportation "Manual of Traffic Controls for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones", and the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans.

The Contractor shall furnish such flagmen and equipment as are necessary to give adequate warning to traffic or to the public of any dangerous conditions in accordance with the current Department of Transportation "Instructions to Flagmen".

All existing traffic signs and street signs shall be maintained in visible locations during construction. Signs designated for removal shall be salvaged and delivered to the AGENCY Yard or disposed of as directed by the AGENCY.

Plans indicating the travel (haul) route for the Contractor’s equipment movement in and out of the site must be submitted to the Engineer for approval at least seven (7) working days prior to commencement of any work. The travel route plans. Which meet the City’s requirements, will be approved and returned to the Contractor; otherwise, further revisions are required until they are acceptable to the AGENCY. The Contractor shall submit one travel plan for each phase to the Engineer for approval, and the approved travel plans shall be strictly adhered to by the Contractor during all phases of the construction.

The Contractor shall limit excavation for curb and/or gutter, driveways, sidewalk, cross gutter and spandrels that will leave an open excavation for only one weekend in a continuous two week period. Open excavation is only allowed to open for only one weekend with proper traffic control as specified elsewhere and as directed by the Engineer.

The Contractor is not allowed to drive his/her fully loaded trucks on the new material.

Any deviation from these requirements is not permitted. All the Contractor’s operations will be ceased at once if the Contractor violates any of these requirements. No further payments will be made to the Contractor until problems are resolved according to the AGENCY’S requirements.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-22 CIP 7631
Full compensation for Construction Traffic Control Plans is considered included in the Traffic Control and Construction Phasing bid item of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

Warning Signs
Adequate warning signs for motorists shall be placed and maintained throughout all applicable phases of the work including speed limit reduction, loose gravel, fresh oil, and open trench. Signs shall be 36-inch x 36-inch size; shall be on site ready for placement prior to start of the applicable phase of work and shall be placed in advance on all streets approaching the work zone.

The Contractor shall not park any equipment or store any materials on the street during nonworking hours.

The Contractor shall reopen all streets at the end of each working day.

The Contractor shall maintain access for emergency vehicles, local residents, businesses, and commercial vehicles at all times on all streets.

Pedestrian traffic shall be detoured to the opposite side of the street, away from the construction area, whenever possible.

The Contractor shall be required to coordinate his operations with the delivery of mail, the school bus and trash pick-up schedules in the project area, and the Contractor shall make provisions for passage of trash collection trucks to alleys and to trash receptacles in streets where work is being performed.

The Contractor shall install skid resistant steel plates over any open trenches which are not back-filled by the end of each day. Steel plates need to be recessed while covering open trenches in the street.

The order of work, except where otherwise specifically required by the Plans and Specifications, such as the phasing requirements, shall be determined by the Contractor who shall be solely responsible for coordinating all subcontract and direct contract work to minimize delays during construction.

The Contractor shall maintain pedestrian and vehicle access to driveways for ingress and egress by the end of each workday. If necessary, the Contractor shall install skid resistant steel plates over disturbed pavement in front of driveways in order to provide for smooth access to and from the driveways.

Advisory Signs
The Contractor shall provide 2 electric power changeable message advisory signs as required for each stage of work within the beginning and end of the construction limits with the following language:

MAJOR ROAD CONSTRUCTION ON

XXXXXXX AVENUE
FROM <MONTH-YR> TO <MONTH YR>

EXPECT DELAYS

PLEASE USE ALTERNATIVE ROUTES
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-23 CIP 7631

These signs shall be placed at a minimum of one week prior to commencement of the construction starting. Failure to coordinate with the City may result in delay of start of construction and no extension of contract days or compensation will be given. The Engineer shall approve the verbiage of signage prior to fabrication and Engineer or their designee shall determine the location in the field with the Contractor prior to placement.

Project Information Sign

The Contractor shall fabricate and install 1 Project Information Sign a minimum of one week prior to construction pursuant to the City Standard Sign Template with Appendix A.

Full compensation for warning, advisory, and Project Information signs is considered included in the Traffic Control and Construction Phasing bid item of work and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.
7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades
[Add the following:].

Street closures will not be allowed except as specifically permitted by the City Engineer in writing.

The Contractor shall provide the City Engineer the location, dates, times, detour routes, signage etc.. requested for the closure for review.
7-10.5 Protection of the Public
[Add the following section:].

It is part of the service required of the Contractor to make whatever provisions are necessary to protect the public. The Contractor shall use foresight and shall take such steps and precautions as his operations warrant to protect the public from danger, loss of life or loss of property, which would result from interruption or contamination of public water supply, interruption of other public service, or from the failure of partly completed work or partially removed facilities. Unusual conditions may arise on the work which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss, or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to prosecution of work under this contract.

Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the public safety, protection of utilities and protection of adjacent structures or property, which may be damaged by the Contractor's operations and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, immediate action shall be considered necessary in order to protect the public or property due to the Contractor's operations under this contract, the Engineer will order the Contractor to provide a remedy for the unsafe condition. If the Contractor fails to act on the situation, the Engineer may provide suitable protection to said interests by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished as may be necessary.

The cost and expense of said labor and material, together with the cost and expense of such repairs as are deemed necessary, shall be borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the AGENCY for emergency repairs will be deducted from the progress payments and the final payment due to the Contractor. However, if the AGENCY does not take such remedial measures, the Contractor is not relieved of the full responsibility for public safety. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-24 CIP 7631
SECTION 8

FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
8-1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].

No field offices for AGENCY personnel will be required, however, the AGENCY personnel shall have the right to enter upon the project at all times and shall be admitted to the offices of the Contractor, at any time during the operation of the Work.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-25 CIP 7631
SECTION 9

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
9-3 PAYMENT
9-3.1 General
[Delete the last paragraph and substitute with the following:].

At the expiration of 35 days from the filing and recording of the Notice of Completion of the Work, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the AGENCY will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as required to be withheld by properly executed and filed to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract.

When no bid item is provided for work/improvement shown or indicated on the plans and specifications, payment for such work/improvement will be considered to be included in various applicable items of work.
9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment
[Amend the first sentence of the first paragraph to read:].

The closure date for the purpose of making partial progress payments will be the last day of each month. The Contractor may request, in writing, that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the AGENCY'S payment procedure.

Each month, the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer, a minimum of three (3) working days prior to the submittal of the progress payment to the AGENCY, to finalize and receive approval regarding the measurement of the Work performed through the closure date and the estimated value of the progress payment based on the contract Unit Prices or as provided for in Section 9-2. Any progress payment submitted without such approval will be considered incomplete and returned to the Contractor and no payment shall be considered until such approval is obtained. [Add the following to the end of the section:].

Payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports required by the contract documents. In addition, the final progress payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of specifications and plans indicating the as-built conditions and other required labor compliance documents, daily reports etc. as required within these Specifications.

At the request and expense of the Contractor, who shall retain beneficial ownership and receive interest, if any thereon, the AGENCY shall permit the substitution and deposit therewith of securities equivalent to the amount of any monies withheld by the AGENCY. 9-3.5 Description of Bid Items
[Add the following section:].

The unit prices and lump sum amounts to be paid for under the bid items listed in the Proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for the completion of the work and for performing all work contemplated and embraced under the Contract, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. This shall include the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-26 CIP 7631
Contractor's costs involved with bonding, insurance, worker's compensation, overhead, financing, obtaining required permits and permit fees, mobilization, traffic control, public convenience and safety, protective barricading/fencing, sanitary facilities, storage of equipment and materials, security against theft and vandalism, project site maintenance, dust and runoff control, clean-up and all other items related to the work.

Payment for unit price work shall be made for the actual quantities of Contract Items removed, constructed, or disposed of in accordance with the Plans and these Specifications. Measurement of Unit Price work shall be specified in SSPWC, Section 9-1, and "Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work." Payment for Lump Sum work shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid, in accordance with SSPWC, Section 9-2, "Lump Sum Work," Payment for all work shall be included in the various bid items. No additional compensation shall be made therefore. Work associated with each bid item shall include, but not be limited to the following description of bid items:

Bid Item No. 1 – Mobilization and Demobilization (5% Max) Mobilization and demobilization shall conform to the provisions of Sections 9-3.4 of the Standard Specifications.

Mobilization and demobilization shall consist of preparatory work and operations including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, materials, and incidentals to the project site necessary for work on the project and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred including bonds, insurance, and financing prior to beginning work on the various contract items on the project site. Mobilization shall also include the time, materials, and labor to move the necessary construction equipment to and from the site, supervisory time on the job by the Contractor’s personnel to keep the construction site in a safe condition, construction staking and all other related work as required at all times and for all non-working days during the construction period. The Contractor is responsible for securing an adequate storage site for equipment and materials. Demobilization shall also include reestablishment of centerline survey monuments with new curb ties (including 4 ties (minimum) per monument), swing ties complete in place, preparation of pre-construction and post construction corner records, including filing fees with Orange County and as-built survey for curb returns.

Payment for Mobilization and Demobilization (5% Max) shall be included in the contract Lump Sum (LS) Price bid and shall be considered full compensation for obtaining all business licenses and permits, as required for the entire project, from all related agencies, including, but not limited to, utility companies, private and public agencies and the City of Brea; and complying with the requirements specified in those licenses and permits; coordination, field office facility, and incidentals necessary to perform all related items of work. The maximum lump sum price for this bid item shall not exceed 5 percent of the total contract price at the time of award. Progress payments for mobilization and demobilization bid item shall be paid for in accordance with the completion percentage of the project to the Contractor and shall include the cost of such mobilization and administration during the entire Contract period.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-27 CIP 7631
Bid Item No. 2 – Traffic Control and Construction Phasing Payment for Traffic Control and Construction Phasing shall be made at the Contract bid price per Lump Sum (LS) Price bid, as shown in the Bid Schedule, as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor tools, equipment and materials required for preparation and implementation of a traffic and pedestrian control and construction phasing plan, and travel (haul) route plans, flashing arrow signs; flagging and/or flagger costs; project notifications, project information sign, CMS, advisory/warning signs, temporary asphalt work and non-skid steel plates as required by the Engineer to maintain driveway access, temporary striping and temporary asphalt work as required by the Engineer to maintain driveway access, and all labor, tools, equipment, materials and incidentals required to complete the work. The cost and expense of said labor and material, together with the cost and expense of such repairs as are deemed necessary, shall be borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the City for emergency repairs will be deducted from the progress payments and the final payment due to the Contractor.

However, if the City does not take such remedial measures, the Contractor is not relieved of the full responsibility for public safety. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 3 – Construction Survey Staking and Monument Protection Payment for the requirements of Construction Surveying Staking and Monument Protection shall be at the Contract Lump Sum (LS) price bid and shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials and incidentals required to complete required to research, identify, tie-out and re-establish centerline monuments and swing ties complete in place, and prepare pre-construction and post construction corner records, including filing fees with Orange County, complete construction staking including horizontal and vertical control, cut/fill sheets for all curb and gutter and pipe layout, and all documentation required to complete the work. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 4 – Stormwater Protection/BMP’s
Payment for the requirements of Stormwater Protection/BMP’s shall be at the contract LUMP SUM (LS) price bid, as shown in the Bid Schedule, and shall include Best Management Practices (BMP’s), monitoring and reporting (if required). This item shall be considered full compensation for doing all work as specified herein. Progress payments for this item shall be paid for in accordance with the completion percentage of the project. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 5 – Pothole and Utility Location
Payment for the requirements of Pothole and Utility Location, shall be made at the contract LUMP SUM (LS) price bid, as shown in the Bid Schedule and shall include all labor, tools, materials, equipment, traffic control, encroachment permits, preparation of a potholing plan for City approval, pothole reporting, excavation, backfill, AC removal, compaction, AC replacement, disposal of waste materials, and incidentals as required to complete the work of potholing all utilities in the project area as required for construction. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 6 – Remove and Reconstruct PCC Curb and Gutter Type A2-8 (W=2’) over 6” CAB
Payment for the requirements of Remove and Reconstruct PCC Curb and Gutter Type A2-8 (W=2’) over 6” CAB shall be per the contract unit price bid per LINEAL FOOT (LF) as shown in the Bid Schedule, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials and incidentals BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-28 CIP 7631
required, sawcut, removal and disposal of existing A.C., P.C.C., and miscellaneous improvements, excavation, subgrade preparation, forms, depressed curb for driveway approaches (if required), new PCC Curb and Gutter per City Standard Plan No. 106 (Type A2-8, W=2’), 2’ wide Deep Lift AC slot paving (Type B PG 70-10)(10% Maximum RAP), 6” thick crushed aggregate base (CAB), compaction, backfilling behind curb and gutter, tie-in to existing curb and gutter, restoring form areas, replacing damaged curb drains, sprinklers, and landscaping, and incidentals as required to complete the work. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 7 – Furnish and Install 6” PVC SDR26 (AWWA C900) Sewer Force Main Payment for the requirements of Furnish and Install 6" PVC SDR26 Sewer Force Main (AWWA C900) shall be made at the contract unit price bid per LINEAL FOOT (LF) of pipe, as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to furnish, install and complete the work in place.

The cost shall include all saw cutting, trenching, sheeting, shoring, dewatering, excavation, removal, disposal, compaction, sand bedding, slurry backfill, locating wire and warning tape, testing, 6” PVC SDR26 (AWWA C900) and pipe installation, temporary and permanent trench resurfacing per City Std. Plan No. 102 (Modified), all fittings including restrained joints (where required), locating all sewer, water, and other service lines serving the properties along the new trench line not included in the pothole bid item, and all appurtenances/incidentals required to complete the work. Pipe shall be measured along the longitudinal axis between the ends as laid and shall include the actual pipe in place. Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications of these Specifications for further requirements and work related to this bid item.

No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 8 – Remove and Restore Existing Landscape and/or Irrigation in Kind Payment for the requirements of Remove and Restore Existing Landscape and/or Irrigation in Kind shall be made at the contract LUMP SUM (LS) price bid, as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to remove and restore existing landscape (shrubs, bushes, trees, etc..) and/or irrigation in kind during the construction of various improvements within the project limits. The Contractor shall locate all irrigation piping and valves and existing landscape that will be removed as part of the works of improvement prior to initiating the work. The work includes clearing and grubbing, excavation, stump grinding (if applicable), irrigation pipe removal, pipe adjustments, new irrigation pipe and fittings, connections, testing, new plants/shrubs, subgrade preparation, grading, compaction, and topsoil. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 9 – Existing Sewer Pump Lift Station Rehabilitation Payment for the requirements of Existing Sewer Pump Lift Station Rehabilitation shall be made at the contract LUMP SUM (LS) price bid, as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to rehabilitate the existing sewer pump lift station. The work shall include, furnishing and installing submersible pumps (Goulds Model WS2012D4), pump pedestals, gaskets, hardware, fittings, 4” lever/weight check valve, 4” eccentric plug valve, 4”x6” D.I.P Flange Class 52 Reducer, 6” D.I.P. 90 Deg Flanged Elbows, 6” D.I.P. 45 Deg Flanged Elbows, 6” D.I.P. lateral flanged WYE, 6” D.I.P. flanged x plain end spool, 6” restrained flange coupling adapter, 6” restrained joint coupling, 4” ductile iron blind flange, core drilling and installing link seal for 6” D.I.P., lift station manhole floor concrete repair and pump pedestal, fabricating, welding, coating for steel platform, removal and disposal of excess waste material, preparation and lining existing lift station manhole, 3” galvanized pipe overflow piping, armorcast stand pipe vent, furnishing and BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-29 CIP 7631
installing sewer bypass system, pump testing, and all other incidentals and appurtenances to complete the rehabilitation of the existing sewer lift station for a fully functional and operational system. The Contractor shall locate all irrigation piping and valves and existing landscape that will be removed as part of the works of improvement prior to initiating the work. Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to this bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 10 – Existing SSMH Rehabilitation
Payment for the requirements of Existing SSMH Rehabilitation shall be made at the contract unit price bid per EACH (EA), as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to rehabilitate the existing SSMH. The work shall include, cutting into existing manhole, removing interfering portion of existing sewer pipe, connection of new force main to manhole, re-channeling manhole base, fast-setting concrete, grout, re-coating manhole, plugging and sealing removed sewer pipe hole, saw cutting AC, trenching, excavation, removing and disposing of existing improvements, base backfill, compaction, shoring, fittings, dewatering manhole, AC re-surfacing, adjusting MH to grade, and other incidentals per City Standard Plan Nos. 208-0 and 210-0, and as shown on the Plans. Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to this bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 11 – Cut and Plug Existing 4” Sewer Force Main Payment for the requirements of Cut and Plug Existing 4” Sewer Force Main shall be made at the contract unit price bid per EACH (EA), as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to cut and plug and abandon the existing sewer force main. The work shall include, saw cutting AC, excavation, cutting existing pipe, double brick and mortar plug, dewatering, sheeting, backfill, compaction, trench resurfacing, removal and disposal of existing improvements, and other incidentals necessary to complete the work. Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to this bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 12 – Furnish and Install 6’ High Wrought Iron Fence and Gate with Footings Payment for the requirements of Furnish and Install 6’ High Wrought Iron Fence and Gate with Footings shall be made at the contract unit price bid per LINEAL FOOT (LF) of fence installed, as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to furnish, install, and complete the work in place. The cost shall include all trenching, PCC footings, reinforcement, excavation, removal, disposal, compaction, backfill, 6’ high wrought iron fence, gate with all hardware and security latch, bottom and top rail, adjacent improvement tie-ins, and other appurtenances/incidentals required to complete the work. Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to this bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 13 – Construct 4” Thick PCC Pad
Payment for the requirements of Construct 4” Thick PCC Pad shall be made at the contract unit price bid per SQUARE FOOT (SF) of 4” PCC pad constructed, as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-30 CIP 7631
incidentals required to complete the work in place. The cost shall include all edge trenching, 4” PCC reinforced pad, thickened edge footings, excavation, removal, disposal, compaction, base backfill, and compaction to 95% RC, subgrade preparation and compaction to 90% RC, adjacent backfill to grade, tie-in to other improvements as needed, sleeves for penetrations and fence posts, finish work, curing, and other appurtenances/incidentals required to complete the work. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 14 – Furnish and Install 1” Water Service, Backflow Device, Meter, and Hose Bib
Payment for the requirements of Furnish and Install 1” Water Service, Backflow Device, Meter, and Hose Bib shall be made at the contract LUIMP SUM (LS) price bid, as shown on the Plans, pursuant to City of Brea’s Standard Plan No. 304-0, and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to complete the work in place. The cost shall include, hot tap, double strap saddle, corporation stop, copper tubing (type K), angle stop, new customer valve, new backflow prevention device and assembly, new hose bib and assembly, boring, saw cutting, trenching, excavation, removal and disposal of existing miscellaneous improvements, sheeting, shoring, bracing, dewatering, all fittings, temporary and permanent trench resurfacing, sand bedding, crushed aggregate base (CAB) backfill, compaction, installation and transportation/hauling of new meter and meter box provided by the City from the City of Brea Yard, replacement of damaged concrete sidewalk and any parkway landscape and special brick or concrete hardscape in kind, testing and other incidentals for a fully operational water service. Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to this bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 15 – Pressure Testing and Disinfection
Payment for the requirements of Pressure Testing and Disinfection shall be made at the contract LUIMP SUM (LS) price bid, as shown on the Plans, pursuant to City of Brea’s Standards, and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to complete pressure testing of the new force main, testing and disinfection of the new 1” water service and other requirements. The cost shall include, pressure testing, disinfection testing by a CA certified testing lab and technician, reporting, coordination with the City, and all other incidentals to complete the work. Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to this bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 16 – Electrical Improvements
Payment for the requirements of Electrical Improvements shall be made at the contract LUIMP SUM (LS) price bid, as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to complete electrical improvements. The cost shall include, saw cutting, trenching, conduit, wiring, backfill, boring, trench temporary and permanent resurfacing, backfill and compaction, slurry encasement, testing, shut-down and turn on sequencing, connection to existing electrical service and utility pole, all fittings, pull boxes, GFI outlets, furnishing and constructing new light standard and footing, coordination with the City, and all other incidentals to complete the work. Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to this bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 17 – Pump Instrumentation and Controls
Payment for the requirements of Pump Instrumentation and Controls shall be made at the contract LUIMP SUM (LS) price bid, as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-31 CIP 7631
Specifications, and shall include all labor, tools, equipment materials and incidentals required to complete pump instrumentation and controls improvements. The cost shall include, all pump controls, pedestals, equipment base, conduits, wiring, testing, shut-down and turn on sequencing, wetwell power and control signal jbox/air break, magnetic intrusion switch, sensors, level switch, all mounting brackets and hardware, transmitter, transducer, all fittings, coordination with the City, control diagram as-builts, manuals, field instructions with City on controls, and all other incidentals to complete the work. Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to this bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Bid Item No. 18 – Allowance for Extra Work
Payment for Allowance for Extra Work shall be based on an Allowance of $25,000 and shall be utilized upon direction from the Engineer for extra items not specified herein. The Work shall be initiated by either the Contractor or Engineer to perform the extra work that is not covered within the bid items defined herein. The payment of said extra work will be negotiated between the Contractor and Engineer and costs, labor, materials, equipment, mark-ups, and scope of work defined based on LS, EA, or on a T&M basis and itemized against the not to exceed LS allowance amount. A summary of costs shall be tracked up to the allowance. Potions of the allowance may be used, up to all of the allowance, or none of the allowance at the discretion and direction of the Engineer.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-32 CIP 7631
PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
SECTION 200 ROCK MATERIALS
200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS
200-1.2 CRUSHED ROCK AND ROCK DUST
200-1.2.1 General
[Add the following to the end of the section:]
Rock dust blotter material shall be required immediately after the completions of the “finish rolling” and prior to opening to traffic to prevent bleeding and tracking of the asphalt rubber material.

Rock dust blotter shall conform to Rock Dust quality requirements in Table 200-1.2.1(A). 200-1.5 SAND
200-1.5.1 General
[Add the following to the end of the section:].

Sand bedding under miscellaneous PCC improvements shall conform to the requirements in this section, and shall consist of washed granular material with a sand equivalent greater than or equal to 30.

Sand bedding used as bedding in the trench pipe zone, shall conform to the requirements in this section, shall consist of washed granular material, shall not contain any contamination or reclaimed/recycled materials, and shall meet the following specifications:

Sieve Size Percent Passing

4.75 mm (#4) 98-100

2.36 mm (#8) 93-98

1.18 mm (#16) 92-95
600 um (#30) 85-91
300 um (#50) 75-85
150 um (#100) 40-50
75 um (#200) 15-20
SG, Bulk S.S.D. 2.74
SE, CT 217 >= 30
ASTM -1557-91 112.0 lbs. @ 14% moisture
Plastic Limit ASTM D 4318 0
Plastic Index ASTM D 4318 0 (non-plastic)
Expansive Classification Non-expansive
pH, CT – 422 8.36
Chloride, CT 417 42 ppm
Sulfate, CT – 417 40 ppm
Resistivity, CT – 417 5,300 (ohm-cm)
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-33 CIP 7631
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS
200-2.1 General
[Add the following to the end of the section:].

Untreated base to be used for the base course under asphalt concrete pavement and P.C.C. shall be Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB).

Untreated base to be used for the base course as trench backfill shall be Crushed Aggregate Base (CAB), as shown on the plans.
200-2.2 Crushed Aggregate Base
Crushed Aggregate Base material shall conform to Subsections 200-2.2 and 301-2 of the Standard Specifications, as directed by the Engineer.
200-2.4 Crushed Miscellaneous Base
Crushed Miscellaneous Base material for replacement of over-excavated unsuitable materials, and construction shall conform to Subsections 200-2.4 and 301-2 of the Standard Specifications, as directed by the Engineer.
200-2.4.2 Grading
[Add the following to the end of the section:].

The sieve size shall be 3/4” (fine).

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-34 CIP 7631
SECTION 201

CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
201-1.1 Requirements
201-1.1.2 Concrete Specific by Class and Alternate Class [Revise portion of Table 201-1.12 with the following:].

Concrete class and alternate class for Street Surface Improvements shall be 560-C-3250.

Concrete class for blow-off hydrant collar shall be 560-C-3250.

Concrete class for pads for assemblies shall be 470-C-2500.

Concrete class for valve box collars shall be 560-C-3250.

Concrete class for thrust blocks shall be 560-C-3250.

Concrete class for encasements shall be 560-C-3250.

Concrete class for guard posts shall be 470-C-2500.

Concrete class for vent bases shall be 470-C-2500.

Concrete class for thrust block improvements shall be 450-C-2000, or alternate class 565-E-200P.

Concrete for fence footings and street light footing shall be 560-C-3250. 201-1.2.4 Admixtures
[Delete Subsection in total and replace with the following:].

Admixtures will not be permitted.
201-1.2.5 Fly Ash
[Delete Subsection in total and replace with the following:].

Fly Ash will not be permitted.
201-1.4 Mixing
201-1.4.1 General
[Add the following to the end of the section:].

Mixed concrete delivered to the site shall be by Transit Mixer as called for in Section 201-

1.4.3 “Transit Mixer” of the Standard Specifications.
201-4 CONCRETE CURING COMPOUND
201-4.1.1 General:

Concrete curing compound shall be Type I for Class 560-C-3250.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-35 CIP 7631
SECTION 203

BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE
203-6.1 General
[Delete the second paragraph and replace with the following:].

Asphalt concrete for slot paving, base course pavement as required for trench resurfacing per Details on Plans, and localized reconstruction of the roadway (digouts), as directed by the Engineer, shall be Dense Graded Asphalt Concrete (DGAC) Pavement Type B PG-70-10. A maximum of 10% RAP shall be allowed. Sieve Size shall be ¾-inch.

Asphalt Concrete for leveling course pavement as required for roadway resurfacing per Typical Sections and Details on Plans, shall be Type III C3 PG 64-10. A maximum of 10% RAP shall be allowed. Sieve size shall be 1/2 –inch.
203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM)
203-11.1 General
[Delete and replace with the following:].

Final cap overlay course for shall be Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM), ARHM-GG-C (Rubber) PG 64-16, wet process, as specified in Section 203-11 and 302-9 of the Standard Specifications per Typical Sections as shown on the plans, and shall conform to the following:

Paving asphalt used for asphalt-rubber shall be performance grade PG 64-16. Composition and Grading shall be per Section 203-11.3 of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall submit a copy of the asphalt concrete mix design to the Engineer a minimum of two weeks prior to the start of the construction. Subsequent to grinding, any cracks ¼” or wider shall be filled per Section 302-

5.10 and surface applied with a tack coat per Section 302-9.2. Overlay shall be compacted to 95 percent relative compaction.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-36 CIP 7631
SECTION 207
PIPE

207-8 VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE

207-8.1 General
All clay pipes shall be the type designated as extra strength. All sewer system improvements shown on the plans shall be constructed in accordance with City of Brea standards and specifications, latest edition, and details per plan.

207-8.2 Manufacturing Requirements

207-8.2.1 General

The words “extra strength” or the symbol “ES” shall be clearly marked on all pipe and fittings to identify the class of pipe.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-37 CIP 7631
SECTION 209

PRESSURE PIPE
209-1 IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
209-1.1 Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP)
209-1.1.2 Materials
[Revise portion of Table 209-1.1.2 with the following:].

Class 52 Ductile Iron Pipe
All ductile iron pipe shall be push on type joints in accordance with AWWA Standard C111 or an approved equal. No polyethylene encasement shall be allowed for ductile iron pipes. Pipes shall be mortar lined and bitumen coated.

Water service lines shall be wrapped with a suitable dielectric tape for a distance of 3-ft (minimum) away from the main line.

Service Saddles: Service saddles for 1-inch and 2-inch diameter outlets shall be designed for use on DIP pipe and shall conform to the requirements these Specification. The allowable upper pipeline diameter limit for use of service saddles shall be pipe nominally sized 12-inches in diameter. For outlets of larger than 2-inch diameter and for all outlets on larger diameter pipelines, ductile iron tees with flanged outlets shall be used.

Gate Valves
Resilient wedge valves shall be furnished and installed in accordance with City Std. Plan 302-0.

Gate valves shall have non-rising stems with O-rings, flanged (FLG) and mechanical joints restrained (MJR), except where specified on the contract plans, as manufactured by Mueller Co.

Valves as approved by the City Engineer. Valves shall be epoxy-lined and coated and have 316 stainless hardware. All valves shall be provided with suitable thrust block restraints as detailed in City Std. Plan 312-0. Water Valve Boxes shall be Brooks 4TT as detailed in City Std. Plan 309-0 and as specified by the City of Brea Maintenance Department.

Fire Hydrant Assemblies and Blow-Off Hydrants
Contractor shall furnish and install fire hydrant assemblies in the locations shown on the Plans, and in accordance with City Std. Plan 306-1.

Contractor shall furnish and install blow-off hydrants in the locations shown on the Plans, and in accordance with City Std. Plan 307-1.

New fire hydrants shall be low profile, dry barrel, traffic models, as manufactured by Mueller Co. (A-423 Super Centurion 250, Mueller A-442 Modern Centurion) or an approved equal. New fire hydrants shall be factory painted by the manufacturer in City colors.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-38 CIP 7631
Fittings
All ductile iron fittings shall be mechanical joint or as indicated on the plans and meet Pressure Class 52. No polyethylene encasement shall be allowed for ductile iron fittings. Fittings shall be mortar lined and bitumen coated.

All fittings shall be provided with a suitable thrust block restraint as detailed in City Standard 312-

0. All mechanical joint fittings for connection from DIP fittings to PVC pipe shall be mechanical joint restraint: EBAA Iron MEGALUG Series 19MJ00, Star Products Compact MJ Fittings or approved equal.

Restrained joints for PVC pipe shall be Star Pipe Products Series 1100G2 bell end pipe restrainers, or approved equal.

Restrained Joints for Ductile Iron Pipe: Where called for on the plans, pipe and fittings shall be restrained. Restrained joints for ductile iron pipe shall be as specified:
a. Manufactured locking restraint pipe with fittings.
(i) Acceptable products and manufacturers include: TR-Flex by U.S. Pipe & Foundry Company or Clow Water Systems, Flex Ring by American Cast Iron Pipe, or Thrust-Lock by Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe Company.
(ii) Field welding of ductile iron restrained joint or ductile iron components is not acceptable.

Payment for the requirements of restrained joints/fittings and all other fittings not separately designated in the bid schedule, shall be included in the contract unit prices bid for the various items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

Copper Tubing and Fittings
All 1” and 2” copper water services shall conform to City of Brea Standard Drawing No. 304-0 and 305-0. Copper tubing shall conform to the requirements of the “Specifications for Seamless Copper Water Tube” (ASTM B88), and shall be Type K (soft) for the 1” water service and Type L for the 2” water service as manufactured by Anaconda, Phelps- Dodge, or Revere or approved equal.

Compression fittings for 1” and 2” shall be by Mueller Conductive Compression Connection H15403 or approved equal.

Water service lines shall be wrapped with a suitable dielectric tape for a distance of 3ft (maximum) away from the main line.

Air Release Assembly
Contractor shall furnish and install 2” air release assembly in the locations shown on the Plans, and in accordance with City Std. Plan 308-1.

OTHER REQUIREMENTS
Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings associated with the Sewer Lift Station.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-39 CIP 7631
209-4 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
209-4.2 Materials
[Revise portion of Table 209-4.2 with the following:].

Pressure Class 160 PVC Pipe
General:

PVC pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2241 and shall be pressure Class 160 and of the sizes shown on the plans. The standard dimension ratio (SDR) for PVC pressure pipe shall be SDR-26 or thicker walled (lower SDR). The pipe shall have gasketed bell end or plain end with elastomeric gasketed coupling.

OTHER REQUIREMENTS
Contractor is directed to Section F – Technical Specifications within these Specifications for further requirements and work related to PVC Pressure Pipe associated with the Sewer Lift Station.

Pressure Class 305 PVC Pipe
General: PVC pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900 and shall be pressure Class 305 and of the sizes shown on the plans. The dimension ratio (DR) for C900 PVC pressure pipe shall be DR-14 or thicker walled (lower DR). The pipe shall have gasketed bell end or plain end with elastomeric gasketed coupling.

Push-on Joints: All pipe fittings shall be made with push-on joints designed for use with the type of pipe to be joined, unless noted otherwise on the plans.

Material: Material used to produce the pipe and couplings shall be made from Class 12454-A or B virgin compounds as defined in ASTM D 1785, with an established hydrostatic design basis rating of 4,000 psi for water at 73.4°F (23°C).

Pipe Lengths: Laying lengths shall be 20 feet with the manufacturer's option to supply up to 15% random lengths (minimum length 10 feet).

Pipe Marking: Each pipe length shall be marked showing the date of manufacture, nominal pipe size and O.D. base, the AWWA pressure class, and the AWWA specification designation (AWWA C900). For potable water application, the seal of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for such service shall be included.

Manufacturers: Pipe shall be manufactured by Certainteed Corporation, Diamond Plastics Corporation, Ipex, Inc., North American, or Vinyltech Corporation.

Fittings: Fittings shall be ductile-iron Class 52 conforming to these Specifications.

Bell Sizes: Bell size shall be for Class 150 and Class 200 iron-pipe-size equivalent PVC pipe, including the rubber-ring retaining groove.

Reference Standard: All castings shall be marked "DI" or "Ductile" and ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-40 CIP 7631
Rubber Rings: Rubber rings for use in couplings and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F 477. Rubber rings shall be stored out of direct sun light, clearly labeled with the material type, and protected in a manner to prevent deterioration.

Service Saddles: Service saddles for 1-inch and 2-inch diameter outlets shall be designed for use on C900 PVC pipe and shall conform to the requirements these Specification. The allowable upper pipeline diameter limit for use of service saddles shall be pipe nominally sized 12-inches in diameter. For outlets of larger than 2-inch diameter and for all outlets on larger diameter pipelines, ductile iron tees with flanged outlets shall be used.

Delivery & Storage: Care shall be exercised in handling, loading, unloading, and storing PVC pipe and fittings to avoid distortion, scratches, gouges, dents, and, in particular, scuffing of the ends.

Discolored pipe shall be rejected. All plastic pipe and fittings shall be stored under cover in a flat, horizontal position, and protected from the sun and the elements until ready for installation. The covering shall be placed in such a way as to allow adequate air circulation between the cover and the pipe. Plastic pipe shall be transported in a vehicle having a bed long enough to provide support for the full length of the pipe. Any length of pipe or fitting that has been damaged or distorted shall be replaced. When work is not in progress, open ends of pipe and fittings shall be securely closed so that no water, earth, or other substances will enter the pipe or fittings. 209-7 PIPELINE IDENTIFICATION
209-7.2 Requirements.
[add the following section:].

General: Buried warning tape shall be an inert plastic film specifically formulated for prolonged underground use. The minimum thickness shall be 4 mils and the overall width of the tape and lettering size shall be in accordance with the following table:

Pipe Size
(inches)
Warning Tape
Width (inches)
Min. Lettering
Size (inches)
2 and less 2 1-1/2
Less than 8 and
greater than 2
6 2
8 and larger 12 2
Potable Water Pipelines: Blue warning tape with black lettering identifying the potable waterline, shall be used on all pipelines 1-inch and larger. For copper services, warning tape shall be placed over the top of the pipe and shall be taped to the copper pipe at 2-foot intervals. The warning tape shall extend up into the meter box, air-vacuum release assembly or other appurtenances a minimum of 12-inches, so that it can be read clearly by opening the box or enclosure. Warning tape wording shall read: "CAUTION: POTABLE WATER LINE BURIED BELOW".

Sewer Pipelines: Green warning tape with black lettering identifying the sewer line, shall be used on all pipelines 1-inch and larger.. The warning tape shall be installed along the pipeline between the sand and slurry backfill. Warning tape wording shall read: "CAUTION: SEWER LINE BURIED BELOW".

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-41 CIP 7631
Warning tape shall be as supplied by Christy’s, Griffolyn Co., Inc., Hytech, Terra Tape, Division of Reef Industries.

Tracer Wire: Where shown on the plans, tracer wire shall be installed on nonmetallic pressurized pipes sizes 6-inches and greater. Tracer wire shall be installed in accordance with the City of Brea Standards and Specifications. The tracer wire shall consist of a #8 AWG Type UF (direct burial) stranded single conductor cable with high density polyethylene (HDPE) or high molecular weight polyethylene (HMWPE) insulation. The insulation shall be blue for potable water, purple for recycled water, and green for sewer. The tracer wire shall be taped to top of pipe every ten feet.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-42 CIP 7631
S E C T I O N 210

PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS
210-1 PAINT
210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. [add the following section:].

Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines, chevrons, pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks, parking stall markings, stop bars and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. PTWB01. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and shall conform to the requirements of CALTRANS Specification No. 8010-004 (Type II). CALTRANS Specifications for water borne paint and glass beads may be obtained from the CALTRANS Transportation Laboratory, P.O. Box 19128, Sacramento, CA 95819, telephone number (916) 227- 7000. No thermoplastic paint will be allowed.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-43 CIP 7631
S E C T I O N 2 1 5

D E T E C T A B L E W A R N I N G S U R F A C E S
215-1 DETECTABLE WARNING-TRUNCATED DOME MATS FOR CURB ACCESS RAMPS
[add the following:].

The detectible warning surface required for new curb ramps shall be Vitrified Polymer Composite (VPC) Cast-In-Place Tactile Armor-Tile manufactured by Engineered Plastics Inc. (800-682- 2525) or approved equal. The tile shall be Black Color homogeneous throughout the tile.

Detectable warning surface required for existing curb ramp to remain shall be Vitrified Polymer Composite (VPC) Armor-Tile Surface Applied Advance Warning Strip Surface Tile manufactured by Engineered Plastics Inc. or approved equal. The tile shall be Black Color homogeneous throughout the tile.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-44 CIP 7631
PART 3

CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 300

EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials
300-1.3.1 General
[Delete Subsection in total and substitute with the following:].

No burning will be permitted.

No accumulation of flammable material shall remain on or adjacent to the right-of-way. The roadway and adjacent areas shall be left with a neat and finished appearance.

In order to protect the public streets from deterioration due to hauling of materials, the Contractor shall submit, prior to the pre-job meeting, for approval a proposed route for hauling of materials for disposal. Upon approval, the Contractor shall strictly adhere to that route, unless written permission from the Engineer is obtained to change the route.
300-1.4 Payment
[Delete Subsection in total and substitute with the following:].

Full compensation for clearing and grubbing shall be considered as included in the contract unit prices bid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.
300-1.6 Bituminous Pavement
[Add the following:].

Sawcutting shall be accomplished by the use of a power-driven saw. The depth of the cut shall be deep enough to provide a clean, straight break without loosening, cracking, or damaging adjoining asphalt or concrete. A clean sawcut edge shall be maintained until new pavement is constructed.

All necessary sawcutting of AC or any underlying existing improvements shall be to the lines as shown on plans or as directed by the City Engineer. Sawcutting shall be included in the unit price bid for the various items of work involved no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. 300-1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
300-2.1 General
[Add the following:].

Unclassified excavation shall include saw cutting, excavating, removing, hauling and disposal of all material including asphalt concrete (A.C.) pavement, P.C.C. pavement, macadam, petromat/pavement reinforcing fabric, slurry backfill, aggregate base materials, cement treated subbase material, interfering structures and objects to the sub-grade elevations indicated on the plans as required to construct the new improvements.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-45 CIP 7631
All roots and stumps shall be removed and/or ground to eight (8) inches below subgrade within the roadway section. The locations and dimensions of excavation areas are as shown on the plans and/or directed in the field by the Engineer.

All existing asphalt concrete pavement joining new construction shall be saw cut in a straight line.

Contractor shall exercise due caution to avoid any damage to the existing improvements to be protected in place. Any damage caused by Contractor and/or his equipment shall be repaired or replaced as called out in Section 7-9 of the Standard Specifications at Contractor’s expense.

Unclassified excavation shall include the removal of unclassified fill material encountered within the proposed roadway section. Unclassified fill may consist of broken concrete, broken asphalt pavement, brick, rubble, and debris.

All unclassified fill material found within the new roadway section shall be removed and paid in accordance with the bid item for unclassified excavation. All removed material becomes the property of the Contractor and shall be hauled away and properly disposed.

The Contractor’s attention is directed to the fact the thickness of the existing asphalt concrete pavement is approximate and may vary from this thickness. In addition, substantially thicker sections of pavement may be occasionally encountered, especially where utility trench and pothole patches are encountered.

If a significant deviation in pavement thickness is encountered by the Contractor during the removal process, that may significantly impact the Contractor’s cost of removal, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. The Engineer will review the field condition(s) encountered and determine the appropriate remediation. The Engineer shall have sole authority to decide the method and amount of additional compensation due the Contractor, if any.

Unless directed by the Engineer, backfilling and compacting is considered included in each respective bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. 300-2.2 Unsuitable Material
300-2.2.2 Wet Material
[Remove the first sentence and replace it with the following:].

If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the existing materials of areas more than 6” below the existing grade are wet, unsuitable, and/or contaminated, the Contractor may be ordered to over-excavate those areas to a depth to be determined by the Engineer, and either process the material to reduce the moisture content to an optimum condition or to remove and dispose of the material and replace it with suitable material. All Work will be done in accordance with Section 301-1 “Subgrade Preparation” and Section 301-2 “Untreated Base” of the Standard Specifications.

Crushed Aggregate Base (CAB) compacted to 95% Relative Compaction and conforming to Section 200 “Rock Materials” of the Standard Specifications shall be used to replace materials overexcavated. The removal and replacement of unsuitable material, as determined and authorized by the Engineer, shall be paid via negotiated Change Order at time of discovery.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-46 CIP 7631
SECTION 301

SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS, AND

PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS
301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
301-1.1 General
[Add the following to the end of the section:].

Prior to the placement of new asphalt pavement, the subgrade shall be prepared in accordance with the plans and applicable sections of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 301-1.6 Adjustment of Manhole Frame and Cover Sets to Grade [Add the following:].

Adjustment of Water Valve Frame and Cover
Water valve frame and covers shall be adjusted to grade per City of Brea Std. Plan No. 309-0. The Contractor shall prepare and adjust existing water valve frames & covers to grade during each phase of construction and paving. The Contractor shall not cover or otherwise leave the frame, enclosed meters, and valves inaccessible at any time. The Contractor shall maintain all valves immediately accessible for shut-off at all times.

The Contractor shall notify the CITY one week before starting any construction adjacent to or adjustment of valve boxes and meter boxes. The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with the AGENCY whenever it is necessary for the CITY to perform work at its installations. The Contractor shall not activate or disturb any valves.

On existing water valves not installed as part of this project which are to remain and adjusted to grade, the adjustment costs shall also include the installation of a new riser can & lid.

Contractor shall remove all debris from within the gate valve from the operating nut to the cover prior to acceptance of said water system.
301-1.7 Payment
[Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:].

Payment for sub-grade preparation shall be considered included in the contract unit prices for the various items of work requiring sub-grade preparation involved, and shall include full compensation for furnishing the labor, tools, materials, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work and rework involved in processing, compacting and trimming the material as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. 301-2 UNTREATED BASE
301-2.1 General
[Revise the first sentence to read as follows:].

Untreated base for pavement, curb, curb and gutter, cross gutters and similar types of improvements shall be constructed of material as specified in Section 200-2 of the Standard Specifications and as called for on the plans, Standard Specifications and in these Special Provisions.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-47 CIP 7631
SECTION 302

ROADWAY SURFACING
302-1 COLD MILLING OF EXISTING PAVEMENT
[replace entire section with the following;].
302-1.1 General
The work to be done here under consists of cold milling and removal of the designated thickness of existing pavement surface, including asphalt concrete, macadam, PCC, pavement reinforcement fabric (Petromat), or other miscellaneous improvements, at those locations and per Typical Sections and Details as shown on the Plans.

The existing A.C. pavements shall be cold milled to the depths required per grades as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the Standard Specifications. The pavement shall be removed by the use of a cold milling machine designed for this purpose and capable of performing a satisfactory job. Burning or heat planing will not be permitted. The planed pavement shall provide a maximum bond surface suitable for resurfacing.

Except as otherwise called for on the plans, all A.C. pavement cold milling cuts shall be cut to neat, clean, and straight lines to the satisfaction of, and as directed by, the Engineer.

The final depth, width, length and shape of the cold milling cut shall be as indicated on the Typical Sections and Details shown on the Plans. The final cold milling cut shall result in a uniform surface conforming to the typical section(s) except as otherwise directed by the Engineer.

Surveyor's street and property line monuments, not scheduled for removal shall be protected. The City has made every reasonable effort to locate and mark on the plans all known metal roadway improvements such as sewer manhole covers, water valve covers, catch basin covers, which, if struck, could damage the cold milling cutting drum and/or carbide tipped cutting teeth and makes no guarantee that it has successfully done so or shall, therefore, contractor must thoroughly inspect the work site in advance of the cold milling operation to minimize the risk of striking any unseen under surface object(s) and shall include in the price bid for cold milling the removal work, additional amount sufficient to cover the cost of damage related down time and the cost of repair of damage to said cold milling cutting drum and/or carbide tipped cutting teeth.

Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent concrete gutters or curbs. Gutters or curbs damaged shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Residue from grinding shall not be permitted to flow or travel into gutters, onto adjacent street surfaces or parkways. All residues shall be completely removed by sweeping and properly disposed. No washing of residues into drainage structures will be allowed.

Temporary ramping, where required by the Engineer for traffic control or other purposes, shall be considered included in the contract lump sum price bid for Traffic Control & Construction Phasing, and no additional compensation will be allowed.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-48 CIP 7631
302-1.2 Milling Machine
The Contractor shall furnish a self-propelled machine especially designed and built for grinding flexible and rigid pavements to the depth shown on the plans in one pass. The machine shall be equipped with standard automatic depth controls and must maintain a constant cutting depth and width without tearing or gouging the underlying surface and blade material into a windrow. The machine shall consist of a 60" minimum width cutting drum with carbide tip teeth. Drum lacing patterns shall permit a grooved or smooth surface finish as selected by the Engineer and the drum shall be totally enclosed in a shroud to prevent discharge of any loosened material into adjacent work areas. The machine shall be capable of operating at speeds from 5 to 50 feet per minute and designed such that the operator can observe the work without leaving his control area. It shall be adjustable as to crown and depth by tilting the drum axis and shall have a guidance system furnished to assist the operator in control grade and in matching adjacent pavements or cuts. The equipment shall be demonstrated to have been operated on similar work completed prior to the award of this contract.
302-1.3 Cold Milling to Specified Elevations
The operator shall furnish the milling machine, operated by experienced workmen. The surface tolerance produced shall be such that a 10-foot straight edge laid laterally will indicate variances of less than 3/8" (except in the crown area) and the same straight edge laid longitudinally will indicate variances of less than 3/16".

Removal shall consist of milling the pavement where indicated and removing the planed material.

No aggregate shall remain on the project at the end of each work day. Aggregate material loosened and directly removed shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of all planed surplus materials at a legal dump site, in accordance with Subsection 300-2.6 of the Standard Specifications.
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
302-5.1 General
[Add the following:].

Tarpaulins shall be used to cover all loads from plant to project.

Each layer of asphalt concrete shall not exceed 4 inches in compacted thickness. Each layer shall be completely placed and compacted prior to commencement of successive layers. Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of asphalt concrete in any area until final compaction has been completed.

Three-wheeled rollers shall not be permitted, and pneumatic rollers shall be used only on lower layers.

Initial breakdown compaction shall consist of a minimum of three coverages of layer of asphalt mixture. A pass shall be movement of a roller in both directions over the same path. A coverage shall consist of as many passes as are necessary to cover the entire width being paved. Overlap between passes during any coverage, made to insure compaction without displacement of material in accordance with good rolling practices, shall be considered to be part of the coverage being BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-49 CIP 7631
made and not part of a subsequent coverage. Each overage shall be completed before subsequent coverage is started.

Prior to placement of asphalt concrete, a tack coat of SS 1H emulsified asphalt shall be applied to all contact surfaces. Tack coat shall be Grade SS-lH per subsection 302-5.4 of the Standard Specifications. Tack coat shall be applied at a rate not to exceed one-tenth (1/10) gallon per square yard uniformly in one coat on all vertical joints of A.C. patching and P.C.C. surfaces, and edges against which AC is to be placed.

An asphalt leveling course shall be applied in depressed areas, as directed by the Engineer. An automatic leveling device shall be used on the paver unless omitted by the Engineer.

Longitudinal joints between successive paving runs shall coincide with the traffic lanes lines.

Contractor will be provided with striping plans for those roads where the striping will change prior to the start of work. Local streets will not be striped except for special cases for which striping plans will be provided. All other roads will be striped to match the existing pattern. 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading
[Add the following:].

Prior to placing asphalt pavement overlay, all vegetation shall be removed from the cracks in the pavement and all joints between the pavement and concrete gutters by the Contractor. The surface to be overlaid shall be cleaned by the Contractor to remove moisture, dirt, grease, or other foreign matter which would reduce the bond between the overlay and the pavement. 302-5.8 Manholes (and other Structures)
[Delete Subsection in total and substitute with the following:].

The manhole and valve box locations and distance from curb to center shall be marked on the curb face by the Contractor.

The method of adjusting manholes in areas for resurfacing shall be as follows:

The asphalt pavement immediately adjacent to the manhole shall be removed, the manhole shaft extended with adjustment ring(s) to proper grade, the manhole frames and covers replaced, the manhole frames set in concrete, and the pavement replaced with a minimum of 2 inches of asphalt concrete. The finished grade of the cover shall be ¼ inches below the finish grade of the asphalt pavement.

The Contractor shall notify affected utility owners at least 5 working days in advance of the need to commence work required prior to paving operations and again for work required after paving operations. The Contractor shall mark locations of utility vaults where utility companies specifically state adjustments shall be made after paving. If it is found to impractical for the utility owner to complete remodeling or adjustment to structures, as evaluated by the Engineer, then the Contractor shall be absolved of further responsibility in connection therewith, and the structure shall be adjusted to grade by the utility owner under permit or ordinance procedure established by the AGENCY for utility cuts in pavement.

Water valve frame and covers shall be adjusted to grade per City of Brea Std. Plan No. 309-0.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-50 CIP 7631
For water valves and sewer cleanouts, Contractor shall furnish new cans and lids as directed by the Engineer, and the old lids shall be delivered to City yard by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall adjust existing water meters to grade as shown on the plans, in conformance with City Standard Drawing No. 304-0 and 305-0.

The Contractor shall adjust the concrete meter box for existing water blow-off assembly, to grade as shown on the plans, in conformance with City Standard Drawing No. 307-0.

The Contractor shall adjust existing miscellaneous pull boxes to grade as shown on the plans, in conformance with Caltrans Standards and Specifications (latest edition). 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment
[Amend the first paragraph to read:].

Temporary asphalt concrete work where required by the Engineer for traffic control or other purposes, or permanent full depth asphalt concrete work at existing driveway locations as required by the Engineer to maintain access, shall be considered included in the lump sum price bid for Traffic Control and Construction Phasing, and no additional compensation will be allowed.

Payment for Adjustment of SSMH and Water Valves shall be considered included in the contract unit prices for the various items of work requiring SSMH and Water Valve adjustments and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.
302-5.10 Crack Repair
[Is hereby added to Section 302-5:].

Cracks ¼ inch and greater shall be cleaned for the entire crack depth using sandblasting, brushing, and air blowing techniques as required to provide a crack free from all debris, dust, loose material and moisture. Gouging or plowing may be required to remove incompressible debris deep in the crack.

The cleaned crack shall be filled with granulated tire rubber, plasticizer and filler, as manufactured by Crafco as Road Saver 203, or approved equal. All crack filler material shall be in conformance with the following specifications and detail A on sheet 5. The crack sealant placed shall be slightly below the pavement surface to avoid over-application and minimize bumps and wicking through the AC surface during compaction. Deep cracks should be filled with sand and covered with a thin layer of sealant.

ASTM D6690, D3405, AASHTO M173 and Federal SS-S-164 and SS-S 1041C.

All holes shall be cleaned of loose materials and filled with Asphalt Concrete Type C2 PG 70- 10 and compacted to a smooth even surface with the adjacent existing pavement. 302-5.11 Measurement and Payment
[Is hereby added to Section 302-5:].

Payment for crack repair shall be included in the contract unit prices bid for the various items of work involved, and shall include full compensation for furnishing crack routing, crack cleaning, application of crack sealant, and all labor, tools, equipment, materials and incidentals required to complete the work. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-51 CIP 7631
302-9 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM)
302-9.l General
[Add the following:].

Lots consisting of 500 tons will be established for ARHM-GG-C areas to be tested. The Contractor’s or its designated laboratory shall perform density testing utilizing a properly calibrated nuclear asphalt-testing device. The Contractor shall pay for all retesting utilizing the nuclear asphalt-testing device. If the test results for any lot of ARHM-GG-C indicate that the relative compaction is below 95 percent, the Contractor will be advised that he is not attaining the required relative compaction and that his materials or his procedures, or both, need adjustment. ARHM-GG-C spreading operations shall not continue until the Contractor has notified the Engineer of the adjustment that will be made in order to meet the required compaction.

If the test results for any lot of ARHM-GG-C continue to indicate that the relative compaction is less than 95 percent after adjustments have been made, the ARHM-GG-C represented by that lot may be required to be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense and the Contractor shall suspend all further paving operations until the Contractor can demonstrate to the City that relative compactions of 95 percent can be obtained. It shall be the sole judgement of the City Engineer to determine adequate remedy and/or a reduction in compensation for any lot failing to meet 95 percent relative compaction.

The Contractor shall provide for adequate quality control measures to insure that delivery of asphalt rubber shall be neither too slow nor too fast to prevent stopping of the paving operation and/or cooling of the asphalt rubber material. Material delivery scheduling and handling is critical to provide for optimum compaction opportunity and maximize ride quality performance. 302-9.2 Tack Coat
[Add the following:].

Apply SS-IH tack coat at a rate not to exceed one-tenth (1/10) gallon per square yard uniformly in one coat on all vertical joins of AC patching and P.C.C. surfaces and edges against which ARHMGG-C is to be placed. Diesel fuel shall not be used for cleaning purposes within the limits of this project. 302-9.3 Distribution and Spreading
[Add the following:].

Asphalt concrete shall be placed with paving machine equipped with a "Preco" attachment or similar device for use in obtaining constant cross-slope and maximum joint quality.

The Contractor shall place the ARHM-GG-C a maximum of 48 hours after the commencement of all edge grinding operations during any stage of the work for this project.

Prior to placing the ARHM-GG-C overlay, all cracks, and areas identified greater than or equal to ¼ inch in width shall be filled with crack filler and sprayed with a sterilizing soil agent.

All surfaces to be overlaid shall be cleaned by the use of a broom and a vacuum sweeper. The overlaid surface shall be free of water, dust, or foreign material before tack is applied. All raised pavement markers shall be removed prior to the placement of any AHRM-GG-C concrete overlay. Removal of all existing AC and slurry seal residue from gutter lip to edge of overlap should be completed prior to paving.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-52 CIP 7631
302-9.4 Rolling
[Add the following:].

ARHM-GG-C shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling. The number of rollers necessary will be established in accordance with Section 302-5.6.1 of the Greenbook Specifications. All compacted ARHM-GG-C shall have a relative compaction of not less than 95 percent in accordance with Section 302-5.6.2 of the Greenbook Specifications.

Rolling along a joint shall be such that the widest part of the roller is on the hot side of the joint. Join lines between successive runs shall be within 5 inches of lane lines or a minimum of 12 feet outside of the outer most lane line.
302-9.7 Rock Dust Blotter
[Add the following:].

Rock dust blotter material shall be required immediately after the completions of the "finish rolling" and prior to opening to traffic to prevent bleeding and trucking of the asphalt rubber material.

Rock dust blotter shall be per Section 200-1.2 of the Standard Specifications and shall be uniformly applied using a mechanical spreader, which distributes uniformly at a rate of approximately three pounds per square yard. Compaction rollers shall not be allowed on the rock dust covered pavement surfaces. All excess rock dust blotter shall be removed from the street at the end of each workday.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-53 CIP 7631
SECTION 303

CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY

INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS
303-5.1 Requirements
303-5.1.1 General
[Add the following:].

New improvements shall be constructed to grades indicated on the plans and in such a manner as to match existing improvements and field conditions with proper grade to form a safe and smooth riding surface.

The Contractor shall be responsible to oversee the curing of all concrete improvements to prevent graffiti damage or other unauthorized markings in new concrete surfaces. Any concrete surface deemed unacceptable to the Engineer, shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the City.

Damage to any existing improvements shall be remedied by saw cutting, removal and reconstruction at the Contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Removals, relocations, and/or adjustments not covered by a separate bid item but necessary for the proposed concrete construction shall be included in the unit price bid for the various items of work involved.

The Contractor shall maintain safe access to all residents/business establishments at all times throughout the duration of the contract. The only permitted interruption to access will be during the placement of concrete.

No establishment shall be denied access more than one day at a time. Contractor shall install steel plates after finishing the concrete, to provide access during the cure period. The contractor shall pour new P.C.C. improvements in such a fashion as to not interrupt access to residents near the job site.

Should a driveway be excavated at the end of a workday, the Contractor shall provide a temporary access ramp to residences. The temporary access ramp shall be removed by the Contractor on the following day so that driveway construction can be completed. Access to building over newly placed ramp shall be provided the day following the placement of ramp. New ramp shall be protected by the contractor with the use of materials such as roofing paper, plywood, or other means approved by the Engineer.

The cost for the placement of the temporary ramp/plate and its removal shall be included in the unit cost bid for the various items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

If the Contractor is unable to pour the ADA Access Ramp or Sidewalk back within 2 calendar days after removal, the Contractor shall provide a minimum of 4 foot wide, 3” thick asphalt concrete sidewalk/curb ramps at a maximum cross fall of 2% to provide for safe passage of pedestrians and ADA access through construction areas, except when approved by the Engineer. Payment for this work, including maintenance for the temporary asphalt shall be included in various applicable items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

Concrete sidewalk and curb ramps shall be placed on 4” sand bedding and #4 rebar dowels into existing P.C.C. Sand bedding shall consist of washed granular material with a sand equivalent greater than or equal to 30, conforming to Section 200-1.5.3 of the standard specifications. Payment for sand bedding shall be included in the contract unit price bid for the various items of work involved. No additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-54 CIP 7631
303-5.4 Joints
303-5.4.2 Expansion Joints
[Add the following:].

Expansion joints shall be constructed only where specifically designated per details on the plans, and as directed by the Engineer.
303-5.5 Finishing
303-5.5.4 Gutter
[Add the following:].

When gutter and/or cross gutter is constructed at a rate of grade less than 0.30% it shall be water tested.

If any portion of the newly constructed gutter is shown to pond water, that portion, including curb if applicable, shall be removed, reconstructed, and retested by the Contractor at no additional cost to the AGENCY.
303-5.5.5 Alley Intersection, Access Ramps, and Driveways [Add the following:].

All limits of removal for the replacement of existing concrete work item shall be per plan unless otherwise directed by the Engineer in the field. It will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to remove and reconstruct any curb and gutter damaged by the Contractor during the construction. No additional compensation will be allowed.

Concrete curb ramp shall be per City of Brea Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, case and type per plans or per City Engineer’s instruction.

Removal of any private improvements should be coordinated in writing with the owner and it is Contractor’s responsibility to obtain owner’s written approval for removal prior to construction. Rightof-Way Entry should be signed by the owner prior to removal of any private improvements at no additional cost to the City.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-51 CIP 7631

SECTION 306

OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION
306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS
306-1.1 Trench Excavation
306-1.1.1 General
Excess Material - It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove and dispose of all excess material resulting from earthwork operations, including pavement, macadam, Petromat, PCC, and excavation material of any character that is not suitable for use in fill or backfill. The Contractor shall provide and maintain, at the construction site, ample means and devices with which to remove and properly dispose of all water entering the excavation. Diversion of surface water from the excavation site shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and no separate compensation will be allowed for the removal of surface water from the excavation site. Dewatering for the structure and pipelines shall commence when ground water is first encountered, shall be continuous, and shall be accomplished by well points or some other method which will ensure a dry hole and preservation of final lines and grade of the bottom of excavation.

Contractor shall be required to verify depths of utility lines crossings prior to excavation and to adjust grade to avoid utility lines at no additional compensation.

For the purpose of shoring or bracing, a trench is defined as an excavation in which the depth is greater than five feet. All trench excavations shall be vertical cuts. Laying back the excavation to avoid shoring will not be allowed unless approved in writing by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devises to promptly remove and properly dispose of all water entering the excavations or other parts of the work.

Removal of groundwater shall be performed to ensure a firm and stable subgrade for the construction of structures. All costs for such dewatering shall be included in the prices bid for the various items of work except as may be otherwise provided for in the bid form.

No concrete footing or floor shall be laid in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise over them until the concrete or mortar has set at least eight (8) hours. Water shall not be allowed to rise unequally against walls for a period of twenty (28) days. Dewatering for the structures and pipelines shall commence when ground water is first encountered and shall be continuous until such time as water can be allowed to rise in accordance with the above. Dewatering shall be accomplished by trash pumps or some other method which will insure a dry hole and preservation of final lines and grade of the bottoms of excavation, all subject to the approval of the Engineer.

When the actual elevation or position of any existing pipe, conduit, or other underground appurtenances cannot be determined without excavation, the Contractor shall excavate and expose the existing improvements at the location shown on the plans and any other locations deemed necessary by the Engineer. Such excavation shall be considered as part of the excavation necessary for the work.

The Engineer shall be given the opportunity to inspect the existing improvement when it is exposed.

Any adjustments in line or grade which may be necessary to accomplish the intent of the plans shall be approved by the Engineer.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-52 CIP 7631

The Contractor shall make arrangements for a disposal site, but in no instance shall any material be wasted or dumped in any area until permission of the owner of the property has been secured in writing, and a copy of the permit has been furnished to the Engineer. The cost of disposal of excess or waste material shall be borne by the Contractor.
306-1.1.2 Maximum Length of Open Trench
The maximum length of open trench operations shall be limited to 100 feet or less as directed by the Engineer. In no case shall such open trench length be of such extent that it causes access interference to adjacent owners/residents. Access may not be impacted to more than one (1) driveway at any time. 306-1.1.3 Maximum and Minimum Trench Width
The width of trench for VCP sewer construction shall be as indicated on City of Brea Standard Plan No. 219-0 for Typical Normal Bedding case.

The width of trench for PVC water or sewer construction shall be as indicated on the Plans and per City Standard Details.

Banks of open trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as possible and, necessary in order to maintain the banks vertical, the trench shall be properly sheeted and braced. In the event sheeting is required, the width of the trench may be increased a maximum of twelve (12”) inches to accommodate the sheeting. Bell holes, if applicable, shall be excavated to ensure pipe barrel resting for its entire length upon the bottom of the trench on undisturbed soil, thoroughly compacted backfill, or crushed rock/gravel bedding.

Potential trench sloughing shall be determined by the Contractor and appropriate measures shall be used to limit the sloughing into the trench excavation. All surface facilities shall be removed to neat sawcut line.

Contractor shall use caution to protect adjacent utilities from damage of sloughing into the trench during excavation. Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs to any utility damaged as a result of his construction operation.
306-1.1.5 Removal and Replacement of Surface Improvements Pavement, driveways, curbs & gutter, sidewalks, block walls, in connection with construction shall be removed in accordance with Subsection 300-1.3 and reconstruction in kind, in accordance with Section 302 or Subsection 303-5.

Existing structural sections to be removed as shown on the plans are approximate. The Contractor shall replace the pavement structural section per the City Standard Plans.

All surface facilities shall be removed to neat sawcut line. All facilities shall be reconstructed in accordance with the SPPWC and City of Brea Standards and Specifications. Contractor shall remove and reconstruct interfering portions of existing block walls, as required to construct new pipelines. Block walls shall be reconstructed to match existing in kind, as directed by the Engineer.

Payment for removal and replacement of surface improvements as described above shall be included in the bid price for furnishing and installation of the various items of work involved.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-53 CIP 7631

306-1.1.6 Bracing Excavations
Trench safety and steel trench box shoring of excavations shall comply with the requirements of the General Specifications. The Contractor shall be required to supply a copy of any permit required by the Division of Industrial Safety at the time of the pre-construction meeting.

Excavation of any trench more than five (5) feet in depth shall not begin until the Contractor has received approval from the Engineer of the Contractor’s detailed plan for worker protection from the hazards of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. Such plan shall show the details of the design of steel trench box shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker protection during such excavation. No such plan shall allow the use of shoring, sloping or protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Occupational Safety and Health, and the shoring plan shall be prepared and signed by an engineer who is registered as a Civil or Structural Engineer in the State of California.

The cost of furnishing and installing steel trench boxes, bracing or other provisions required for worker protection, for the protection of any items shown on the plans to be protected in place, or for the protection of any new or existing improvements, shall be included in the contract bid price for which the shoring is required, and no additional payment will be allowed. All material used for protection shall be removed from the project unless it has been approved to remain in place by the Engineer. 306.1.2.1 Bedding
VCP sewer bedding shall be ¾” crushed rock per City of Brea Standard Plan No. 219-0.

The installation Blanket Protection for Pipes, at locations shown on the plans, shall conform to the requirements of SPPWC Standard Plan No. 225-2 and all applicable Sections of the Standard Specifications, as directed by the Engineer.

Placing backfill uniformly on all sides shall mean limiting the differential fill level to two feet or less.

Backfill material shall be crushed aggregate base (CAB), bedding sand, 1-Sack Slurry or 1- 1/2-Sack Slurry material conforming to Section 200 of the Standard Specifications, per City of Brea Standard Plan No. 219-0 and Trench Standard Details or as directed by the Engineer.

If any trench, through the neglect of the Contractor, is excavated below the grade required by the plans and these special provisions, it shall be refilled to grade with additional bedding. The excess excavation and the additional bedding shall be at the Contractor’s sole expense.

Should over-excavation of soft, spongy, or unstable trench bottom material be the result of the Contractor's failure to remove ground water in a timely and continuous manner or failure to divert surface water flow away from the excavation site, the Contractor shall be required to over-excavate and re-establish the trench bottom line and grade at his own cost per these Special Provisions.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Bedding and Backfill for PVC and DIP water or non-potable water pipe, fittings and appurtenances, Vitrified Clay pipe, manhole and other structures shall be considered as included in the contract unit prices bid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. 306-1.3.1 Backfill and Densification: General
All backfill shall be placed as specified in Subsection 306-1.3.2 or 306-1.3.3 and shall be in accordance with the following:

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-54 CIP 7631

The remaining portion of the trench from the top of the bedding material to the subgrade shall be backfilled, compacted, and/or consolidated by approved methods to obtain relative density of ninety percent (90%). For full depth replacement of pavement structural section the upper 12” of subgrade shall be compacted to obtain ninety-five (95%) relative compaction.

Backfill material shall have a minimum sand equivalent of 30 when tested in accordance with ASTM D-2419. Project excavation may be used as backfill only when it meets this requirement.

In backfilling under streets, there shall be no flooding of the trench within the upper forty-eight inches (48”). Flooding below this point shall be accomplished in strict conformance with the soils investigation on file.

The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the adjacent water and sewer mains in place.

This includes protecting in place or replacing the bedding of these utilities to maintain adequate support.

Compaction testing shall be per these special provisions. 306-1.4 Testing Pipelines
306-1.4.1 General
Contractor shall perform a leakage test and post installation closed circuit television (CCTV) inspection of the new sewer main lines and provide video of CCTV inspection to the Engineer for approval prior to final permanent trench resurfacing.
306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing
306-1.5.1 Temporary Resurfacing
Temporary patching or steel plating of the trench is required immediately after backfilling in the paved or surfaced portions of the street. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining said temporary patching and plating at all times, until permanent resurfacing has been completed by the Contractor. Steel plating shall include temporary asphalt concrete pavement transitions, as required by the Engineer.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-55 CIP 7631

SECTION 310

PAINTING
[Delete Section in total and substitute with the following:] 310-1 TRAFFIC SIGNING, STRIPING AND MARKINGS
Pavement traffic signing, striping and markings including raised lane line and fire hydrant reflective markers (RPM’s) shall be provided and installed at the locations and per the Standard Drawings indicated on the plans, as directed by the Engineer and in accordance with the following Special Provisions.

Contractor shall restore pavement traffic striping and marking damaged during construction to original condition.

Pavement marking and striping shall be thermoplastic and shall conform to the provisions of Section 84- 2, “Thermoplastic Pavement Stripes and Markings,” of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Where sandblasting is used for the removal of traffic stripes and pavement markings or for removal of objectionable material, and such removal operation is being performed within ten feet of the traveled way, the residue, including dust, shall be removed immediately after contact between the sand and the surface being treated. Such removal shall be by a vacuum attachment operating concurrently with the blast cleaning operations.

Contractor will not be required to use a vacuum attachment under the following conditions:

1. When approved by Agency

2. When the blasting sand will be confined by mechanical means to a small area.

3. When a sweeper (preferably a vacuum type) will immediately follow the blasting operation or when traffic can be safely routed around the sand until swept up.

Spotting shall be completed prior to the removal of any temporary striping of traffic control devices.

Existing temporary stripes and markings shall be removed prior to painting new ones, but in no case shall any section of street be left without proper striping for more than 24 hours or over weekends or holidays.

Contractor shall be responsible to place and maintain temporary traffic control(s) during the period that the lane lines are obliterated.

Striping shall be supplemented with raised pavement markers as required by the Standard Drawings, referenced on the plans. In addition, blue raised pavement markings shall be installed adjacent to fire hydrants and fire department connection in conformance with City of Brea Standard Drawing 306-0. • One marker for every fire hydrant
• Two markers for hydrants located at corners
Raised pavement markers shall conform to provisions in Section 85, “Pavement Markers” of Caltrans Specifications, State of California Traffic Manual and these Special Provisions.

Hot melt bitumen adhesive shall be used to cement the markers to the pavement.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-56 CIP 7631

Grinding shall not be permitted.

All existing raised pavement markers shall be removed by the Contractor prior to cold milling of the existing pavement or construction of the slurry seal.

All legends, including limit lines, shall be striped within 72 hours after the street (if applicable) has received the final surface course. All pavement striping and markings shall conform to the standards of applicable portions of the current State of California, Department of Transportation Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), and Standard Plans A20A-C and A24A-D.

Temporary Striping, Signing, Raised Pavement Markers:

The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement of all required temporary signing, striping, and markings and the removal of existing stripes and markings in the installation of required temporary striping.

Traffic striping and markings shall be removed before any change is made in the traffic pattern. Removal shall be coordinated with the installation of new pavement markings to provide continuous, non-conflicting guidance to public traffic.

Should temporary striping be required on the finished asphalt surface, the method and configuration must be approved by the Engineer for approval prior to placement.

At no time shall the street be open to traffic without delineation to separate opposing traffic. Temporary delineation type shall be at the inspector's discretion.

In general, temporary reflectorized markers are the preferred type of temporary delineation.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-57 CIP 7631

SECTION 313

DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES
[is hereby added to Part 3:].

Detectable Warning Surfaces Construction (Cast-In-Place) A. During all concrete pouring and tile installation procedures, ensure adequate safety guidelines are in place and that they are in accordance with the applicable industry and government standards.

B. The physical characteristics of the concrete shall be consistent with the contract specifications while maintaining a slump range of 4 – 7 to permit solid placement of the Cast-In-Place Tile System. An overly wet mix will cause the Cast-In-Place System to float, therefore under these conditions suitable weights such as 2 concrete blocks or sandbags (25 lb) shall be placed on each tile.

C. Prior to placement of the Cast-In-Place System, the contract drawings shall be reviewed with the engineer.

D. The concrete pouring and finishing operations require typical mason’s tools, however, a 4’ long level with electronic slope readout, 25 lbs weights, vibrator and small sledge hammer with 2” X 6” x 20” wood tamping plate are specific to the installation of the Cast-In-Place System.

E. The concrete shall be poured and finished, true and smooth to the required dimensions and slope prior to tile placement. Immediately after finishing the concrete, the electronic level should be used to check that the required slope is achieved. The tile shall be placed true and square to the curb edge in accordance with the contract drawings. The Cast-In-Place Tiles shall be tamped or vibrated into the fresh concrete to ensure that the field level of tile is flush to the adjacent concrete surface.

F. While concrete is workable a steel trowel shall be used to trowel the concrete around the tile perimeter to the field level of the tile.

G. During and after the tile installation and the concrete curing stage, it is imperative that there is no walking, leaning or external force placed on the tile to rock the tile, causing a void between the underside of the tile and concrete.

H. Following tile placement, review installation tolerances to contract drawings and adjust tile before the concrete sets, 2 suitable weights of 25 lb each shall be placed on each tile as necessary to ensure solid contact of tile underside of concrete.

I. Following the curing of the concrete, the protective plastic wrap is to be removed from the tile face by cutting the plastic with a sharp knife tight to the concrete/tile interface. If concrete bleeding occurs, a wire brush will clean the residue without damage to the tile surface.

Installation Manual Armor-Tile Surface Applied Advanced Warning Strip Surface Tile (Applied on Existing Curb Ramp)
A. During all surface preparation and tile installation procedures, ensure adequate safety guidelines are in place and that they are in accordance with the applicable industry and government standards.

B. The application of all tile, adhesives, mechanical fasteners, and caulking shall be in strict accordance with the guidelines set by their respective manufacturers.

C. Work with the Contractor or Engineer to ensure that the surfaces being prepared and fabricated to receive the tiles are constructed correctly and adequately for tile installation. Review design drawings with the Contractor prior to the construction and refer any and all discrepancies to the Engineer.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-58 CIP 7631

D. Set the tile true and square to the curb ramp area as detailed in the design drawings, so that its location can be marked on the concrete surface. A thin permanent marker works well. Remove tile when done marking its location.

E. The surface to receive the detectable warning surface tile is to be mechanically cleaned with a diamond cup grinder or shot blaster to remove any dirt or foreign material. This cleaning and roughening of the concrete surface should include at least 4 inches around the perimeter of the area to receive the tile, and also along the cross pattern established by the corresponding areas on the backside of the tile.

F. Immediately prior to installing the detectable warning surface tile, the concrete surfaces must be inspected to ensure that they are clean, dry, free of voids, curing compounds, projections, loose material, dust, oil, grease, sealers and determined to be structurally sound and cured for a minimum of 30 days.

G. Using Acetone, wipe the backside of the tile around the perimeter and along the internal cross pattern, to remove any dirt or dust particles from the area to receive the adhesive.

H. Apply the adhesive on the backside of the tile, following the perimeter and internal cross pattern established by the tile manufacturer. Sufficient adhesive must be placed on the prescribed areas to have full coverage across the 2” width of the adhesive locator. A 3 x 4 foot tile will typically require an entire tube of adhesive.

I. Set the tile true and square to the curb ramp area as detailed in the design drawings.

J. Standing with both feet applying pressure around the molded recess provided in the tile, drill a hole true and straight to a depth of 3½” using the recommended ¼” diameter bit. Drill through the tile without hammer option until the tile has been successfully penetrated, and then with hammer option to drill into the concrete.

K. Immediately after drilling each hole, and while still applying foot pressure, vacuum, brush or blow away dust and set the mechanical fastener as described below, before moving on to the next hole.

L. Mechanically fasten tiles to the concrete substrate using a hammer to set the fasteners. Ensure the fastener has been placed to full depth in the dome, straight, and flush to the top of dome.

Drive the pin of the fastener with the hammer, taking care to avoid any inadvertent blows to the truncated dome or tile surface. A plastic deadblow or leather hammer is recommended.

M. Working in a sequence which will prevent buckles in the tile, proceed to drill and install all fasteners in the tile’s molded recesses.

N. Following the installation of the tiles, the perimeter caulking sealant should be applied. Follow the perimeter caulking sealant manufacturer’s recommendations when applying. Tape all perimeter edges of the tile and also tape the adjacent concrete back 1/2” from the tile’s perimeter edge. Tool the perimeter caulking with a plastic applicator or spatula to create a straight edge in a cove profile between the tile and adjacent concrete. Remove tape immediately after tooling perimeter caulking sealant.

O. Do not allow foot traffic on installed tiles until the perimeter caulking sealant has cured sufficiently to avoid tracking.

If installing adjacent tiles, note the orientation of each tile. Careful attention will reveal that one of the long edges of the tile is different than the other, in regard to the tiny dotted texture.

You may also note a larger perimeter margin before the tiny dotted texture pattern begins.

Consistent orientation of each Armor-Tile is required in order that the truncated domes on adjacent tiles line up with each other.

In order to maintain proper spacing between truncated domes on adjacent tiles, the tapered edge should be trimmed off using a continuous rim diamond blade in a circular saw or mini-grinder.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project E-59 CIP 7631

The use of a straightedge to guide the cut is advisable. All cuts should be made prior to installation of the tiles.

If installing adjacent tiles, care should be taken to leave a 1/8 inch gap between each.

If tiles are custom cut to size, and if pre-molded recesses (to receive fasteners) are removed by the cut, then any truncated dome can be center-drilled with a ¼ inch through hole, and countersunk with a suitable bit, to receive mechanical fasteners. New holes should be created no closer to the edge of the tile than any of the other perimeter fastener pre-molded recesses.

Care should be taken to not countersink too deeply. Fasteners should be flush with the top of the truncated dome when countersunk properly.

Adhesive or caulking on the surface of the Armor-Tile can be removed with Acetone.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

S E C T I O N F

T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-1 CIP 7631

SECTION F

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 4

CIVIL / MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL
05 54 00 METAL FLOOR PLATES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, fabricate, and install metal plates and appurtenances, complete, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents shall take precedence over these Specifications.

1.2 RELATED WORK

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Federal Specifications:

1. MIL-G-18015 A (3) (Ships) Aluminum Planks. (6063-T6)

2. MIL-A-907E Antiseize Thread Compound, High Temperature

B. Government Standards:

Cal OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
C. Trade Standards:

Aluminum Association (AA) publications, as referenced herein.

D. Commercial Standards:

1. AA-M32C22A41 Aluminum Assn.

2. AASHTOHS-20 Truck Loading

3. AISC Specifications and Commentary

4. AISI Design of Light Gauge, Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members

5. ASTM A 36 Specification for Structural Steel

6. ASTM A 48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings

7. ASTM A 53 Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-2 CIP 7631

8. ASTM A 123 Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

9. ASTM A 125 Specification for Steel Springs, Helical, Heat Treated

10. ASTM A 153 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware

11. ASTM A 307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile

12. ASTM A 500 Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Tubing in Rounds and Shapes

13. ASTM A 563 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts

14. ASTM A 575 Specifications for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades

15. ASTM A 786 Specification for Rolled Steel Floor Plates

16. ASTM B 98 Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes

17. ASTM B 438 Specification for Sintered Bronze Bearings (Oil-Impregnated)

18. ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code – Steel

19. ANSI/AWS D1.2 Structural Welding Code – Aluminum

20. ANSI/AWS QC1 Specification for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors

21. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code

22. NAAMM Metal Stairs Manual
E. I.C.B.O. Evaluation Reports:

1. ER-5279 Simpson SET Adhesive Anchor Systems

1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings of all miscellaneous metalwork shall be submitted to the Engineer for review.

B. Calculations: Engineering calculations shall be submitted for review. Engineering calculations shall include (but not be limited to) ladders, guardrail posts, railings, handrail brackets, brackets, support flanges, and fasteners or anchors.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-3 CIP 7631

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All weld procedures and welder qualification shall be available to the Engineer upon request.

B. All welding shall be inspected by a Contractor-provided inspector qualified in accordance with AWS requirements and approved by the Engineer.

C. Inspection: All Work hereunder shall be subject to continuous inspection by a Special Inspector selected by the District and approved by the local Building Official having jurisdiction. Special Inspection shall be performed in accordance with the current edition of the Uniform Building Code.

D. The Special Inspector shall observe the work as identified on the plans for conformance with the design drawings and specifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Steel:

1. Shapes, Plates, Bars ASTM A 36

2. Pipe, Pipe Columns, Bollards ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B Standard weight unless noted otherwise

3. Tubes ASTM A 500 Grade B
B. Corrosion Protection: Unless otherwise indicated, miscellaneous metalwork of fabricated steel, which will be used in a corrosive environment and/or will be submerged in water/wastewater shall be coated in accordance with Section 210 – Paint and Protective Coatings and shall not be galvanized prior to coating. All other miscellaneous steel metalwork shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication as specified herein.

C. Stainless Steel: Unless otherwise indicated, stainless steel metalwork and bolts shall be of Type 316 stainless steel and shall not be galvanized.

D Aluminum: Unless otherwise indicated, aluminum metalwork shall be of Alloy 6061-T6.

Aluminum in contact with concrete, porous materials, or dissimilar metals shall have contact surfaces coated in accordance with the Section 210 – Paint and Protective Coatings.

E. Cast Iron: Unless otherwise indicated, iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 48, Class 50B or better.

2.2 STEEL PIPE HANDRAILS (NOT USED)

2.3 ACCESS HATCHES (NOT USED)

2.4 IRON CASTINGS
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-4 CIP 7631 A. Iron castings shall be of uniform quality, free from blowholes, porosity, hard spots, shrinkage, distortion, or other defects. They shall be smooth and well cleaned by shotblasting.

B. Covers and grates shall fit together evenly, so that the cover fits flush with the surrounding finishes surface and the cover does not rock or rattle when loading is applied. Round covers and frames shall have machined bearing surfaces.

C. Covers and grates with matching frames shall be designed to support the following loadings:

1. Where located within a structure, the design loading shall match that required for the adjacent floor area, or, if no loading is given, a minimum of 300 pounds per square foot, unless indicated otherwise.

2. Exterior covers and grates shall be designed for AASHTO H20 loading unless indicated otherwise.

2.5 BOLTS AND ANCHORS
A. Standard Service Bolts (Not Buried or Submerged): Except where otherwise indicated, all bolts, anchor bolts, and nuts shall be ASTM A307 steel B. Buried or Submerged Bolts: Unless other corrosion-resistant bolts are indicated, all bolts, anchor bolts, nuts, and washers which are buried, submerged, or below the top of the wall inside any hydraulic structure shall be Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A 193 for bolts and to ASTM A 194 for nuts. All threads on stainless steel bolts shall be protected with an antiseize lubricant suitable for submerged stainless steel bolts, to meet government specification MIL-A-907E.

1. Antiseize lubricant shall be classified as acceptable for potable water use by the NSF.

2. Antiseize lubricant shall be "PURE WHITE" by Anti-Seize Technology, Franklin Park, IL, 60131, AS-470 by Dixon Ticonderoga Company, Lakehurst, NJ, 08733, or equal.

C. Bolt Requirements:

1. The bolt and nut material shall be free-cutting steel.

2. The nuts shall be capable of developing the full strength of the bolts. Threads shall be Coarse Thread Series conforming to the requirements of the American Standard for Screw Threads. All bolts and cap screws shall have hexagon heads and nuts shall be Heavy Hexagon Series.

3. The length of all bolts shall be such that after joints are made up, each bolt shall extend through the entire nut, but in no case more than 1/2-inch beyond the nut.

D. Adhesive Anchors: Unless otherwise indicated, all drilled, concrete or masonry anchors BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-5 CIP 7631 shall be adhesive anchors. No substitutions will be considered unless accompanied with ICBO report verifying strength and material equivalency.

1. Epoxy adhesive anchors are required for drilled anchors where exposed to weather, in submerged, wet, splash, overhead, and corrosive conditions, and for anchoring handrails, pumps, mechanical equipment, and reinforcing bars. Epoxy anchor grout shall be used. Threaded rod shall be ASTM A36 steel, unless noted otherwise, except in submerged location where stainless steel threaded rod shall be used.

2. Unless otherwise indicated, adhesive anchors shall be Simpson SET. Adhesive anchors made by other manufacturers may be used if approved by the Engineer.

Such adhesive anchor shall be I.C.B.O. approved. The I.C.B.O. Evaluation Report for the proposed substitute anchors shall demonstrate that the anchors have at least much capacity as the specified anchors. Proposed substitute anchors shall meet all requirements of their I.C.B.O. Evaluation Report, including edge distance, anchor spacing, embedment, base material thickness.

E. Expansion Anchors: Material and Installation shall conform to ICBO ER-4627.

Expansion anchors shall be Hilti "Kwik-Bolt II" or ICBO approved equal. Lead caulking anchors will not be permitted. Size shall be as indicated. Expansion type anchors shall be 304 stainless steel. Expansion anchors may only be used where specifically detailed.

Expansion type anchors shall not be used unless approved by the Engineer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Fabrication and Erection: Except as otherwise indicated, the fabrication and erection of structural steel shall conform to the requirements of the American Institute of Steel Construction "Manual of Steel Construction."
B. Steel Railings: Field welding of steel pipe handrail joints will be permitted only if approved by the Engineer, and then only in accordance with its instructions.

C. Embedded Posts: Guardrail post installed into sleeves shall be provided with weep holes between ½ inch and ¼ inch above the finish surface for condensation drainage.

D. Flush Hatches: Unless otherwise shown, the Contractor shall furnish and install a 1/2- inch drain line to drain through the hatch curb.

3.2 WELDING
A. Method: All welding shall be by the metal-arc method or gas-shielded arc method as described in the American Welding Society's "Welding Handbook" as supplemented by other pertinent standards of the AWS. Qualification of welders shall be in accordance with the AWS Standards governing same.

B. Welding of stainless steel shall be done by a welder certified in the welding of stainless steel.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-6 CIP 7631 C. Quality: In assembly and during welding, the component parts shall be adequately clamped, supported and restrained to minimize distortion and for control of dimensions.

Weld reinforcement shall be as indicated by the AWS Code. Upon completion of welding, all weld splatter, flux, slag, and burrs left by attachments shall be removed.

Welds shall be repaired to produce a workmanlike appearance, with uniform weld contours and dimensions. All sharp corners of material to be painted or coated shall be ground to a minimum of 1/32-inch on the flat.

3.3 GALVANIZING
A. All structural steel plates shapes, bars and fabricated assemblies required to be galvanized shall, after the steel has been thoroughly cleaned of rust and scale, be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 123. Any galvanized part that becomes warped during the galvanizing operation shall be straightened. Field repairs to galvanizing shall be made using "Galvinox," "Galvo-Weld," or equal.

3.4 CRAFTSMANSHIP
A. All Work shall be performed by craftsmen experienced in the fabrication of architectural metal work. Exposed surfaces shall be free from defects or other surface blemishes. All dimensions and conditions shall be verified in the field in advance. All joints, junctions, miters, and butting sections shall be precision-fitted, with no gaps occurring between sections, and all surfaces shall be flush and aligned.

3.5 DRILLED ANCHORS
A. Drilled anchors and reinforcing bars shall be installed in strict accordance with the applicable I.C.B.O. Evaluation Report and manufacturer's instructions. Holes shall be roughened with a brush on a power drill, cleaned and dry. Drilled anchors shall not be installed until the concrete has reached the specified 28-day compressive strength.

Adhesive anchors shall not be loaded until the adhesive has reached its indicated strength in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-7 CIP 7631 23 13 29 SANITARY SEWAGE PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Pumps shall be 2 horsepower Xylem/Goulds model WS2012D4, 240V, 1 Phase, 60Hz, 4 Pole.

B. This section includes all labor, material, tools, incidentals, and equipment necessary to furnish, install, test and place in operation two submersible pumps/motors as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings. An additional third pump and motor shall be used as a spare for the District.

C. The contractor shall furnish and install a sump termination panel next to wet well as shown on the electrical drawings and as specified in the electrical specifications. The sump termination panel provides a sealed barrier between the wet well and the electrical disconnect box

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
The Work of the following Sections also apply to the Work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this Work.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODE AND STANDARDS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, the current editions of the following standards apply to the work of this Section:

1. ANSI/ASME B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged
Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800

2. ANSI/ASME B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
Dimensions

3. ANSI/IEEE 112 Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators

4. ANSI/IEEE 115 Test Procedure for Synchronous Machines

5. ANSI/NEMA MG 1 Motor and Generator

6. ANSI/NEMA MG 12.53 Motor Testing

7. ASTM A278 Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts for Temperatures Up to 650oF

8. ASTM A395 Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining
Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-8 CIP 7631

9. ASTM B62 Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal
Castings

10. ASTM B584 Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General
Applications

11. Hydraulic Institute, Inc. (HI) Test Code for Centrifugal Pumps

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shop drawings and data for all pumps, motors, and variable frequency drives shall be submitted.

1. Name of manufacturer and type or model. Submit manufacturer’s catalog data, dimensions, and materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade and information on linings and coatings.

2. Pump performance curves showing head, capacity, horsepower demand, and pump efficiency over the entire operating range of the pump. Pump manufacturer shall indicate the design operating conditions and requirements on the performance curves. The performance curves shall cover maximum diameter, rated and minimum diameter impellers. All performance curves shall show the limits of operation without cavitation or excessive vibration.

3. Manufacturer’s catalog data shall include dimensions, motor weight, nominal horsepower, NEMA design, enclosures, frame size, winding insulation class, voltage, phase, and frequency ratings, service factor, full load current at rated horsepower for application voltage, full load speed, minimum full load efficiency, nominal efficiencies at 1/2 and 3/4 loads, power factor at 1/2, 3/4, and full load, and bearing data with recommended lubricants if applicable.

4. Outline drawings showing pump, motor, drive, couplings, drive arrangement.

5. Complete electrical schematic diagrams.

6. Installation, check out instructions and initial start-up procedures.

7. Wiring, control schematics, and control logic diagrams.

8. The Contractor shall submit signed, dated, and certified factory test data for each pump system prior to shipment of equipment showing that the equipment is in compliance with the Contract Documents.

9. Manufacturer’s certification of proper installation shall be submitted.

10. Contractor’s certification of satisfactory field testing shall be submitted.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-9 CIP 7631 B. Operation and maintenance information shall be submitted on all pumps.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The pumps shall be new and of current manufacture. No pump shall be purchased for use on the project prior to the return of approved shop drawings submitted by the Contractor.

1.6 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall provide a one year warranty for the pump/motor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall provide, install and test submersible pumping units complete with electric motors and all accessories, controls and appurtenances as shown in the plans and specified herein or as required for a complete and operable pumping system. One additional pump of the specified capacity shall be provided for use as a spare. Each pumping unit shall be rated for the operating conditions:

1. Duty Point: 325 gpm @ 15 TDH.

B. The design shall be such that the pumping units will be automatically connected to the discharge piping when lowered into place on the discharge connection. The pump shall be easily removable for inspection or service without the need for removal of nuts, bolts or other fasteners and without the need for personnel to enter the wet well. Each pump shall be fitted with a 5/16” 316 stainless steel chain of adequate strength and length to permit raising the pump for inspection and removal.

C. The submersible pumping units shall be self contained, integral pump/motor units designed to operate at continuous full load in a partially or completely submerged condition without the need for any external cooling devices such as water jackets.

2.2 PUMP/MOTOR COMPONENTS
A. Pump Design: Pump(s) shall have 4 inch ANSI discharge flange and shall be capable of handling sewage containing non-abrasive 3 inch maximum solids.

B. Mechanical Shaft Seal: The motor shall be protected by two independent sets of mechanical shaft seals mounted in tandem on the pump shaft. Pump designs with one or two springs acting between rotating faces shall not be allowed as this design would allow effluent to force the seal faces apart during periods of upset or high discharge pressure. The outer mechanical seal shall be constructed of Silicon Carbide vs. Silicon Carbide (or lower seal optional Silicon Carbide vs. Tungsten) sealing faces. The inner mechanical seal shall be constructed of Carbon vs. Ceramic sealing faces. Each set (upper and lower) shall be tensioned by an independent spring system constructed of series 300 stainless steel metal components and BUNA-N elastomers. The mechanical seals shall be located in a completely isolated seal oil chamber which will provide lubrication for the seal faces while simultaneously acting as an isolation zone for the stator chamber.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-10 CIP 7631 C. Impeller: The impeller shall be semi-open, two vane non-clog, with ejector (pumpout) vanes on the top of the impeller for protection of the lower mechanical seal and hydraulic balance. Due to design, only single plane spin balancing shall be required for smooth operation. The impeller shall be slip fitted to the shaft and key-driven. The impeller shall be held in place with a bolt and washer system that shall secure the impeller against all axial loads imposed by the hydraulic conditions of operation.

D. Casing: The casing shall be cast from ASTM A48 class 30 gray cast iron of sufficient thickness to withstand 1.5 times the shut off pressure generated by the largest impeller available for this model in accordance with current revision of the Hydraulic Institute Standards. The discharge connection shall be a standard 125 # ANSI 4 inch flange.

E. Major Casting materials: The impeller, casing, bearing/seal housing and motor cover shall be of ASTM A48 Class 30 high quality cast iron for strength and long life. Bronze impeller shall be cast from ASTM B584 C87600 when ordered as an option.

F. Corrosion Protection: The pump/motor shaft wetted-end shall be series 300 stainless steel.

Both inner and outer surfaces of cast iron shall be electrocoat-painted with thermo-setting Acrylic baked at 400º F., after castings are completely machined. The gland nut/strain relief’s shall be series 300 stainless steel.

G. Motor: The integral motor shall be completely sealed from the environment by use of circular cross section o-rings accurately fitted into machined grooves which shall provide designed compression of metal to metal fits. Designs which require a specific torque on the casing bolts or which require rectangular gaskets or sealing rings shall not be allowed.

The motor shall be rated for continuous duty under full nameplate load while at partial submergence in the station. The motor shall be provided at the specified site conditions of 208 or 230 volts, single phase or 200, 230, 460 or 575 volts, three phase as required, all shall be at 60 Hz. Single-phase motors: 1½ - 5 HP shall be permanent split capacitor type.

All single-phase motors shall be provided with thermal protection with automatic reset.

Three phase motors require Class 10, quick trip, ambient compensated overload protection in the control panel. The stator winding shall be open type with class F insulation suitable for operation in clean dielectric oil for efficient heat transfer and lubrication of the ball bearings. The stator shall be a register fit into the bearing housing to ensure positive alignment, and bolted for ease of serviceability. The motor shall be provided with ball type anti-friction bearings which shall support the heavy-duty rotor shaft and to handle all radial and axial loads imposed by the impeller while limiting shaft deflection at the mechanical seal faces. Sleeve type bearings shall not be considered equal and shall not be allowed. The ball bearings shall be designed for a B-10 life of 30,000 hours minimum. The motor shall be designed and tested to withstand an 18-day locked-rotor operation without damage.

H. Power Cable: The power cable shall be sealed at the motor end as it enters the motor casing by a two part barrier to moisture intrusion. The first line of defense shall be the compression of the oil and chemical resistant grommet which shall seal the outer jacket of the power cord. In the event that the outer jacket of the power cord should become damaged, then the second line of defense shall be the epoxy poured isolated conductors within the jacketed cable itself. The insulation shall be removed from the individual conductors and the epoxy shall be allowed to form a leak-proof seal against wicking of the power cable between the outer jacket and the insulation of the individual conductors. The outer jacket of the power cord shall be oil resistant and water resistant. The power cable shall be rated for NEC severe BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-11 CIP 7631 service “S”, type “STOW”
I. Leakage Sensor: A leakage sensor shall be available as an option to detect water in the stator chamber. The Float Leakage Sensor (FLS) is a small float switch used to detect the presence of water in the stator chamber. When activated, the FLS will stop the motor and send an alarm both local and/or remote.

J. A 5/16-inch 316 stainless steel chain of sufficient length to facilitate the installation and removal of the pump and motor shall be included.

K. Pumps shall be 2 horsepower Xylem/Goulds model WS2012D4, 240V, 1 Phase, 60Hz, 4 Pole as indicated on the drawings, no exception.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. All pumps, motors, and drives shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations submitted and approved with the shop drawings and in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. The manufacturer’s authorized service representative shall visit the site for up to 3 days to complete the following and to certify in writing that the equipment and controls have been properly installed, aligned, lubricated, adjusted, and readied for operation.

1. Witness the proper installation of the equipment.

2. Witness the inspection, checking, and adjusting the equipment.

3. Witness startup and field testing operations.

4. Instruct the Owner’s personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment, including step-by-step troubleshooting with necessary test equipment. Instruction and materials shall be specific to the models of equipment provided. The representative shall have at least two year’s experience or training with equipment provided.

3.2 PUMP TESTING
A. Inspection and Testing Costs: The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with inspection and testing of materials (including witness testing), products, or equipment at the place of manufacture. Provide for one Owner’s Representative to visit each factory for factory-witness testing.

B. Field Tests

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for field testing all pumps after installation to demonstrate satisfactory operation. Field testing shall be witnessed by a representative of the Owner. The Contractor shall notify the Owner 5 days in advance of the field tests. After each pumping system has satisfied the requirements, the Contractor shall certify in writing that it has been satisfactorily tested and that all final adjustments have been made. Certification shall include the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-12 CIP 7631 date of the field tests, a listing of all persons present during the tests, and the test data. The Contractor shall bear all costs of field tests, including related services of the Manufacturer’s representative, except for power and water, which the Owner will bear.

C. Acceptance Testing

1. The Contractor shall run the pump station including controls for up to 7 days to demonstrate proper operation. The Contractor shall bear all costs of field tests, including related services of the Manufacturer’s representative, except for power and water, which the Owner will bear.

D. In the event of failure of any pump to meet any of the above requirements or efficiencies, the Contractor shall make all necessary modifications, repairs, or replacements to conform to these specifications at no additional compensation from the Owner. **END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-13 CIP 7631 22 05 23 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES AND PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all piping systems shown and specified, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Each system shall be complete with all necessary fittings, hangers, supports, anchors, seismic restraints, expansion joints, flexible connectors, valves, accessories, heat tracing, insulation, lining and coating, testing, disinfection, excavation, backfill and encasement, to provide a functional installation.

B. The piping shown in the drawings is intended to define the general layout, configuration, routing, method of support, pipe size, and pipe type. The drawings are not pipe construction or fabrication drawings. It is the Contractor's responsibility to develop the details necessary to construct all mechanical piping systems, to accommodate the specific equipment provided, and to provide and install all spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, and other appurtenances for a complete and functional system.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODE AND STANDARDS
A. Uniform Mechanical Code
B. Uniform Plumbing Code
C. Uniform Fire Code
D. Commercial Standards: All equipment, products, and their installation shall be in accordance with the following standards, as applicable, and as indicated in each Section:

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

4. American Water Works Association (AWWA)

5. American Welding Society (AWS)

6. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)

7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
E. The following standards have been referenced in this Section:

1. ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch)

2. ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, NPS ½ through BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-14 CIP 7631 NPS 24

3. ANSI/AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service, Sizes 4 in through 144 in.

4. ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code – Steel

5. ASTM A 36 Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

6. ASTM A 283 Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates

7. ASTM A 285 Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength

8. ASTM A 307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength

9. ASTM A 325 Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints

10. ASTM A 563 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts

11. ASTM D 2000 Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications

12. ASTM/AWWA C219 Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain- End Pipe

13. AWWA Manual M11 Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings and certificates, test reports, affidavits of compliance, of all piping systems for review by the Engineer, and as indicated in the individual piping sections. The shop drawings shall include dimensions and details on pipe joints, fittings, fitting specials, harnessed joints, valves, and appurtenances, and shall include design calculations and material lists. The submittals shall include detailed layout, spool, or fabrication drawings which show all pipe spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, fittings, and pipe supports and seismic restraints necessary to accommodate the equipment and valves provided in a complete and functional system.

B. The Contractor shall submit the following information:

1. Manufacturer’s product data.

2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.

3. Manufacturer’s certification of compliance with reference standards BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-15 CIP 7631

4. Statement from the pipe fabricator certifying that all pipe will be fabricated subject to a Quality Control Program.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tests: Except where otherwise indicated, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the applicable specifications and standards. Welds shall be tested as indicated. The Contractor shall perform all tests at no additional cost to the AGENCY. Copies of all test reports shall be furnished to the Engineer.

B. Welding Requirements: All welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be prequalified under the provisions of ANSI/AWS D1.1. Welding procedures shall be required for, but not necessarily limited to, longitudinal and girth or spiral welds for pipe cylinders, spigot and bell ring attachments, reinforcing plates and ring flange welds, and plates for lug connections.

C. Welder Qualifications: Certified under Section IX, Part A of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or in accordance with AWWA C206, Section 3. Machines and electrodes similar to those used in the Work shall be used in qualification tests. The Contractor shall furnish all material and bear the expense of qualifying welders at no increased cost to the AGENCY.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. All piping materials, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be delivered in a clean and undamaged condition and shall be stored off the ground to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. All defective or damaged materials shall be replaced with new materials.

1.7 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE
A. Where the assistance of a manufacturer's service representative is advisable in order to obtain perfect pipe joints, supports, or special connections, the Contractor shall furnish such assistance at no additional cost to the AGENCY.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL
A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Section 210 – Paint and Protective Coatings.

B. Lining: The thickness, application, and curing of pipe lining shall be in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Section 210 – Paint and Protective Coatings, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Coating: The thickness, application, and curing of pipe coating shall be in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 2, 9 and 15, unless otherwise indicated. Pipes installed above ground or in structures shall be field-painted in accordance with Section 210 – Paint and Protective Coatings.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-16 CIP 7631 D. Pressure Rating: All piping systems shall be designed for the maximum expected pressure as defined in Section 209 – Pressure Pipe, or as indicated on the piping schedule.

2.2 PIPE FLANGES
A. Flanges on ductile iron fittings shall be flat faced and conform to AWWA C110 or ANSI

16.42 Class 150 with a minimum rated working pressure of 250 psi.

B. Flanged pipe and fittings shall be shop fabricated, not field fabricated. Threaded flanges shall comply with AWWA C115 and ANSI B16.42. Prior to assembly of the flange onto the pipe, apply a thread compound to provide a leak-free connection. Individually fit and machine tighten each flange in the shop. Boltholes of flanges shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerline of the pipe.

C. Blind Flanges: Blind flanges shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C207 for steel and ANSI/AWWA C110 and C115 for ductile iron pipe. All blind flanges for pipe diameters 12-inches and over shall be provided with lifting eyes in form of welded or screwed eye bolts.

D. Flange Coating: All machined faces of metal blind flanges and pipe flanges shall be coated with a temporary rust-inhibitive coating to protect the metal until the installation is completed. Inside surfaces of blind flanges shall be epoxy coated per Section 210 – Paint and Protective Coatings
E. Flange Gaskets: Gaskets shall be full face gaskets for all flanged joints, but flat faced flanges shall be provided or raised faces shall be removed. Gaskets shall be full face gaskets for all blind flanges. Gasket material shall be rubber suitable for wastewater service and in accordance with AWWA C111/ANSI A21.11 as applicable.

F. Flange Gasket Manufacturers, or Equal:

1. John Crane, Style 2160.

2. Garlock, Style 3000.

G. Nuts and Bolts

1. Bolts, nuts and washers for underground or submerged installations, wastewater applications, and below ground structures shall be type 316 stainless steel. All buried nuts and bolts shall be completely coated with no-oxide grease, as manufactured by KOP-COAT, Inc., or approved equal, which must be applied in two coats to a minimum thickness of 15 mils per coat.

2. All aboveground bolt threads shall be lubricated with graphite and oil. Flanged faces shall be wire brushed and cleaned prior to joining each flange.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-17 CIP 7631

2.3 THREADED INSULATING CONNECTIONS
A. General: Threaded insulating bushings, unions, or couplings, as appropriate, shall be used for joining threaded pipes of dissimilar metals and for piping systems where corrosion control and cathodic protection are involved.

B. Materials: Threaded insulating connections shall be of nylon, Teflon, polycarbonate, polyethylene, or other nonconductive materials, and shall have ratings and properties to suit the service and loading conditions.

C. Manufacturers: Isojoint or approved equal.

2.4 QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLER
A. All quick disconnect couplers shall be of “dry disconnect” type and be constructed of type 316 stainless steel. The size and location shall be as shown on the drawings. The gaskets shall be made of Buna-N.

B. Quick disconnect couplers shall be Model 600-F-SS Kamlock adapter as manufactured by Dover Corporation/ OPW Division or approved equal. Coupler shall be equipped with a lockable cap and have MIP x Male ends.

2.5 PIPE THREADS
A. All pipe threads shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.20.1

2.6 LINK SEALS
A. Contractor shall furnish and install complete link seal assemblies of size and location as shown on the drawings. Link Seal Assemblies shall be as follows:

1. Wall opening sizes (i.e. cored hole) shall be selected according to manufactured recommendations based on most recent Link Seal catalog or approved equal.

2. Calculations shall be provided to determine sufficient quantity and type of Link Seal are provided to effectively provide a hydrostatic seal.

3. Each individual link shall be clearly and permanently shown with the name of the manufacturer and model number.

4. Hardware shall be 316 stainless steel.

B. Link Seals shall be modular, mechanical type, consisting of inter locking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and the wall opening.

The elastomeric element shall be sized and selected per manufacturer’s recommendations and have the following properties as designated by ASTM: EPDM = ASTM D2000 M3 BA510
C. References to installation guideline’s shall be latest published edition of Link Seal Selection Guide for the service intended.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-18 CIP 7631 D. Approved Manufacturer’s:

1. Thunderline/Link Seal

2. Or approved equal

2.7 SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE
A. Pipe shall be PVC, ASTM D1784, Class 1254-B, NSF certified, ASTM D1785, schedule

80. Fittings and couplings shall be PVC, ASTM D2467, and Schedule 80.

2.8 STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES (4 INCH AND SMALLER)
A. General Requirements: General purpose ball valves in sizes up to 4-inch shall have manual operators with lever or handwheel. Valves shall be of best commercial quality, heavy duty construction.

B. Body: All ball valves up to and including 1-1/2 inches in size shall have a 316 stainless steel 2 or 3 piece body with screwed ends for a pressure rating of not less than 600 psi WOG. Valves 2-inch to 4-inch shall have 316 stainless steel body with flanged ends for a pressure rating of 150 psi.

C. Balls: The balls shall be solid 316 stainless steel, with full port openings.

D. Stems: The valve stems shall be of the blow-out proof design of 316 stainless steel with reinforce Teflon seal.

E. Seats shall be of Teflon or Buna-N for bi-directional service and easy replacement.

F. Manufacturers shall be Nibco, Hills-McCanna, Apollo, or equal.

2.9 STAINLESS STEEL FLAPPER CHECK VALVE (4 INCH AND SMALLER) A. General Requirements: General purpose flapper check valves in sizes up to 4-inch shall be able to handle. Valves shall be of best commercial quality, heavy duty construction.

B. Body: All check valves up to and including 1-1/2 inches in size shall have a 316 stainless steel body with screwed ends for a pressure rating of not less than 600 psi WOG. Valves 2-inch to 4-inch shall have 316 stainless steel body with flanged ends for a pressure rating of 150 psi.

C. Flapper: The flapper shall be solid 316 stainless steel.

2.10 SERVICE SADDLES
A. Service saddles shall be required for tapping small diameter pipe connections into larger diameter pipes.

B. Ductile iron body, fusion plastic coated, coating thickness 12 mil minimum.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-19 CIP 7631 C. Type 304 Stainless Steel Four Bolt Straps and Hardware, IP Thread Outlet for Sizes 1” and 2” for pipe sizes 4” through 12”.

D. Gasket: Nitrite (Buna –N)
E. Size per Drawings.

F. Product and Manufacturers:

1. JCM Industries or equal

2.11 TRANSITION COUPLINGS
A. Transition couplings for connecting different pipes having different outside diameters shall be steel: Dresser Style 62 or 162, Smith-Blair Series 413 or 415, Baker Series 212 or 220, or approved equal.

2.12 LINING AND COATING FOR COUPLINGS
A. Coat interior and exterior ferrous surfaces of flexible pipe couplings, transition couplings, and flanged coupling adapters with fusion-bonded epoxy per Section 210 – Paint and Protective Coatings. Coating shall be holiday free on interior surfaces. Buried couplings shall be wax tape coated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Divisions 2 and 15. The lining manufacturer shall take full responsibility for the complete, final product and its application. All pipe ends and joints at screwed flanges shall be epoxy-coated, to assure continuous protection.

B. Where core drilling is required for pipes passing through existing concrete, core drilling locations shall be determined by radiograph of concrete construction to avoid damage to embedded raceways and rebars.
**END OF SECTION**

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-20 CIP 7631 11 90 00 OTHER EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope: Equipment under this division includes providing and testing the equipment specified under the Drawings, submittals operation and maintenance manuals and in conformance with all Sections of the Specifications.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODE AND STANDARDS
A. This Section references the following documents. They are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail.

1. AFBMA Methods of Evaluating Load Ratings of Ball and Roller Bearings

2. ANSI B 1.1 Unified Inch Square Threads

3. ANSI B 2.1 Pipe Threads (except Dupeal)

4. ANSI 16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125

5. ANSI B 18.2.1 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, including Askew Head Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Log Screws

6. ANSI B 18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: The submittal for each individual equipment or groups of related equipment shall be in accordance with the General Conditions and submitted to the Engineer for review.

B. Required Submittal Data: The following information shall be submitted for each item of equipment. Additional data, specific to individual equipment items are listed under individual specification sections.

1. The proposed equipment shall be identified by the equipment numbers listed in the Specifications and Drawings.

2. Manufacturer and manufacturer’s type designation.

3. Any exceptions to these Specifications along with justification for each exception.

4. Manufacturer’s catalog data confirming rated capacity, horsepower, efficiency and electrical requirements.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-21 CIP 7631

5. Shop Drawings.

6. Predicted performance curves developed for the specific application. In the case of rotating equipment, performance curves shall show speed, capacity, pressure and power for all specified conditions.

7. Data and calculations required to justify selection of size of components such as shafts, bearings and peripheral equipment necessary to conform to these Specifications.

8. Parts lists, with materials of construction.

9. Installation requirements, showing clearances required for maintenance purposes.

10. Details of all appurtenances to be furnished with the specified item.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Arrangement: The arrangement of equipment shown on the Drawings is based upon information available to the Engineer at the time of design and is not intended to show exact dimensions peculiar to a specific manufacturer. The Drawings are, in part, diagrammatic, and some features of the illustrated equipment installation may require revision to meet actual equipment installation requirements. Structural supports, foundations, connected piping and valves shown may have to be altered to accommodate the equipment provided. No additional payment will be made for such revisions and alternations. Substantiating calculations and drawings shall be submitted prior to beginning the Work.

B. Control Devices: Control devices, wiring, starters, and other electrical items provided with mechanical equipment shall in general conform to Joint Industry Council (JIC) Electrical Standards for Mass Production Equipment EMP-1-1967 and the requirements specified, including those in Part 10 – Electrical System and Part 11 – Instrumentation and Control System of the Special Provisions and the particular equipment sections.

1.6 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED
A. Information shall be provided for each item of equipment as specified under individual Specification sections.

1.7 PROTECTION DURING SHIPMENT
A. Each item of equipment shall be shipped to the site of the Work with either the manufacturer’s shop applied prime coating or a vinyl paint prime coating. The prime coating shall be applied over clean dry surfaces in accordance with the paint manufacturer’s recommendations. The prime coating will serve as a base for field-applied finish coats.

B. Bearing housings shall be wrapped or otherwise sealed to prevent contamination by grit and dirt, and ventilation and other types of openings shall be taped closed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-22 CIP 7631

2.1 FLANGES AND PIPE THREADS
A. Flanges on the equipment shall conform in dimension, drilling and pressure class to the piping to which it will connect and to the conditions it will be exposed to.

B. Threaded flanges shall have a standard taper pipe thread conforming to ANSI B 2.1.

Unless otherwise specified, flanges shall be flat faced.

C. Flange assembly bolts shall be heavy pattern, hexagonal head, carbon steel machine bolts with heavy pattern, hot pressed, hexagonal nuts conforming to ANSI B 18.2.1 and B 18.2.2.

Threads shall be Unified Screw Threads, Standard Coarse Thread Series, Class 2A and 2B, ANSI B 1.1.

2.2 BEARINGS
A. Unless otherwise specified, equipment bearings shall be oil or grease lubricated, ball or roller type, designed to withstand the stresses of the service specified. Each bearing shall be rated in accordance with the latest revisions of AFMBA Methods of Evaluating Load Ratings of Ball and Roller Bearings for one of the following classes of B-10 rating life:

Class
Hours of
Operation
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
8,000
20,000
50,000
100,000
200,000
B. Unless otherwise specified, equipment shall have bearings rated for Class M3 life.

C. Grease lubricated bearings, except those specified to be factory sealed and lubricated, shall be fitted with easily accessible grease supply, flush, drain and relief fittings. To the greatest extent practical, extension tubes shall be used and the grease injection fittings at the ends of the extension tubes shall be nested together to provide the greatest ease for access and servicing. Grease supply fittings shall be standard hydraulic alemite type.

D. Oil lubricated bearings shall be equipped with either a pressure lubricating system or a separate oil reservoir type system. Each oil lubrication system shall be of sufficient size to safely absorb heat energy normally generated in the bearing under a maximum ambient temperature of 60 degrees C and shall be equipped with a filler pipe and an external level indicator gauge.

2.3 COUPLINGS
A. Unless otherwise specified in the particular equipment sections, equipment with a driver greater than 1/2 HP, and where the input shaft of a driven unit is directly connected to the output shaft of the driver, shall have its two shafts connected by a flexible coupling which can accommodate angular misalignment, parallel misalignment and end float, and which cushions shock loads and dampens torsional vibrations. The flexible member shall consist of a tire with synthetic tension members bonded together in rubber. The flexible member BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-23 CIP 7631 shall be attached to flanges by means of clamping rings and cap screws, and the flanges shall be attached to the stub shaft by means of taperlock bushings which shall give the equivalent of a shrunk-on fit. There shall be no metal-to-metal contact between the driver and the driven unit. Each coupling shall be sized and provided as recommended by the coupling manufacturer for the specific application, considering horsepower, speed of rotation, and type of service.

B. Where torque or horsepower capacities of couplings of the foregoing type is exceeded, Thomas-Rex, Falk Steel Flex, or equal, couplings will be acceptable provided they are sized in accordance with the equipment manufacturer’s recommendations and sizing data are submitted. They shall be installed in conformance to the coupling manufacturer’s instructions.

2.4 GUARDS
A. Exposed moving parts shall be provided with guards which meet the requirements of CAL/OSHA. Guards shall be fabricated of solid 14-gauge steel. Guards shall be galvanized after fabrication and shall be designed to be readily removable to facilitate maintenance of moving parts. Reinforced holes shall be provided.

2.5 CAUTION SIGNS
A. Equipment with guarded moving parts which operates automatically or by remote control shall be identified by signs reading “CAUTION – AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT MAY START AT ANY TIME”. Signs shall be constructed or corrosion proof material with a heavy-duty porcelain enamel finish. Letters shall be white on a red background. Signs shall be installed near guarded moving parts.

2.6 NAMEPLATES
A. Nameplates shall be provided on each item of equipment and shall contain the specified equipment name or abbreviation. Equipment nameplates shall be engraved or stamped on corrosion resistant material and fastened to the equipment in an accessible location with No. 4 or larger oval head stainless steel screws or drive pins.

2.7 LUBRICANTS
A. The Contractor shall provide for each item of mechanical equipment a supply of the lubricant required for the commissioning period. Lubricants shall be of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer and shall be products of the District’s current lubricant supplier. The Contractor shall limit the various types of lubricants by consolidating them, with the equipment manufacturer’s approval, into the least number of different types. Not less than 90 days before the date shown in his construction schedule for starting, testing and adjusting equipment, the Contractor shall provide the District with three (3) copies of a list showing the required lubricants, after consolidation, for each item of mechanical equipment. The list shall show estimated quantity of lubricant needed for a full year’s operation, assuming the equipment will be operating continuously.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-24 CIP 7631

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Each item of equipment provided shall be installed and tested within the tolerances recommended by the equipment manufacturer. Installation and testing shall be certified by the manufacturer.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-25 CIP 7631 SECTION 26 00 00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following principal systems and equipment:

1. 120/240-Volt system.

2. Low voltage submersible Motors.

3. Pump Control Panels.

4. Conduit and Raceways.

5. Lighting fixtures and lamps.

6. Grounding and Lightning Protection.

7. Conductors.

8. Miscellaneous controls and Equipment.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Data Required:

1. Submit shop drawings, product data and all other required information. Submittals are required on all products and items to be installed on this project.

2. Submittal data must show manufacturer's name, published ratings or capacity data, detailed equipment drawing for fabricated items, panel diagrams, wiring diagrams, installation instructions and other pertinent data.

3. Where literature is submitted covering a group or series of similar items, the applicable items must be clearly indicated. Mark through items not being provided and clearly identify all options being provided.

4. Do not combine submittals for multiple Specifications Sections.

B. Submit a letter showing all the exception to the specification. If no exceptions are taken the letter shall indicate no exception. Submittal will be rejected without preliminary review if the letter is not submitted.

C. Submittal Items: Submittals are required for all equipment and materials to be used on this project. Submittals shall be complete with all pertinent information and installation details. Assume all costs and liabilities which may result from the ordering of any material or equipment prior to the review of the shop drawings or submittals, and no work shall be done until the shop drawings or submittals have been reviewed. In case of correction BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-26 CIP 7631 or rejection, resubmit until such time as they are accepted by the Owner's Representative, and such procedures will not be cause for delay.

D. Terminal Connection Diagrams:

1. Submit terminal connection diagrams for approval prior to any wire installation.

2. Submit finalized terminal connection diagrams at the end of the Contract.

3. All manufacturers named are a basis as a standard of quality and substitutions of any equal product will be considered for acceptance.

The judgment of equality of product substitution shall be made by the Engineer.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. A. Perform work, furnish and install materials and equipment in full accordance with the latest issue of the applicable rules, regulations, requirements, and specifications of the following:

1. Local laws and ordinances.

2. State and Federal Laws.

3. National Electrical Code (NEC).

4. State Fire Marshal.

5. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL).

6. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC).

7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

8. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA).

9. National Electrical Contractor's Association (NECA)
Standard of Installation.

10. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).

11. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA).

12. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).

13. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA).

14. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

15. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

16. American Concrete Institute (ACI).

17. International Building Code (IBC).

18. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA).

19. Association Edison Illuminating Company (AEIC).

20. Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace (NFPA 70E).

B. Wherever the requirements of the Specifications or Drawings exceed those of the above items, the requirements of the Specifications or Drawings BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-27 CIP 7631 govern. Code compliance is mandatory.

C. Product Quality: All electrical items shall be new and unused. Items such as cables, transformers, motors, control centers, etc., shall be newly manufactured for this project. Proof of purchase documents shall be provided upon request. Utilize products of a single manufacturer for each item.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulations and permits:

1. Regulations: Work, materials and equipment must comply with the latest rules and regulations of the following:
a. National Electrical Code (NEC).
b. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC).
c. Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace (NFPA70E). d. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA70E).
e. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).
f. State and federal codes, ordinances and regulations. g. Local Electrical Code.

2. Permits: Obtain certificates of inspection and other permits required as a part of the work.

B. General requirements for workmanship, equipment, and materials:

1. All electrical work shall be performed by workmen skilled in the electrical trade and licensed for the work by the local authority.

2. All cable splicing and termination methods and materials shall be of the type recommended by the splicing materials manufacturer for the cable to be spliced and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.

3. All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the approved recommendations of the manufacturer, the best practices of the trade, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner in writing of any conflict between any requirements of the Contract Documents and
manufacturer's directions and shall obtain written instructions from the Owner before proceeding with the work. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the manufacturer's directions or such written instructions from the Owner, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting deficiencies.

4. All equipment and materials shall be new, unless specifically noted otherwise, and shall bear the manufacturer's name, trademark and ASME, UL, and/or other labels in every case where a standard has been established for the particular item. Equipment shall be the latest approved design of a standard product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of the required type of equipment and shall BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-28 CIP 7631 be supported by a service organization that is, in the opinion of the Owner, reasonably convenient to the site.

5. The Electrical design is based on preliminary equipment selections. If the contractor provides equipment that is larger than the selections, the contractor is responsible for upsizing all cables, starts, overloads, transformers, etc. to meet the National Electrical Code and provide an overall voltage drop of less than 5%. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that items furnished fit the space available with adequate room for proper operation and maintenance. He shall make measurements to certain space requirements, including those for connections, and shall furnish and install such sizes and shapes of equipment that, in the final inspection, will suit the true intent and meaning of the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents.

6. The Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment, accessories, connections and incidental items necessary to complete the work, ready for use and operation by the Engineer/Owner.

7. When the Engineer/Owner has reviewed equipment submittals and given instructions to proceed with the installation of items of equipment that require arrangements or connections different from those shown on the drawings, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install the equipment to operate properly and in accordance with the intent of the Plans and Specifications, and he shall provide any additional equipment and materials that may be required. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location of roughing-in and connections by other trades. All changes shall be made at no increase in the Contract Amount or additional costs to other trades.

8. The Contractor shall support the installation of all equipment, plumb, rigid and true to line. The Contractor shall determine how equipment, fixtures, conduit, etc., are to be installed, and shall provide foundations, bolts, inserts, stands, hangers, brackets and accessories for proper support whether or not shown on the drawings.

C. System responsibility

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for:
a. Complete systems in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents.
b. Coordinating the details of facility equipment and construction for all Specification Divisions which affect the work covered under Division 26, Electrical.
c. Furnishing and installing incidental items not actually shown or specified, but which are required by good practice to provide complete functional systems.

2. Electrical plan drawings show only general locations of equipment, devices, and raceway, unless specifically dimensioned. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper routing of raceway, subject to the approval of the Engineer.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-29 CIP 7631

3. Submit to the Engineer in writing details of any necessary, proposed departures from these Contract Documents, and the reasons therefore.

Submit such request as soon as practicable. Make no such departures without written approval of the Engineer.

4. Dimensions on electrical drawings shall be verified with structural, architectural, and mechanical drawings.

5. Where the Contractor is submitting a packaged system, Contractor shall meet the requirements of electrical specifications. This includes field cables, conduits, junction boxes, circuit breakers, combination starters, pushbuttons, pilot lights, and motors. Deviations shall not be accepted, unless approved in writing in advance. Control centers and special control cabinets wired to terminal blocks shall include the manufacturer's standard quality, unless specifically mentioned to the contrary on the drawings or in the specifications.

6. Maintain continuity of electric service to functioning portions of the process or buildings during hours they are normally in use. Temporary outages will be permitted during cutover work at such times and places can be prearranged with the Owner’s designated Representative. Such outages shall be kept to a minimum number and minimum length of time. Make no outages without prior written authorization of the Engineer. Include costs for temporary wiring and overtime work required in the Contract price. Remove temporary wiring at the completion of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide and pay for temporary power to any facility during construction to facilitate the new construction. If a generator is needed the contractor shall be responsible for all the cost associated with, including fuel.

7. Unless shown in detail, the drawings are diagrammatic and do not necessarily give exact details as to elevations and routing of raceways, nor do they show all offsets and fittings; nevertheless, install the raceway system to conform to the structural and mechanical conditions of the construction.

8. Cabling inside equipment shall be carefully routed, trained, and laced.

Placing cables so that they obstruct equipment devices is not acceptable.

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION/DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Intent of contract documents:
1) The intent of the contract drawings or Plans is to establish the types of systems and functions, but not to set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system.
2) Electrical drawings are generally diagrammatic and
show approximate location and extent of work.
3) Install the work complete, including minor details
necessary to perform the function indicated.
4) In case of doubt as to work intended, or if amplification or clarification is needed, request instructions from the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-30 CIP 7631 Engineer.
5) It is also the intent of these Contract Documents for the electrical and process system Contractor to coordinate with each other in order to provide a complete and workable
system with all wiring, conduit and accessories required which may not be shown on the Plans.
6) The Plans and Specifications are intended to comply with listed codes, ordinances, regulations and standards.

B. Discrepancies:

1. Review pertinent drawings and adjust the work to conditions shown.

2. Where discrepancies occur between Plans, Specifications, and actual field conditions, immediately notify the Engineer in writing and ask for an interpretation.

3. Dimensions on electrical drawings shall be verified with structural, architectural and mechanical drawings.

4. Should installed materials or workmanship fail to comply, the Contractor is responsible for correcting the improper installation.

5. Additionally, where sizes, capacities, or other such features are required in excess of minimum code or standards requirement, provide those specified or shown.

C. Outlet and Equipment Locations:

1. Coordinate the actual locations of electrical outlets and equipment with building features and mechanical equipment as indicated on architectural, structural and mechanical drawings.

2. Review with the Engineer any proposed changes in outlet or equipment location.

3. Relocation of outlets before installation, up to 3 feet from the position indicated, may be directed by Owner without additional cost.

4. Remove and relocate outlets placed in an unsuitable location, when so requested by the Engineer.

1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Refer to individual sections for delivery, handling and storage instructions associated with each piece of equipment.

1.08 MAINTENANCE AND SPARE PARTS
A. Refer to individual sections for maintenance and spare parts associated with each piece of equipment.

1.09 EXTENDED WARRANTY
A. Refer to individual sections for maintenance and spare parts associated with each piece of equipment.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-31 CIP 7631 PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Condition: Materials and equipment provided under these specifications must be new products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. Provide the manufacturer’s latest standard design for the type of equipment specified.

B. NEC and UL: Products must conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code. Where Underwriters' Laboratories have set standards, listed products, and issued labels, products used must be listed and labeled by UL.

C. NEMA and IEC: Only NEMA rated equipment is acceptable. IEC or dual rated NEMA/IEC equipment are not acceptable.

D. Space Limitations: Equipment selected must conform to the buildings features and must be coordinated with them. Do not provide equipment that will not suit arrangement and space limitations.

E. Factory Finish: Equipment must be delivered with a hard surface, factory- applied finish so that no additional field painting is required.

F. Field Installation: All field installed equipment, conduit, etc., shall require Type 316 stainless steel nuts, bolts, washers, metal framing and supports, and other items as indicated on the Plans.

G. Seismic Design: All electrical equipment to be designed in accordance with the latest IBC & ASCE 7 code for Seismic Design.

2.02 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.03 CONTROLS (NOT USED)

2.04 FACTORY TESTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION/PREPARATION
A. PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT

1. Moisture:
a. During construction, provide heaters to protect
switchgear, transformers, motors, control equipment, and other items from moisture absorption and corrosion.
b. Apply protection immediately on receiving the products and provide continuous protection.
c. Store all equipment indoors in dry, well-ventilated and heated space.

2. Clean:

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-32 CIP 7631 a. Keep products clean by elevating above ground or floor and by using suitable coverings.

3. Damage:
a. Take such precautions as are necessary to protect apparatus and materials from damage. Failure to protect materials is sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or material in question. b. Provide rodent damage protection to switchgear, transformer, etc and any other electrical equipment during any storage and/or construction times.

4. Finish:
a. Protect Equipment per the manufacturer’s requirements.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Cooperation with Other Trades:

1. Cooperation with trades of adjacent, related or affected materials or operations, and of trades performing continuations of this work under subsequent contracts, is considered a part of this work in order to effect timely and accurate placing of work and to bring together, in proper and correct sequence, the work of such trades.

2. Coordinated equipment layout in sufficient time to be coordinated with work of others, provide drawings and layout work showing exact size and location of sleeves, openings or inserts for electrical equipment in slabs, walls, partitions and chases.

B. Workmanship:

1. Work must be performed by workmen skilled in their trade. The installation must be complete whether the work is concealed or exposed.

C. Setting of Equipment:

1. Equipment must be leveled and set plumb.

2. Stainless Steel 316 enclosures mounted against a wall must be separated from the wall no less than 1/2-inch by means of corrosion resistant spacers or by 3 inches of air for freestanding units.

3. Stainless Steel 316 bolts, nuts, and washers to anchor the equipment.

D. Sealing of Equipment:

1. Permanently seal outdoor equipment at the base using concrete grout.

2. Seal or screen openings into equipment to prevent entrance of animals, birds and insects.

3. Use stainless steel mesh with openings not larger than 1/16-inch squares for screened openings.

4. Seal small cracks and openings from the inside with silicone sealing compound.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-33 CIP 7631 E. Concealed Work: Conceal electrical work in walls, floors, chases, under floors, underground and above ceilings except:

1. Where shown or specified to be exposed. Exposed is understood to mean open to view.

2. Where exposure is necessary to the proper function.

3. Where size of materials and equipment precludes concealment.

F. Equipment to be installed in Hazardous areas shall be in accordance with NEC article 500.

G. Installation and supply of electrical equipment shall be conformed to NEC 500, for classified area.

H. Project record documents

1. Preparation:
a. At the job site, maintain a set of white prints of the contract drawings. b. At the job site, maintain a set of equipment terminal connection diagrams, revisions to be included in the as built drawings.
c. On the prints, record field changes and diagrams of those portions of work in which actual construction is at variance with the contract drawings.
d. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil. Record installed feeder conduits, dimensioning the exact location and elevation of the conduit.

2. Delivery: Deliver record drawings to the Engineer.

I. Cutting and Patching

1. Lay out work carefully in advance. Do not cut or notch any structural member or building surface without specific approval of the Engineer.

Carefully carry out any cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, paving, or other surfaces required for the installation, support, or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other electrical materials and equipment. Do not cut beams for any reason.

Following such work, restore surfaces neatly to original condition.

J. Load Balance

1. The Drawings and Specifications indicate circuiting to electrical loads and distribution equipment. Balance electrical load between phases as nearly as possible on switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, etc.

K. Motor rotation

1. Before and after final service connections are made, check and correct as necessary the rotation of motors.

2. Coordinate rotation checks with the Engineer and the Contractor BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-34 CIP 7631 responsible for the driven equipment. Submit a written report to the Engineer for each motor verifying that rotation has been checked and corrected.

3.03 INSPECTION
A. Refer to individual sections for inspections to be performed for each piece of equipment.

3.04 FIELD TESTING
A. Test Conditions:

1. Place circuits and equipment into service under normal conditions, collectively and separately, as may be necessary to determine satisfactory operation.

2. Perform specified tests in the presence of the Engineer, as specified in Section 26 - Electrical.

3. Furnish all instruments, wiring, equipment, and personnel required for conducting tests.

4. Demonstrate that the equipment operates in accordance with requirements of the plans and specifications.

5. No process equipment is to be operated until any associated HVAC equipment and auxiliary equipment is operational.

B. Test Dates: Schedule final acceptance tests sufficiently in advance of the Contract completion date to permit completion of any necessary adjustment or alterations within the number of days allotted for completion of the Contract.

C. Retests: Conduct retests as directed by the Engineer of such time duration as may be necessary to assure proper functioning of adjusted or altered parts or items of equipment. Any resultant delay as a result of such necessary retests does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under this contract.

3.05 FIELD PAINTING
A. Touch up scratches, scrapes, or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of devices and equipment with finishes matching as nearly as possible the type, color, consistency, and type of surface of the original finish. If extensive damage is done to equipment paint surfaces, refinish the entire equipment in a manner that provides finish equal to or better than the factory finish, and that meets the requirements of the Specifications and is acceptable to the Engineer.

3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove all temporary labels, dirt, paint, grease and stains from all exposed equipment. Upon completion of work, clean equipment and the entire installation so as to present a first-class job suitable for occupancy.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-35 CIP 7631 No loose parts or scraps of equipment shall be left on the premises.

B. All temporary wiring, wiring devices and associated equipment shall be removed upon completion of the project.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-36 CIP 7631
SECTION 26 05 19 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install, complete and ready for operation, electrical conductor systems as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Other sections that may relate to the work in this section include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. 26 00 00 – General Electrical Provisions.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Literature and drawings describing the equipment in sufficient detail, including parts list and materials of construction, to indicate full conformance with the Specifications.

B. Submittal shall be clearly marked showing only equipment provided. Mark through equipment option not provided.

C. Submit a letter certifying full and complete compliance with the specifications, drawings and other project requirements. The letter shall list any exceptions or deviations from the specified requirements, if any and reasons for same. Exceptions or deviations shall also be clearly marked in a separate color in submittals.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety:

1. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association.

2. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies.

3. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code.

4. UL 510 - Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape.

5. UL 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables.

6. ANSI/NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 – Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electric Energy.

7. IEEE 1202 - Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray.

8. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-37 CIP 7631 Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The general construction of the cable and the insulation material used shall be similar to that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at least 15 years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities. Upon request, the manufacturer shall submit a copy of his Quality Assurance Manual detailing the quality control and quality assurance measures in place at his facility.

B. The manufacturer shall have available for audit detailed descriptions of the method by which his various manufacturing processes and production test are recorded, thus enabling the "traceability" of the completed cable. All steps in the manufacturing process, from receipt of raw material to the final tests, are to be included. Where multiple records are used, the method for cross- referencing shall be noted.

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION/DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)

1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Check for reels not completely restrained, reels with interlocking flanges or broken flanges, damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage. Do not drop reels from any height.

B. Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the cable.

C. Store cable on a solid, well drained location. Unjacketed armored cable shall be stored indoors. Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or tarpaulin. Do not lay reels flat.

D. Seal cable ends with heat shrinkable end caps. Do not remove end caps until cables are ready to be terminated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. General

1. Use the manufacturer's name, model or catalog number, if for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only.

2. Splices are not acceptable on this project, except at light fixtures and receptacles.

B. Conductors - 600 Volts

1. Single Conductors 600 Volts and Below:
a. Unless otherwise indicated, all conductors shall be copper and shall be BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-38 CIP 7631 stranded. Solid conductors shall not be used. All conductors with the exception of grounding conductors shall be standard copper. b. Utilize only conductors meeting applicable requirements of UL 44, UL 1685, IECA S-95-658 (NEMA WC70).
c. Provide conductors with type XHHW-2 insulation. Wire shall be TC rated where used in cable trays.
d. Unless noted otherwise, conductor sizes indicated are based on copper conductors. Do not provide conductors smaller than those indicated.
e. Where flexible cords and cables are specified, provide Type STJO, 600 volt, with the number and size of copper conductors indicated.

2. Single Pair (600 Volt No.16 AWG Twisted, shielded Pair Instrumentation Cable, Type TC):
a. General: Single pair instrumentation cable designed for noise rejection for process control, computer, and data log applications. Suitable for installation in cable trays, conduit, or other approved raceways. Minimum cable temperature rating shall be 90° C dry locations, 75° C wet locations. b. Individual Conductors: Soft annealed copper, Class B, 7- strand concentric per ASTM B 8, 22 AWG, 7-strand copper drain wire. c. Insulation and Jacket: Pair conductors pigmented black and white. Jacket flame-retardant and sunlight and oil resistant PVC with 45 mils nominal thickness. Shield aluminum/Mylar overlapped to provide 100 percent coverage
d. Dimension: 0.30 inch nominal OD
e. Manufacturers: Alpha Wire Corporation, Belden, General Cable, the Okonite Company.

3. Equipment Grounding Conductors:
a. Refer to specification section 26 05 26: Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems for grounding conductor information.

2.02 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.03 CONTROLS (NOT USED)

2.04 FACTORY TESTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION/PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General

1. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. Pulling compound shall be used. Use only UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-39 CIP 7631 raceway involved.

2. CONTRACTOR is to provide and install all low voltage (120V, 208V, 480V, etc.) distribution equipment and hardware associated with this project as shown on the plan drawings.

3. Tighten screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches, and/or drives, to tighten to the inch-pound requirements of the NEC and UL.

4. Where single conductors and cables in manholes, handholes, vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations are not wrapped together by some other means such as arc and fireproofing tapes, bundle throughout their exposed length conductors entering from each conduit with nylon, self-locking, releasable, cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 12 inches on centers.

5. Provide conductor sizes as indicated on the drawings with 600V rated insulation.

6. Use silicone filled pressure connectors. Place no more than one conductor in any single-barrel pressure connection.

7. Motors connector shall be crimp connectors or kernys varnish carbonic C130.

8. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape will not be acceptable.

9. Vinyl plastic insulating tape for wire and cable splices and terminations shall be flame retardant, 8.5-mil thick minimum, rated for 105 C minimum meeting the requirements of UL 510. Acceptable product 3M-Scotch 88.

10. Provide terminals and connectors acceptable for the type of material used.

11. Arrange wiring in cabinets, panels, and motor control centers neatly cut to proper length. Remove surplus wire, and bundle and secure in an acceptable manner. Identify circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets in accordance with the conductor identification system specified herein.

12. For terminals designed to accept only bare wire compression terminations, use only stranded wire, and terminate only one wire per terminal. Tighten terminal screws with torque screwdriver to recommended torque values.

13. Attach compression lugs with a tool specifically designed for that purpose which provides a complete, controlled, crimp where the tool will not release until the crimp is complete. Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable.

14. Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated with UL listed end caps.

15. Where conductors pass through holes or over edges in sheet metal, remove all burrs, chamfer edges, and install bushings and protective strips of insulating material to protect the conductors.

16. For conductors that will be connected by others, provide at least 6 feet spare conductor in freestanding panels, and at least 2 feet spare in other assemblies.

Provide more spare conductors in any particular assembly where it is obvious that more conductor length will be needed to reach the termination point.

B. Conductor Color Coding

1. For power conductors, provide all single conductors power cables with BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-40 CIP 7631 integral insulation pigmentation of the designated colors, except conductors larger than No. 6 may be provided with color-coding by wrapping the conductor at each end and at all accessible locations with vinyl tape. Where this method of color-coding is used, wrap at least six full overlapping turns of tape around the conductor covering an area 1-1/2 to 2 inches wide at a visible location.

2. Phase A, B, and C implies the direction of positive phase rotation.

3. Use owner’s current color scheme. If owner does not have a consistent color scheme use the following:

Use the following colors:

System Conductor Color
All Systems Equipment Grounding Green
240/120 Volts Grounded Neutral White
1-Phase, 3-Wire One Hot Leg Black
Other Hot Leg Red
208Y/120 Volts Grounded Neutral White
3-Phase, 4-Wire Phase A Black
Phase B Red
Phase C Blue
480Y/277 Volts Grounded Neutral Gray
3-Phase, 4-Wire Phase A Brown
Phase B Orange
Phase C Yellow
C. Installation

1. Do not splice without permission of the OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE.

Locate splices, when permitted, only in readily accessible cabinets or junction boxes using terminal strips.

2. Cable Placement:
a. Immediately prior to the placement of each cable or cable group, inspect the raceway to determine that installation is complete and that the interior is clean and free of all materials detrimental to the cable or its placement.

Group all cable assigned to a particular conduit and pulled simultaneously, using cable grips and acceptable lubricants. b. Provide adequately sized raceways to accommodate the number and size of cable as specified, and in compliance with Article 300 of the National Electric Code. If at any time during the progress of the work raceways appear inadequate to accommodate the assigned cable, notify the Owner’s Representative/Owner at once and discontinue further work on BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-41 CIP 7631 the questionable raceway until advised by the Owner as to how to proceed.
c. Carefully check all cable as to size and length before pulling into conduits. Remove and replace cable pulled into the wrong conduit or cut too short at no additional cost to the Owner’s Representative/Owner. Do not pull cable removed from one conduit or duct into another conduit or duct without permission of the Owner’s Representative/Owner. d. Fishing and pulling shall be performed with flexible round non-metallic tape, carbon dioxide, or forced air propelled polyethylene cord, nylon rope, or manifold rope. No metallic cable or material that may damage or scratch the inside surface shall be pulled into any conduits.

3. Use woven wire cable grips to pull all low voltage single conductor cable, No. 2/0 and larger and all low voltage multi-conductor cable. Use pulling loops to pull single conductor cable smaller than No. 2/0. When a cable grip is used for pulling, the arc of the cable covered by the grip plus 6- inches shall be cut off and discarded.

4. Insert a reliable non-freezing type of swivel or swivel connection between the pulling ropes and the cable eye, or grip to prevent twisting under strain.

5. Do not exceed the maximum pulling tension recommended by the cable manufacturer. Pulling mechanisms of both the manual and power types shall have the rated capacity in tons clearly marked on the mechanism.

Whenever the capacity of the pulling mechanism exceeds the recommended pulling tension of the cable as given by the cable manufacturer, a dynamometer shall be used to show the tension on the cable, and the indicator shall be constantly watched. If any excessive strain develops, stop the pulling operation at once and determine and correct the difficulty.

D. Conductor Arc and Fireproofing Tapes

1. Use arc and fireproofing tapes on 600-volt single conductors and cables, except those rated Type TC, throughout their entire exposed length at splices in manholes, handholes, vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations.

2. Wrap together as a single cable conductor entering from each conduit.

3. Follow tape manufacturer's installation instructions. Secure the arc and fireproofing tape at frequent intervals with bands of the specified glass cloth electrical tape. Make each band of at least two wraps of tape directly over each other.

4. Arc and Fireproofing tape shall be 3M Scotch #77 or equal.

3.03 INSPECTION (NOT USED)

3.04 FIELD TESTING
A. Pulling tensions shall be recorded for all cable runs longer than 200 feet.

3.05 FIELD PAINTING (NOT USED)
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-42 CIP 7631

3.06 CLEANING (NOT USED)
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-43 CIP 7631 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install grounding and bonding equipment for the electrical system. It is the intention of this specification that all electrical equipment be grounded. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install a complete grounding system in strict accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) as shown on the drawings or as specified herein. Electrical work shall be in accordance with division 26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section.

B. Other sections that may relate to the work in this section include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. 26 00 00 – General Electrical Provisions.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal shall include:

1. Grounding materials, equipment and processes.

2. Product Data: For each type of product supplied.

3. Field quality-control test reports.

B. Submittal shall be clearly marked showing only equipment provided.

Mark through equipment option not provided.

C. Literature and drawings describing the equipment in sufficient detail, including parts list and materials of construction, to indicate full conformance with the Specifications.

D. Submit a letter certifying full and complete compliance with the Specifications, Drawings, and other project requirements. The letter shall list any exceptions or deviations from specified requirements, if any and reasons for same. Exceptions or deviation shall also be clearly marked in a separate color in submittals.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety:

1. ANSI/IEEE Standard 142 - Recommended Practice for
Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.

2. ANSI/UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-44 CIP 7631

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION / DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Measure the ground grid resistance with the earth test megger and install additional ground rods and conductors as required until the resistance to the ground conforms to National Electrical Code requirements. Ground resistance measurement shall not exceed 5 ohms.

1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE (NOT USED)

1.08 MAINTENANCE / SPART PARTS (NOT USED)

1.09 EXTENDED WARRANTY (NOT USED)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Ground Rods

1. Material: GROUND RODS: Copper-clad steel having a diameter of 3/4" and a minimum length of 10'.

2. Listing: UL 467.

B. Ground Cables

1. Stranded, tinned copper of 98% conductivity and as specified in Section 26 05 19 LOW VOLTAGE ELETRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.

C. Conduit Ground Fittings

1. Fittings for bonding ground cable to the conduit shall be FCI Burndy Corp., type NE or Thomas & Betts No. 3951 series.

D. Ground Rod Boxes

1. Precast Box with cast iron lid. Lid shall read “ground rod” on lid.

Brooks Precast Model. “3-RT” or approved equal. Ground rod boxes shall have an AASHO H-20 rating.

E. Ground Plate Electrodes

1. 20 gauge copper with terminated two (2) foot welded pigtail connection.

F. CONNECTIONS

1. Type:

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-45 CIP 7631 a. Unless otherwise noted, provide exothermic weld typed for all non- accessible and below-grade connections.
b. For above grade connections provide bonds and clamps of a nonferrous material which will not cause electrolytic action between the conductor and the connector.

2. Listing: UL 467.

3. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Below grade:
1) Cadweld.
2) Thermoweld.
b. Above grade:
1) Burndy.
2) Ilsco.
3) Erico.
4) OZ/Gedney.
5) T & B.

G. Certification

1. Contractor shall receive from the manufacturer proper training prior to execute the exothermic weld connection.

H. Wiring

1. Provide copper insulated conductors for bonding jumpers. All insulated grounding conductors shall be copper, stranded. a. Provide 600-volt insulated conductors having a green-colored XHHW insulation for equipment grounding conductors, or green heat shrink over XHHW insulation in accordance with NFPA 70E.
b. Ground conductors shall be protected in conduit where subject to physical damage.
c. All exposed ground conductors shall be installed in conduits.

Ground conductor attached to cable trays shall not be considered exposed.
d. Ground wire shall be un-insulated copper where ground wire is directly buried in earth or concrete.

I. Ground Bus

1. Round-edge tin plated copper bar with 98 percent International Annealed Copper Standard (IACS) conductivity.

2. Size the bus for not less than 25 percent of the cross-sectional area of the related feeder.

3. A minimum ground bus size of 3-inch by 2 inches is required.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-46 CIP 7631 J. Grounding for Instrumentation System

1. Ground Loop for instrumentation system shall be grounded at only one point to the building ground system.

K. Ground Loop

1. All ground loop conductor shall be bare copper minimum wire size shall be #4/0 unless otherwise noted.

2.02 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.03 CONTROLS (NOT USED)

2.04 FACTORY TESTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION / PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. System Ground

1. System Neutral:
a. Where a system neutral is used, ground the system neutral conductor as required by NEC Article 250.
b. Ground the system neutral only at the point of service and isolate it from ground at all other points in the system.

2. Separately Derived Systems: Ground neutrals of separately derived systems such as generators, transformers, etc., in accordance with NEC 250-30.

3. Size: Size the system grounding conductors to comply with NEC Table 250-66, unless shown larger.

B. Equipment Ground

1. Raceway Systems and Equipment Enclosures:
a. Ground cabinets, junction boxes, outlet boxes, motors, controllers, raceways, fittings, switchgear, transformer enclosures, handrail, stair, steel pipe and other equipment and metallic enclosures. b. Ground equipment and enclosures to the continuous-grounded, metallic raceway system in addition to any other specific grounding shown.
c. Provide bonding jumpers and ground wire throughout to ensure electrical continuity of the grounding system.
d. Provide grounding-type insulated bushings for metal conduits terminating in equipment enclosures containing a ground bus and connect the bushing to the ground bus.
e. Provide green insulated equipment grounding conductor for BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-47 CIP 7631 each feeder, power branch circuit, receptacle branch circuit and lighting branch circuit.
f. Raceways shall not be used for equipment ground. Provide individual equipment ground wires for all equipment even if not shown on plans.
g. Provide bonding jumper and bonding bushing on each metallic conduit entering or leaving the enclosure of the service equipment. h. Where grounding conductors are shown, bond the wires to metallic enclosures at each end and to intermediate metallic enclosures. Connect grounding conductors to grounding
bushings on raceway. Where any equipment contains a ground bus, extend and connect grounding conductors to that bus. Run ground conductor inside conduits enclosing the power
conductors.
i. Make connections of any grounding conductors to motors ½ HP and above, or circuits 20 amps or above, by solderless terminal and a 5/16- inch minimum bolt tapped to the motor frame or equipment housing. Grounding clips mounted directly on the box, or with 3/8- inch machine screws. Completely remove all paint, dirt, or other surface coverings at grounding conductor at connection points so that good metal-to-metal contact is made.
j. Ground metal sheathing and any exposed metal vertical structural elements of buildings. Ground metal fences enclosing electrical equipment. Bond any metal equipment platforms which support electrical equipment to that equipment. Provide good electrical contact between metal frames and railings supporting pushbutton stations, receptacles, instrument cabinets, etc., and raceways carrying circuits to these devices.
k. Bond neutrals of transformers to the system ground network, and to any additional indicated grounding electrodes.

2. Size:
a. When grounding and bonding conductors are not sized on drawings, size the grounding conductors in accordance with NEC Table 250-122.
b. Size bonding jumper so that minimum cross-sectional area is greater than or equal to that of the equivalent grounding conductor as determined from NEC Table 250-122.

3. Install sufficient ground rods in addition to those shown, or code required grounding so that resistance to ground as tested by standard methods does not exceed 5 ohms. Where more than one rod is required, install rods at least 6 feet apart.

C. Ground Connections

1. Unless shown otherwise, make connections of grounding conductors to ground rods at the upper end of the rod with the end of the rod and the connection point below finished grade.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-48 CIP 7631

2. Make connections of sections of outdoor ground mats (counterpoise) for substations or other equipment underground. Make connections of other grounding conductors generally accessible.

3. When making thermite welds, wire blush or file the point of contact to a bare metal surface. Use thermite welding cartridges and molds in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. After welds have been made and cooled, brush slag from the weld area and thoroughly clean the joint. For compression connectors, use homogeneous copper, anti-corrosion, surface treatment compound at connectors in accordance with connector manufacturer’s
recommendations. Use connectors of proper size for conductors and ground rods specified. Use connector manufacturer’s compression tool. Notify Owner’s Representative prior to backfilling any ground connections.

3.03 INSPECTION (NOT USED)

3.04 FIELD TESTING
A. The testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 26 08 00.

3.05 FIELD PAINTING (NOT USED)

3.06 CLEANING (NOT USED)
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-49 CIP 7631 SECTION 26 05 33.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. A raceway system shall consist of materials designed expressly for containing wires and cables, including but not limited to, conduit, device bodies, conduit bodies, raceway boxes, and related materials.

B. Raceways and conductors that are listed on the raceway and conductor schedules are generally not shown on the Drawings, except where they are required to pass through a restricted or designated space. Raceways indicated to be run "exposed" on the schedules shall be run near the ceilings or along the walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes and hoists, lighting fixtures, doors and hatches, etc. Raceways indicated to be run concealed shall be run in the center of concrete floor slabs, in partitions, or above hung ceilings, as required.

C. This section specifies the furnishing and installation of electrical raceway systems.

1. Conduit:
a. Rigid aluminum conduit.
b. PVC-coated rigid aluminum conduit.
c. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit.
d. PVC Schedule 40 conduit.

2. Wireways.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section.

B. Other sections that may relate to the work in this section include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. 26 00 00 – General Electrical Provisions.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Owner’s Representative, detailed catalog information or drawings describing electrical and physical characteristics of all equipment specified.

B. Submittal shall be clearly marked showing only equipment provided.

Mark through equipment option not provided.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-50 CIP 7631 C. Literature and drawings describing the equipment in sufficient detail, including parts list and materials of construction, to indicate full conformance with the Specifications.

D. Submit a letter certifying full and complete compliance with the Specifications, Drawings and other project requirements. The letter shall list any exceptions or deviations from specified requirements, if any and reasons for same. Exceptions or deviation shall also be clearly marked in a separate color in submittals.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety:

1. The ANSI C80.5 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit (ERAC).

2. UL 1 - Safety Standard for Flexible Metal Conduit.

3. UL 5 - Safety Standard for Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings.

4. UL 651 - Standard for Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings.

5. UL 870 - Safety Standard for Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings.

6. NEMA RN 1 - PVC Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit.

7. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing.

8. UL 6 and 614 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit.

9. UL 360 - Liquid-tight Flexible Steel Conduit.

10. UL 467 - Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

11. NFPA 70 - National Electric Code.

12. NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.

B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer shall be specialized in installing PVC coated conduit with minimum 5 years documented experience. Experience shall include training. Training to be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project.

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION / DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)

1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Handle and store equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s Installation and Maintenance Manuals. One (1) copy of this document BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-51 CIP 7631 shall be provided with the equipment at time of shipment.

1.08 MAINTENANCE / SPARE PARTS (NOT USED)

1.09 EXTENDED WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

B. Warranty Period: One (1) year from date of shipment. Cost for the removal, shipment, repair, and installation by Contractor shall be included in warranty, as well as correction of defective work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Aluminum Conduit:

1. Conduit: Rigid copper free aluminum (alloy 6063-T1) conduit (RAC).

2. Fittings: For RAC use threaded aluminum.

3. Listing: UL 6A.

4. Acceptable RAC Manufacturers: Wheatland Tube Company Allied Tube and Conduit, Indalex, SAPA or approved equal.

5. Acceptable Fittings Manufacturers: Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, Midwest, OZ/Gedney, Raco and listed conduit manufacturers.

B. PVC-Coated Rigid Aluminum Conduit:

1. Conduit: Rigid aluminum conduit plus a factory-applied, 40-milthick covering of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) bonded to the metal, and 2 mil polyurethane coating on the inside.

2. Fittings: Same as aluminum conduit fittings plus a factory-applied, 40-mil-thick covering of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) bonded to the metal.

3. Listing: UL 6.

4. Acceptable Conduit and Fittings Manufacturers: Killark, KorKap, OCAL, Triangle PWC Inc., Perma- cote, Plasti-bond and Robroy Industries, Calbrite.

C. Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit:

1. Conduit: Spiral-wound, square-locked, aluminum plus a bonded outer jacket of PVC.

2. Fittings: Compression sealed type aluminum.

3. Listing: UL 467 for fittings.

4. Acceptable Conduit Manufacturers: Allied tube and Conduits, Anaconda, Anamet, Liquatite, American Brass Co., Ultratite AEF by Southwire, American Flexible Conduit Co., Inc.; Universal Metal BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-52 CIP 7631 Hose Co.; ALFLEX or equal.

5. Fittings used with liquid-tight flexible aluminum conduit shall be copper- free aluminum and shall conform to FEDSPEC AA50552, and UL-514B. Acceptable Fittings Manufacturers: Appleton, CrouseHinds, Midwest, OZ/Gedney, Raco, and listed conduit manufacturer.

D. PVC Schedule 40 Conduit:

1. Non-metallic rigid conduit made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) manufactured in accordance with the National Electrical Code UL 651 and NEMA TC-2.

2. Fittings shall also be non-metallic.

3. Acceptable conduit and fittings manufacturers: Allied Tube and Conduit, Prime Conduit, CertainTeed Products, Electri-Flex, Heritage Plastics Central, or approved equal.

E. Explosion Proof Seal and Fitting

1. Conduit seal: Explosion proof, aluminum conduit filling with fiber and compound as define by NEC Article 500 and as manufactured by Crouse - Hinds or Appleton.

2. Explosion proof fittings: aluminum fittings; flexible coupling to match the hazard as defined by NEC Article 500 and as manufactured by Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, O.Z./Gedney Co., or equal.

3. Explosion proof conduits and fillings shall be rated for 40% fill.

F. Bushing: High impact, thermosetting, phenolic insulation; 150 degrees C; as manufactured by Appleton “BBUH”, Blackburn, or OZ Gedney type A.

G. Ground bushings: Conduit grounding bushings shall consist of an insulated throat conduit bushing with an attached aluminum set screw lug. Each bushing shall be furnished with a plastic insert cap. The size of the lug shall be sufficient to accommodate the maximum ground wire size required by the NEC for the application. Grounding bushing shall comply with Fed. Spec. W- F-408, UL Standards 514B and 467, and shall be Crouse Hinds Lazy Lug, O- Z Gedney or approved equal.

H. Locknuts: Stainless Steel as manufactured by Appleton.

I. Hubs:

1. Cast aluminum with broad flat surfaces with gripping teeth on both sides of conduit entry. Hub portion on exterior side of entry shall contain "O" ring for watertight seal of conduit entry. Hubs shall be Myers Hub, Appleton or Efcor.

J. Conduit through-wall and floor seal: PVC coated malleable aluminum body with oversized sleeves, sealing ring, pressure clamp and rings and sealing grommet; hex head cap screw, as manufactured by OZ Gedney, type FSK.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-53 CIP 7631 K. Smoke and fire seals: Material shall be intumescent, one (1) part (requiring no mixing) and capable of expanding up to a minimum of eight (8) times.

Material shall be U.L. classified with a fire rating equal to or greater than the penetrated number. Products to be in caulk, putty, wrap strip, sheet, or access kit foam and shall be 3M "Fire Barrier".

L. Conduit drains: Conduit drains shall be Crouse Hinds ECD Universal or approved equal.

M. Expansion Joints: Aluminum with internal grounding. Shall be provided with an external bonding jumper for conduits 4" and above. Expansion joint shall be SAXJG by Cooper Crouse-Hinds or equivalent by OZ Gedney.

N. Threaded nipples: As manufactured by Allied or Steel Duct. Conduit nipples shall have two (2) independent sets of threads. Running threads shall not be used. Utilize the conduit union when joining two (2) fixed conduits in a continuous run.

O. Escutcheons: Chrome-plated, sectional floor and ceiling plates, as manufactured by Crane No. 10.

P. Accessories: Reducers, washer, etc., shall be stainless steel.

Q. Weatherheads: Weatherheads shall be threaded aluminum for threaded rigid conduit application and shall not be a clamp type. Weatherheads shall be Crouse Hinds series F, O-Z type 17 or Appleton Series F.

R. End bells: PVC as manufactured by Prime Conduit, Cantex or equal by Heritage Plastics.

2.02 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.03 CONTROLS (NOT USED)

2.04 FACTORY TESTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION / PREPARATION
A. Place conduit or sleeves in the forms of walls and floor slabs for the free passage of wire or conduits.

B. Set conduit or sleeves in place a sufficient time ahead of concrete placement so as not to delay the work.

C. Apply sealing methods for sleeves through floors and through exterior walls, per details shown on plans.

D. Plugs or caps shall be installed before concrete placement begins.

3.02 INSTALLATION
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-54 CIP 7631 A. Minimum Trade Size: 3/4 inch, except that 1/2-inch flexible metal conduit may be used in lengths not exceeding 72 inches for tap conductors supplying lighting fixtures and for switch legs. The minimum size for underground conduit shall be 1½" inch.

B. Conduit sizes, where not indicated, shall be N.E.C. code-sized to accommodate the number and diameter of wires to be pulled into the conduit.

C. Plastic coated metallic conduit lengths shall be joined with threaded metallic coupling that shall be each equipped with a 40 mil thickness sleeve that shall extend over the threads of the joined conduit. Each joint shall be watertight.

D. Conduit runs made in concrete pours or surface-mounted runs that are attached to the structure, shall be equipped with an
expansion/deflection fitting where they cross an expansion joint, and at every 100 feet.

E. All conduit runs shall be watertight over their lengths of run. Slope conduits such that they drain, and install drain fitting as required to remove condensation from the conduit.

F. Install a drain fitting for all conduits subject to condensation.

Condensation water shall never enter electrical or instrumentation enclosure.

G. Plastic jacketed flexible metal conduit shall be used to connect wiring to motors, limit switches, bearing thermostats, and other devices that may have to be removed for servicing. Unless otherwise indicated, maximum lengths of flex shall be thirty (30”) inches.

H. Application of Conduit Types:

1. All underground conduit including conduits under a concrete slab shall be PVC and shall be concrete encased. Shall be as specified under Section 26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems. Exception taken for lighting circuits not located under roadways where direct buried conduit installation is permitted.

2. Provide PVC coated rigid galvanized steel conduit bends for all underground PVC conduits bends. Only factory bended long sweep elbow are acceptable.

3. Exposed conduits inside dry ventilated areas, outdoors in noncorrosive atmosphere shall be rigid aluminum. Aluminum shall not come in contact with concrete at any point.

4. Exposed conduits in areas where chemicals are stored, handled, or utilized the conduit shall be PVC schedule 80.

5. Exposed conduits in high humidity, non-ventilated areas, constant or frequency wet areas, corrosive atmosphere areas the conduit shall be PVC coated aluminum.

6. At the transition from PVC to rigid aluminum conduit, provide a 12” BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-55 CIP 7631 section of PVC coated galvanized steel conduit with a minimum of 6- inches into the concrete. The PVC coated galvanized steel conduit shall be per the specification, field wrapping or applying by spray shall not be acceptable.

I. Holes for raceway penetration into sheet metal cabinets and boxes shall be accurately made with an approved tool. Cutting openings with a torch or other device that produces a jagged, rough cut will not be acceptable.

J. Installation Requirements:

1. Metallic Conduits:
a. Continuous between enclosures such as outlet, junction and pull boxes, panels, cabinets, motor control centers, etc. b. The conduit must enter and be secured to enclosures so that each system is electrically continuous throughout.
c. Where knockouts are used, provide double locknuts, one on each side. d. At conduit terminations, provide insulated bushings for conductor protection.
e. Where conduits terminate in equipment having a ground bus, such as in switchgear, motor control centers and panelboards, terminate conduit with an insulated grounding bushing and extend a suitable grounding wire to the ground bus.
f. Hubs of the same material shall be used at conduit termination.

2. Run concealed conduit as directly and with the largest radius bends as possible.

3. Run exposed conduit parallel or at right angles to building or other construction lines in a neat and orderly manner. Conceal conduit in finished areas. Unless otherwise shown, remaining conduit may be exposed.

4. Provide chrome-plated floor and ceiling plates around conduits exposed to view and passing through walls, floors, partitions, or ceilings in finished areas.

5. Select properly sized plates to fit the conduit when securely locked in place.

6. PVC Coated conduit and fittings shall be installed per manufacturer’s specifications. Contractor shall be trained by the manufacturer and evidence of training shall be available at all times. Field bending of conduit is not acceptable. All fittings shall be sealed by manufacturer recommended PVC compound.

K. Installation Methods:

1. Install each entire conduit system complete before pulling in any conductors.

2. Clean the interior of every run of conduit before pulling in conductors to guard against obstructions and omissions.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-56 CIP 7631

3. Cut all joints square, then thread and ream smooth.

4. Bends:
a. Make bends with standard elbows or conduit benders in accordance with the NEC.
b. Make field bends using equipment designed for the particular conduit material and size involved.
c. Bends must be free from dents or flattening.
d. Use no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any run between terminals and cabinets, or between outlets and junction boxes or pull boxes.

5. Conduit bodies may be used in lieu of conduit elbows where ease of installation and appearance warrants their use. Conduit bodies larger than
1-inch may be used only where approved.

6. Fastenings: Securely fasten and support exposed conduit to framing using stainless steel unistrut and straps of same material as unistrut with 316 stainless steel fastening hardware.

7. Provide a No. 30 nylon pulling line in conduits in which wiring is not installed under this work, such as telephone, signal, and similar systems. Identify both ends of the line by means of labels or tags reading "Pulling Line." Also, state the panel the conduit originated from. Apply write-on identification to empty conduits to identify each conduit as to terminus of other end and also to identify trade size of conduit.

8. Suitably cap conduit during construction to avoid water, dirt and trash entrance.

9. Use expansion-deflection fittings on conduit crossing structural expansion joints and on exposed conduit runs of more than 100 feet or where necessary. Provide bonding jumpers across fittings in metal raceway systems. Conduit runs made in concrete pours or surfacemounted runs that are attached to the structure, shall be equipped with an expansion/deflection fitting where they cross an expansion joint, and at every 100 feet.

10. Use expansion-deflection fittings on all conduit runs that transition from underground to above ground within 12” of grade level.

11. With a coupling, terminate concealed conduit for future use at structural surfaces. Install a pipe plug flush with the surface.

12. Openings around electrical penetrations of fire-resistance rated walls, partitions, floors or ceilings shall maintain the fire resistance rating using approved methods. See NEC 300-21. Fire barrier shall be 3M 2001 RW silicone RTV foam or approved equal.

13. Conduits shall be installed with uniform slope which will permit drainage toward manholes, pull boxes, or building walls. Utilize conduit drain as required to remove condensate in the conduits.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-57 CIP 7631

14. Seal all conduits with pliable sealant such as "Duraseal" where entering boxes, manholes, switchgear, motor control centers, panelboards, enclosures, etc.

15. PVC coated conduit shall be installed by certified installer. PVC coated conduit installation shall follow manufacturer
recommendation.

16. All termination at an enclosure shall be made from the bottom of the enclosure, no overhead penetrations are allowed. When conduits are located above the enclosure route the conduit at the same height as the bottom of the enclosure, install a drip lane at the end of the conduit and use flexible conduit to terminate at the bottom of the enclosure.

3.03 INSPECTION (NOT USED)

3.04 FIELD TESTING (NOT USED)

3.05 FIELD PAINTING (NOT USED)

3.06 CLEANING
A. All raceways shall be swabbed clean after installation. There shall be no debris left inside. All interior surfaces shall be smooth and free from burrs and defects that would injure wire insulation. Coordinate approval of cleanliness with the Owner’s representative.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-58 CIP 7631 SECTION 26 05 43 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and install concrete encasement around underground electrical raceways as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section.

B. Other sections that may relate to the work in this section include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. 26 00 00 – General Electrical Provisions.

C. Furnishing and installing electrical conduit and furnishing and placing electrical warning tape are included in Division 26.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Owner’s Representative, detailed catalog information or drawings describing electrical and physical characteristics of all equipment specified.

B. Submittal shall be clearly marked showing only equipment provided.

Mark through equipment option not provided.

C. Literature and drawings describing the equipment in sufficient detail, including parts list and materials of construction, to indicate full conformance with the Specifications.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety:

1. ANSI C80.1, Specifications for Zinc-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit.

2. ANSI/ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.

3. ANSI/ASTM A615, Specifications for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

4. ANSI/NEMA TC6, PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-59 CIP 7631

5. ANSI/NEMA TC9, Fittings for ABS and PVC Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED)

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION / DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)

1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE (NOT USED)

1.08 MAINTENANCE / SPARE PARTS (NOT USED)

1.09 EXTENDED WARRANTY (NOT USED)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Ducts and Fittings

1. Unless otherwise noted, provide Schedule 40 PVC conduit encased in concrete. Provide fittings of the same type material as the conduit.

2. Provide direct buried galvanized steel conduit systems for outdoor lighting circuits where those do not cross roadways. At intersection with roadways, provide schedule 40 PVC conduit encased in concrete and reinforced with rebar. Extend rebar 5’ on both sides of the road.

B. Conduit and Fittings
C. Concrete

1. Provide concrete conforming to the following.
a. Compressive strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days.
b. Slump: Not exceeding six inches.
c. Aggregate size: Use pea gravel.
d. Additive: Red ferrous oxide concrete coloring pigment mixed at the rate of 1- 1/2 pounds per sack of cement. Sprinkled color on the top of the duct bank will not be acceptable.
e. All raceway concrete placements shall be continuous and water tight between manholes or handholes and between manholes or handholes and structures.
f. Encasement shall be reinforced at all road crossings and where indicated on the drawings.
g. Encasement shall be laid in trenches as and where indicated on drawings.
h. Provide not less than 4 inches of concrete between the outside of a raceway and the earth unless otherwise noted on the drawings.

Provide not less than 2 inches of concrete between adjacent raceways unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Form as specified in division 3.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-60 CIP 7631 i. Where raceways pass through concrete walls, concrete encasements shall be extended through the finished flush with inside surfaces. Watertight construction joints with waterstops shall be provided.

D. Reinforcing Bars

1. Provide Grade 40 steel reinforcing bars, for all duct banks.

E. Identifying Tape

1. Refer to specification section 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems for detectable warning tape characteristics.

2.02 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.03 CONTROLS (NOT USED)

2.04 FACTORY TESTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION/PREPARATION
A. Location and Inspection

1. Before beginning trenching operations stake out the proposed duct bank routing and obtain approval of the Owner. After trenching has begun and before any ducts or conduits are placed, notify the Owner so that the trenching and installation may be inspected. Also notify the Owner prior to any placement of concrete for duct banks, so that he may observe the placing. Placing concrete on muddy trench bottoms will not be acceptable.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Construction

1. Duct bank configurations are detailed on the drawings. A minimum of 3- inch concrete cover shall be required on all sides of the conduits.

Conduits shall be spaced with 3-inch clearance on all sides.

B. Excavation and Backfill

1. Excavation: Excavate trenches for installation of duct banks. Form the trench bottom to follow closely the specified grade and depth for the duct banks.

2. Backfill: Trenches may be backfilled with excavated soil and supplemented as necessary with select materials. Compact the backfill and mound slightly above natural grade, compact to 95%.

3. Restoration: Restore adjacent areas disturbed by trenching or backfilling to a condition equal to the original.

C. Placing of Duct Banks
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-61 CIP 7631

1. Cover: Unless otherwise shown, provide a minimum 18” of earth and select materials cover. Coordinate grade with other work, if in conflict, rework grade at no cost to Owner.

2. Grade: Place duct banks with a minimum grade of four inches per 100 feet. Grade between manholes may be from one manhole to the next manhole or from a high point between manholes. Where terminating ducts inside of buildings, always slope the grade away from building to the nearest manhole.

3. Changes in Direction: Make changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of 10 degrees, either horizontal or vertical, by using long sweep bends. Long sweep bends must have a minimum radius of curvature of 3 feet and may be made up of one or more curved or straight sections.

Manufactured bends having a minimum radius of curvature of three feet may be used at the ends of duct runs which are less than 100 feet in length.

4. Joints: Make joints in ducts and conduits watertight, in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Stagger joints in adjacent ducts and conduits a minimum of six inches. Make joints between ducts and conduit with appropriate no-thread-to-threaded adapters. Use appropriate sealant.

5. Spacing: Unless otherwise shown, space ducts and conduits with 3” spacers. Place spacers or separators on not greater than five-foot centers.

Use spacers or separators made of plastic, concrete or a suitable nonmetallic, nondecaying material.

6. Drainage: All conduit duct banks shall be sloped sufficiently to drain into manholes, pull boxes or sumps.

D. Placing of Concrete

1. Place concrete using chutes and tremies as necessary to limit the free drop of the mix to a maximum of two feet. Carefully rod or vibrate the concrete to aid uniform encasement of the ducts. Smooth the top of the pour with a float. Encase the conduits in concrete, a minimum thickness of three inches, on all sides.

E. Special Project Requirements

1. Contractor shall employ hand trenching at locations where existing underground utilities are present.

2. All damaged utilities should be repaired immediately in manner acceptable to the Owner at Contractor's expense. Any damaged cables shall be replaced in full. Splices shall not be acceptable. Damaged conduits shall be replaced between the two closest manholes and cables repulled.

3. Install a #4/0 bare copper grounding conductor centered over the ductbank. Bond ductbank grounding conductor to building or transformer ground loop at one end and to the manhole ground electrode at the other end.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-62 CIP 7631

3.03 INSPECTION (NOT USED)

3.04 FIELD TESTING (NOT USED

3.05 FIELD PAINTING (NOT USED)

3.06 CLEANING
A. Thoroughly clean all ducts and conduits before placing. During construction and after the duct line is completed; plug open ends of ducts and conduits to prevent the entrance of foreign matter. After the duct line has been completed, pull a flexible mandrel through each duct and conduit. The mandrel must not be less than 12 inches long with a diameter approximately 1/4 inch less than the inside diameter of the duct or conduit. After cleaning, place in each duct and conduit a No. 30 nylon line with a plastic tag on each end reading "Pulling Line", and a tag identifying the location of the other end.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-63 CIP 7631 SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install tags/nameplate on all equipment, devices, instruments, conduit and conductor marking as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. Major equipment shall be furnished with nameplates in accordance with their individual specifications.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Division 26 00 00 – General Electrical Provisions.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Owner’s Representative, detailed catalog information or drawings describing electrical and physical characteristics of all equipment specified.

B. Submittal shall be clearly marked showing only equipment provided.

Mark through equipment option not provided.

C. Literature and drawings describing the equipment in sufficient detail, including parts list and materials of construction, to indicate full conformance with the Specifications.

D. Submit a letter showing all the exceptions to the specification. If no exceptions are taken the letter shall indicate no exception. Submittal will be rejected without preliminary review if the letter is not submitted.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS (NOT USED)

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED)

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION / DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)

1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE (NOT USED)

1.08 MAINTENANCE / SPARE PARTS (NOT USED)

1.09 EXTENDED WARRANTY (NOT USED)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Wire Markers

1. Provide heat shrinkable sleeves and machine printed legends at every conductor. Sleeves and legends shall be high resistant to abrasion, solvents and chemicals. Provide Tyco TMS, Brady Perma Sleeve XPS, BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-64 CIP 7631 or approved equal. Markers shall be white with black lettering.

2. Markers shall have conductor origin, termination and circuit number, terminal number whichever applies.

3. Large conductors, multi-conductor cable and tray cables to be identified with placards held on with wire ties and of the same quality as markers for smaller single conductors.

4. Cables in cable tray to be identified with place cards at the equipment and at 20 feet spans in between.

5. All control wiring in electrical equipment or manufactured supplied panel shall have wire markers.

B. Conduit Markers

1. Exposed Conduit
a. Conduit markers to be stainless steel type permitting embossing on the job and attached to conduit with banding made of same material.

Markers to be installed lengthwise and wrapped with clear adhesive tape.
b. Conduits to be marked at the point of origin, the point of termination, upon crossing wall, each side of junction boxes and at 20-foot internals for all exposed and accessible conduits. Identify all exposed conduits by their panel, MCC, circuit numbers or loop numbers.
c. Provide labels for high voltage conduit. Labels shall be vinyl for indoor exposed conduit or polyester for outdoor exposed conduit.

Label shall be black letters on red/orange background. Labels shall be as manufactured by Thomas and Betts or Brady.

C. Nameplates

1. Nameplates:
a. Externally mark electrical equipment by means of suitable nameplates identifying each and the equipment served.
b. Provide each piece of equipment with a white phenolic nameplate with 3/16- inch-high black lettering secured to front of equipment. c. Supply blank nameplates for spare units and used spaces. d. Actual nameplate legend, which may consist of up to three lines, will be provided to the Owner’s Representative on submittals.

2. Nameplate Fasteners: Fasten nameplates to equipment only by means of appropriate 316 SS screws and gasket. Stick-ons or adhesives will not be allowed. Seal opening in order to maintain the NEMA rating of the enclosure.
a. Nameplate Information: In general, the following information is to be provided for the types of electrical equipment as listed. b. Switchgear, Motor Control Centers and Distribution Panelboards:

On the mains, identify the piece of equipment, the source, and BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-65 CIP 7631 voltage characteristics, i.e., 480V, 3PH, 3W, etc. For each branch circuit protective device, identify the load served and the primary side circuit number.
c. Transformers: Identify the service source and load served. d. Panelboards: Identify the service source, panelboard designation and voltage characteristics.

3. Panelboards:
a. Prepare a neatly typed circuit directory behind clear heat-resistant plastic for each panelboard. Directory shall include circuit identification, protective device type, trip rating, number of poles and rating of main lugs or main circuit breaker.
b. Identify circuits by equipment served and by room numbers, where room numbers exist.
c. Use equipment names and room numbers selected by the Owner’s Representative; names and numbers may be different from those shown on plans.
d. Indicate spares and spaces with light, erasable pencil markings. e. Provide a final set of the panel schedule in the O&M manuals. f. Provide a CD with the file for each Panel to the Owner with the O&M manual.

4. Boxes, Small Equipment:
a. Pull boxes and similar items shall be marked with Nameplates. b. Provide identification labels for high voltage equipment and raceways with the legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE”. Mark
all exposed high voltage raceways every 25 feet. Safety labels shall be self-sticking polyester and as manufactured by Thomas and Betts (Panduit) or Brady.

5. Power Receptacles: Use nameplate or engraved plate to identify power receptacles where the nominal voltage between a pair of contacts is greater than 150 volts with circuit number, voltage, and phases.

6. Wall Switches: Engrave the switch plate of the switch with the function of the switch.

D. Power Outlets, Switches, and Pilot Devices
E. Mark power outlets with voltage, phase, panel name, and circuit number.

F. Identify all wall switches, disconnect switches, etc. with nametags, circuits served, and panel origin, list to be approved by Owner’s Representative/Owner.

G. Identify all push-button stations with their functions and equipment served.

H. Detectable Warning Tape
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-66 CIP 7631

1. Shall be red metal detectable polyester with a subsurface graphics to seal the legend from acid, alkalis, and other soil substances.

2. Minimum width shall be 2”.

3. Warning tape shall meet OSHA regulation for covering location of underground utility lines.

4. The legend shall show CAUTION: BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW

5. The warning tape shall be Red with black lettering.

6. Acceptable manufacturer shall be Brady 91601 or approved equal.

2.02 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.03 CONTROLS (NOT USED)

2.04 FACTORY TESTS (NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION/PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Furnish and install nameplates for all panelboards, motor starters, motor control center cubicles, disconnect switches, instrument panels, dry type transformers and control stations.

B. Engrave the equipment designation, (e.g., "Starter Pump P1"), on nameplates in 3/16- inch black letters on white background of laminated phenolic. Securely fasten nameplates using stainless steel 316 sheet metal screws or rivets; or contact cement if enclosure is sealed. All switches, indicating lights, pushbuttons, meters and parameter indicators on panels shall be clearly identified with its function or tag, as required. Identification list to be approved by owner representative through the Owner’s Representative.

C. Stainless Steel tags shall be used on instrument, motors and other devices, as applicable. The tags shall be affixed to the instrument with drive pins or stainless-steel chain in such a manner that it does not need to be removed to install the instrument. Motors shall carry the tag assigned to its driven equipment, (e.g., P-101).

3.03 INSPECTION (NOT USED)

3.04 FIELD TESTING (NOT USED)

3.05 CLEANING (NOT USED)

3.06 FIELD PAINTING (NOT USED)

3.07 CLEANING (NOT USED)
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-67 CIP 7631 SECTION 26 08 00 COMMISSIONING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section provides the guidelines for testing of electrical equipment, cable, protective relays, circuit breakers, motor control centers, motors, and related apparatus to be used for the site interior and exterior electrical distribution system. This specification does not release the Contractor or vendor from any further testing required for safe commissioning of the equipment. All tests shall be completely recorded on forms provided at the end of this section. Tests shall be submitted to Engineer/Owner for approval.

B. Contractor will provide and pay the cost of electrical testing by an independent testing firm.

C. The Contractor to update the protective device settings with the final power system study acceptance.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Related equipment specification in all section of Division 26 Electrical.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The testing result shall be summarized in a final report certified by the testing technician. Report shall be submitted.

B. The report shall include the following section:

1. Description, purpose, basis and scope of the work.

2. Field data sheet showing all visual, mechanical and electrical inspection done on the equipment. The data sheet shall show check mark and values of all the testing done; a description of the instrument used for testing.

3. A summary of the deficiency, concern, repairs and recommendation.

4. A table showing the final settings of all the adjustable equipment tested.

5. All the testing values shall be in accordance with the latest NETA standard.

C. Literature and drawings describing the equipment in sufficient detail, including parts list and materials of construction, to indicate full conformance with the Specifications. Submit a letter certifying full and complete compliance with the Specifications, Drawings and other project requirements. The letter shall list any exceptions or deviations from specified requirements, if any and reasons for same. Exceptions or deviation shall also be clearly marked in a separate color in submittals.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-68 CIP 7631 A. InterNational Electric Testing Association Standards (NETA) for acceptance testing of Electrical Distribution Apparatus, Publication 2.001, and IEEE Publication No. 141, are hereby made a part of this section, unless otherwise modified herein.

B. NETA Maintenance Testing Specifications for electrical power distribution equipment and system (latest edition).

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing firm shall have a minimum of five years of experience in providing acceptance testing for pumping stations. Testing shall be performed per the latest InterNational Electric Testing Association Standards (NETA) standard. This cost will be included in the Contract Bid.

B. The Contractor shall immediately correct all deficiencies discovered during testing by the independent firm. The independent testing firm has the final say on the acceptance of the equipment. If testing determine the equipment is deficient, contractor shall be responsible to fix the deficiency even if the manufacturer said the equipment is satisfactory.

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION / DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)

1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE (NOT USED)

1.08 MAINTENANCE / SPARE PARTS (NOT USED)

1.09 EXTENDED WARRANTY (NOT USED)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION/PREPARATION
A. Preparatory work:

1. Prior to the testing of any specific piece of equipment, the Contractor shall remove all shipping hardware and inspect for broken or missing parts and connections in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3.02 INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. All tests, other than Low Voltage Systems and Equipment, shall be supervised by the Engineer/Owner and the contractor.

B. Contractor shall notify the Engineer/Owner of scheduled dates of electrical equipment installation completion. Equipment testing shall be coordinated at this time by Contractor with Engineer/Owner and BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-69 CIP 7631 appropriate Manufacturer's Representatives.

C. Under this specification the Contractor shall perform the electrical tests on specified equipment ad specified herein. The Contractor shall supply all equipment required to perform all testing responsibilities.

D. Device

1. Air switches – Low voltage
a. Electrical Tests
1) Perform insulation-resistance tests on each pole, phase-tophase and phase-to-ground for one (1) minute. Test voltage and minimum resistances should be in accordance with NETA
Standard.
2) Perform contact-resistance test across each switch blade and fuse holder, or perform thermographic survey in accordance with the lastest NETA Standard.

2. Transformers – Dry-type
a. Small Transformers: Dry-Type, Air-Cooled (600 Volt and Below) (less than 100 kVA single-phase or 300 kVA three-phase) 1) Inspect for physical damage, broken insulation,
tightness of connections, defective wiring, and general condition.
2) Thoroughly clean unit prior to making any tests.
3) Perform insulation-resistance test. Calculate polarization index. Measurements shall be made from winding-to-winding and windings-to- ground. Test voltages and minimum
resistance shall be in accordance with NETA Standard.

Results to be temperature corrected in accordance with NETA Standard.
4) Verify that the transformer is set at the specified tap.

3. Cables – low-voltage, 600V maximum
a. Electrical Tests
1) Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with low- resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with latest NETA standard.
2) Perform insulation-resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Applied potential shall be 500 volts dc for 300 volt rated cable and 1000 volts dc for 600 volt rated cable. Test duration shall be one minute.

4. Perform continuity tests to insure correct cable connection.

5. Surge Arresters, Surge Protection Devices (Low and Medium Voltage):
a. Electrical Tests
1) Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-70 CIP 7631 with a low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with NETA Standard.
2) Perform an insulation-resistance test at voltage
levels in accordance with NETA Standard.
3) Test grounding connection in accordance with NETA Standard.

6. Circuit Breakers – Air, Insulated Case/Molded Case
a. Electrical Tests
1) Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with latest NETA standard.
2) Perform insulation-resistance tests on each pole, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with the circuit breaker closed and across each open pole for one minute. Test voltage shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data or latest NETA standard.
3) Perform a contact/pole-resistance test.
4) Perform adjustments for final setting in accordance
with coordination study.
5) Determine long-time pickup and delay by primary current injection. 6) Determine short-time pickup and delay by primary current injection. 7) Determine ground-fault pickup and time delay by primary current injection.
8) Determine instantaneous pickup by primary current injection. 9) Perform minimum pickup voltage test on shunt trip and close coils in accordance with latest NETA standard.
10) Verify correct operation of any auxiliary features such as trip and pickup indicators, zone interlocking, electrical close and trip operation, trip-free, and antipump function.
11) Verify operation of charging mechanism.

7. Circuit breakers – Air, low voltage, power
a. Electrical Tests
1) Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with latest NETA standard.
2) Perform insulation-resistance tests on each pole, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with the circuit breaker closed and across each open pole for one minute. Test voltage shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data or latest NETA standard.
3) Perform a contact/pole-resistance test.
4) Make adjustments to the trip settings in accordance with the coordination study.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-71 CIP 7631 5) Determine minimum pickup current by primary current injection. 6) Determine long-time pickup and delay by primary current injection. 7) Determine short-time pickup and delay by primary current injection. 8) Determine ground-fault pickup and time delay by primary current injection.
9) Determine instantaneous pickup by primary current injection. 10) Perform minimum pickup voltage test on shunt trip and close coils in accordance with latest NETA standard.
11) Verify correct operation of any auxiliary features such as trip, and pickup indicators, zone interlocking, electrical close and trip operation, trip-free, antipump function, trip unit battery condition, and reset all trip logs and indicators.
12) Verify operation of charging mechanism.

8. Instrument Transformers
a. Electrical Tests – Current Transformers
1) Electrically confirm that CT secondary circuits are intact. 2) Perform a ratio verification test of each current transformer.

This shall be performed using the voltage method or current method in accordance with ANSI C57.13.1 (IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Relaying Current Transformers).
3) Perform insulation-resistance tests on current transformer secondary winding. Value of test voltage on secondary wiring shall be 1000 volts dc for one (1) minute. Do not perform this test with solid-state devices connected.
b. Electrical Tests – Voltage Transformers
1) Perform insulation-resistance tests on voltage transformers, winding-to- winding and windings-to-ground. Value of test voltage on secondary wiring shall be 500 volts dc for one (1) minute. Do not perform this test with solid-state devices connected.
2) Electrically confirm proper secondary voltage.
3) Perform a dielectric withstand test on the primary windings with the secondary windings connected to ground. The dc dielectric voltage shall be in accordance with NETA Standard.

9. Metering
a. Electrical Tests
1) Check calibration of meters at all cardinal points.
2) Calibrate watthour meters to within manufacturer’s
published accuracy.
3) Verify all instrument multipliers.
4) Electrically confirm that CT and VT secondary circuits are intact.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-72 CIP 7631

10. Grounding Systems
a. Electrical Tests
1) Perform fall-of-potential test or alternative per IEEE Standard No. 81- 2012 on the main grounding electrode or system. 2) Perform point-to-point test to determine the resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, system neutral, and/or derived neutral points.

11. Ground-fault protection systems
a. Electrical Tests
1) Measure the system neutral to ground insulation resistance with the neutral disconnect link temporarily removed. Replace neutral disconnect link after testing. Notify equipment Owner or operator of any improper neutral to ground connections
detected.
2) Measure insulation resistance of the control wiring at 1000 volts dc for 1 minute. If necessary, disconnect the solid state components.
3) Perform pickup tests as follows using primary injection. a. Verify the relay does not operate at 90% of the set
pickup current.
b. Determine the pickup current of the relay and verify that this current is no greater than 125% of the setting. Pickup must not be greater than 1200 amperes.
4) For summation type systems utilizing phase and neutral CT’s, verify proper polarities by applying current to each phaseneutral CT pair. This test also applies to molded case breakers utilizing an external neutral CT.
a. Relay should operate when current direction is the same relative to polarity marks in the two CT’s.
b. Relay should not operate when current direction is
opposite relative to polarity marks I the two CT’s.
5) Measure time delay of the relay at 150% of pickup or greater. 6) Verify the system is able to trip with control voltage at 55% of rated for systems utilizing ac control power and 80% of rated for systems utilizing dc control power.
7) Verify operation of zone interlock systems by simultaneously injecting current at the interlocked relays and monitoring the control signals.

12. AC motors
a. Electrical Tests – Induction Motors
1) Perform insulation-resistance tests in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Standard 43.
a. Motors larger than 200 horsepower: Test duration shall be BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-73 CIP 7631 for 10 minutes with resistances tabulated at 30 seconds, one (1) minute, and 10 minutes. Calculate polarization
index.
b. Motors 200 horsepower and less: Test duration shall be for one (1) minute with resistances tabulated at 30 and 60
seconds. Calculate the dielectric absorption ratio.
2) Perform dc overpotential tests on motors rated at 1000 horsepower and greater and at 4000 volts and greater in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Standard 95.
3) Perform insulation power-factor or dissipation-factor tests. 4) Perform surge comparison tests.
5) Perform insulation-resistance test on pedestal per
manufacturer’s instructions.
6) Perform insulation-resistance test on surge protection device in accordance with NETA Standard.
7) Test motor starter in accordance with NETA Standard prior to re- energizing the motor.
8) Check resistance temperature detector (RTD) circuits for conformance with drawings. Check that metering or
relaying devices using the RTD’s are of the proper
rating.
9) Check that the motor space heater is operating.
10) Perform a rotation test to ensure proper shaft direction if the motor has been electrically disconnected.
11) Measure running current and evaluate relative to load conditions and nameplate full-load amperes.
12) Perform vibration tests:
a. Motors larger than 200 horsepower: Perform vibration base line test. Amplitude shall be plotted versus frequency. b. Motors 200 horsepower and less: Perform vibration
and amplitude test.

13. Motor control centers/Motor starters, Low Voltage
a. Electrical Tests
1) Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with NETA Standard.
2) Perform insulation-resistance tests on each pole, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with starter closed and across each open pole for one minute. Test voltage shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data and NETA Standard whichever is more stringent.
3) Measure insulation resistance of each control circuit-to-ground. 4) Perform insulation-resistance tests on all control wiring with BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-74 CIP 7631 respect to ground. Applied potential shall be 500 volts dc for 300 volt rated cable and 1000 volts dc for 600 volt rated cable.

Test duration shall be one minute. For units with solid-state components, follow manufacturer’s recommendation.
5) Test motor protection devices in accordance with
manufacturer’s published data and NETA Standard
whichever is more stringent.
6) Test circuit breakers in accordance with NETA Standard. 7) Perform operational tests by initiating control devices.

3.04 FIELD PAINTING (NOT USED)

3.05 CLEANING (NOT USED)
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-75 CIP 7631 SECTION 26 29 87 ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER’S PROVIDED

CONTROL PANELS (EMPCP)
PART 1: GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install functional control panels to operate control systems manually or automatically as specified in the detailed requirements of this Section, and logic and schematics as shown on the Electrical Drawings.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 26 00 00 - General Electrical Provisions
B. Section 26 43 13 - Surge Protective Devices for Low Voltage Electrical Power Circuits (SPDs)

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 Electrical – General Provisions and as specified herein.

B. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related Sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned unreviewed.

C. The original equipment manufacturer shall create all equipment shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer’s Engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturers logo, drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the original equipment manufacturer’s archive file system. Photocopies of the Engineer’s ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings.

D. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following:

1. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for overcurrent protective devices, motor starters, control relays, control stations, meters, pilot lights, etc. The manufacturer’s name shall be clearly visible on the each cut sheet submitted. List all options, trip adjustments and accessories furnished specifically for this project. Clearly mark each sheet to indicate which items apply and those items that do not apply.

2. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings showing interwiring and interlocking between components and to remotely mounted devices. Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote devices on the schematics. The notation “Remote Device” will not be acceptable. Show wire and terminal numbers.

Indicate special identifications for electrical devices per the Drawings.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-76 CIP 7631

3. Equipment outlines drawings showing elevation, plan and interior views, front panel arrangement, dimensions, weight, shipping splits, conduit entrances and anchor bolt pattern. Indicate all options, special features, ratings, and deviations from this Section.

4. Schematic diagram, including manufacturer’s selections of component ratings, and CT and PT ratios.

5. Power and control schematics including external connections. Show wire and terminal numbers and color-coding.

6. Instruction and replacement parts books.

7. As-built final drawings.

8. Documentation that the panel assembly facility is a UL-508 certified panel shop.

9. Furnish complete Bill of Materials indicating manufacturer's name and part numbers.

10. Manufacturer’s cut sheets for every component used in the panel assembly adequately marked to show the items being included.

The manufacturer’s name shall be clearly visible on each of the cut sheets submitted.

11. Assembly ratings including:
a. Short-circuit rating
b. Voltage
c. Continuous current
12 Major component ratings including:
a. Voltage
b. Continuous current
c. Interrupting ratings

13. Cable terminal sizes.

14. Instruction and renewal parts books.

E. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein.

F. Field Test Reports. Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein.

G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals:

1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the
following information:
a. Manufacturer’s contact address and telephone number for parts and service.
b. Instruction books and/or leaflets
c. Recommended renewal parts list
d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph above.

H. The manufacturer shall submit for approval, a training agenda for all BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-77 CIP 7631 training specified herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and Maintenance Manual.

1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted):

1. NEMA Standard ICS 2 – 2000 Industrial Control and Systems

2. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC)

3. NFPA 70E – Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace

4. NFPA 79 – Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery

5. UL 508/508A – Industrial Control Enclosures
B. All equipment specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement.

B The control panels shall be assembled in a UL-508 certified facility. A submittal of documentation certifying that the panel fabrication facility is a UL- 508 certified facility, is required. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly. Submit a facsimile of the UL label in the submittal information.

C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate discontinuation shall not be used.

D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings.

Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable.

E. Equipment components and devices shall be UL labeled wherever UL standards exist for such equipment. The completed control panel shall be UL Labeled in accordance with UL 508 and 508A and other applicable UL standards. The panel shall also be UL labeled for the environment in which it is to be placed. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly. Submit a facsimile of the UL label in the submittal information.

1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals.

Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-78 CIP 7631 B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer.

C. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship.

Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately.

D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, at the Contractor’s expense, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment.

E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during storage, and after equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service.

1.07 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner.

PART - 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following material Manufacturers are acceptable for breakers and major panel components:

1. ABB

2. Eaton / Cutler-Hammer

3. Square D Co.

4. Allen Bradley
B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions.

Materials listed above are not relieved from meeting these Specifications in their entirety.

2.02 RATINGS
A. The service voltage shall be as specified and as shown on the Drawings.

The overall short circuit withstand, and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be equal to or greater than the overall short circuit BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-79 CIP 7631 withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the Control Panel, but not less than 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 240/120 Volts. This includes all circuit breakers and combination motor starters. Systems of motor controllers employing series connected ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used. Motor starter units shall be tested and UL 508A labeled for the specified short circuit duty in combination with the motor branch circuit protective device.

B. There shall be selective device coordination between the Main Breaker, Feeder Breakers and control circuit protective devices.

C. The complete control panel assembly shall be UL certified or carry a UL listing for "Industrial Control Panels".

D. The control panel shall meet all applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code.

E. The control panel enclosure shall be NEMA rated as indicated in Section 26 00 00 Electrical – General Provisions of the Electrical Specifications.

F. Motor controllers, including associated devices, shall be designed for continuous operation at rated current in a 400 C ambient temperature.

G. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the Drawings.

H. Provide an Arc Flash Warning Label, printed in color and affixed to the front of each panel provided.

2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. General

1. Except for VFD equipment, where the equipment contains a programmable logic controller (PLC) or a uninterruptible power supply (UPS), the equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed, a dedicated Surge Protective Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13 Surge Protective Devices for Low Voltage Electrical Power Circuits (SPDs), Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3).

2. Nameplates
a. External
1) There shall be a master nameplate that indicates supply voltage equipment ratings, short circuit current rating, manufacturer's name, shop order number and general information. Cubicle nameplates shall be mounted on the front face, on the rear panel and inside the assembly, visible when the rear panel is removed. 2) Provide permanent warning signs as follows:
a) "Danger- High Voltage- Keep Out" on all doors.
b) "Warning- Hazard of Electric Shock - Disconnect Power Before Opening or Working On This Unit" on main power
disconnect or disconnects.
b. Internal
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-80 CIP 7631 1) Provide the panel with a UL 508A label.
2) Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification, corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams.
c. Special
1) Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters, caution nameplates shall be yellow with black letters, and warning nameplates shall be red with white letters.

3. Control Devices and Indicators
a. All operating control devices, indicators, and instruments shall be securely mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30mm, corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition. Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements.
b. Indicator lamps shall be LED type. For all control applications, indicator lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature. Lens colors shall be as follows:
1) Red for ON, Valve OPEN, and Breaker CLOSED.
2) Green for OFF, Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN.
3) Amber for FAIL.
4) Blue for READY
5) White for POWER ON.
c. Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO, LOCAL-OFFREMOTE, etc.) shall be as shown on the Drawings. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements, as required. Each switch shall have an extra dry contact for remote monitoring.
d. Pushbuttons, shall be as follows:
1) Red for STOP, Valve OPEN, Breaker CLOSE and mushroom Red for EMERGENCY STOP.
2) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker OPEN.
3) Black for RESET.
e. Furnish nameplates for each device. All nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black lettering on a white background, attached with stainless steel screws. Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable.

4. Control and Instrument Power Transformers

1. Control power transformers shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. Transformer shall be sized for the entire load, including space heaters, plus 25% spare capacity, and shall be BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-81 CIP 7631 not less than 100VA.

2. Control power transformers shall be 120 volt grounded secondary. Primary side of the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of the transformer secondary shall be solidly grounded while the other leg shall be fused.

5. A failure alarm with horn and beacon light shall be provided when required or specified. Silence and reset buttons shall be furnished.

Alarm horn and beacon shall be by Federal Signal; Crouse-Hinds, or equal, NEMA 4X for all areas except for NEMA 7 areas, which shall be NEMA 7 cast aluminum.

6. Where specified or shown on the Drawings, a six digit, nonresettable elapsed time meter shall be installed on the face of each motor starter.

B. Enclosure Types

1. NEMA 7, cast aluminum enclosures for indoor/outdoor use in hazardous (classified as Class 1, Division 1, Groups B, C and D), as defined in NFPA 70.
a. Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor use in hazardous (classified as Class 1, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, or as defined in NFPA 70. Boxes shall be copper-free aluminum, with stainless steel hinged cover, watertight neoprene cover gasket with stainless steel bolts. All penetrations shall be factory drilled and tapped. Enclosures shall be Type EJB Style C as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.; Appleton Electric Co. or approved equal.

2. NEMA 4X Aluminum Enclosures where specifically shown on the Drawings.
a. Enclosures shall be NEMA Type 4X of aluminum with mounting lugs or brackets made on the enclosure suitable for wall mounting.

Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts. Enclosures shall not be less than
.080 in. thick, gauge metal. All enclosures shall have continuous hinged, foam-in-place gasketed doors with handle latch, 3-point above 20” x 20”. All enclosures shall have bonding provisions on door.

Enclosures shall be ECL Series with Window Kit, where shown on the Drawings, as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or equal.

3. NEMA 4X Non-metallic enclosures, of PVC or fiberglass reinforced polyester, for Chlorine, Caustic and other Chemical Rooms. Fiberglass enclosures shall not be used in the presence of sodium hypochlorite.
a. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4X, non-metallic construction. Nonmetallic boxes shall have UV inhibitors, but not mounted in direct sunlight. Where clamp type latches are required, provide quickrelease luggage type latches. All enclosures shall have foam-inplace gasketed doors with handle latch, 3-point above 20” x 20”.

All enclosures shall have bonding provisions on door. Enclosures BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-82 CIP 7631 shall be with Window Kit, where shown on the Drawings, as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or equal.

4. NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel enclosures for all areas, unless specifically stated otherwise, or shown on the Drawings. a. Wall Mounted
1) Enclosures shall be NEMA Type 4X of 316 stainless steel with mounting lugs or brackets made on the enclosure suitable for wall mounting. Enclosures shall not have holes or
knockouts. Enclosures shall not be less than .080 in. thick, gauge metal. All enclosures shall have continuous hinged, foam-in-place gasketed doors with handle latch, 3-point above 20” x 20”. All enclosures shall have bonding provisions on door. Enclosures shall be manufactured by Hoffman
Engineering Co. or equal.
b. Free Standing
1) Enclosures shall be NEMA Type 4X of 316 stainless steel, with lifting eyes, without knockouts or holes. Enclosures shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. All enclosures shall have continuous hinged, foam-in-place gasketed doors with handle latch, 3-point.

All enclosures shall have bonding provisions on door.

Enclosures shall be manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or equal.

5. NEMA 12 enclosures where specifically shown on the Drawings. a. Wall Mounted
1) Enclosures shall be of factory gray painted aluminum, with mounting lugs suitable for wall mounting. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts. Enclosures shall not be less than .080 in. thick, gauge metal. All enclosures shall have continuous hinged, foam-in-place gasketed doors with handle latch, 3-point above 20” x 20”. All enclosures shall have bonding provisions on door. Enclosures shall be manufactured by Hoffman
Engineering Co. or equal.
b. Free Standing
1) Enclosures shall be of factory gray painted steel, with lifting eyes, without knockouts or holes. Enclosures shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. All enclosures shall have continuous hinged, foam-in- place gasketed doors with handle latch, 3- point. All enclosures shall have bonding provisions on door.

Enclosures shall be manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or equal.

6. NEMA Types 1 or 1A enclosures will not be permitted, unless specifically stated in the Specification for the equipment, or shown on the Drawings.
7 All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and final coat of weather-proof white paint.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-83 CIP 7631

8. Each enclosure shall incorporate a removable back panel, and side panels, on which control components shall be mounted. Back panel shall be secured to the enclosure with collar studs for wall mounted enclosures, and 316 SS hardware for free standing enclosures. The enclosure door shall be interlocked with the main circuit breaker by a door mounted operating mechanism. Back panel shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any components.

9. All enclosures shall be padlockable.

10. The enclosure outer door shall have a rear mounted pocket, containing laminated copies of the Control schematics.

11. Overload tables shall be laminated and adhered to the inside of the door.

C. Environmental Conditioning

1. Condensation Control
a. A self-contained enclosure condensation heater with thermostat and fan shall be mounted inside the control panel, if panel is mounted outdoors or in a non-air-conditioned space.
1) Enclosure heaters shall be energized from 120 volt, singlephase power supply and sized to prevent condensation within the enclosure.
2) Locate enclosure heaters to avoid overheating electronic hardware or producing large temperature fluctuations on the hardware.
3) Enclosure heaters shall have an internal fan for heat distribution and shall be controlled with adjustable thermostats. The thermostat shall have an adjustment range of 400 F to 900 F.

Provide a circuit breaker or fused disconnect switch within the enclosure.
4) Enclosure heaters shall be Hoffman type DAH or equal.

2. Corrosion Control
a. Provide corrosion protection in each control panel with a corrosion- Inhibiting vapor capsule as manufactured by Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC, or Hoffman Engineering; Model A-HCI, or equal.

3. Panel Interior Ambient Control
a. The manufacturer shall provide ambient temperature control within the panel to maintain internal temperatures below the maximum operating temperatures of the panel components. An ambient temperature range of -20° C to 40°C.
b. The manufacturer shall provide panel internal heat rise calculations to show that the panel internal temperatures will be maintained below the maximum operating temperatures of the panel
components.
c. The calculation shall show all the internal and external heat gain BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-84 CIP 7631 loads, the expected internal temperature rise in degrees C above the specified ambient, If the specified temperature range cannot be met, an air conditioning system shall be provided with sufficient capacity to maintain the temperature within the specified limits.

Panels, for which the calculated heat rise exceeds 40° C., shall have an air conditioning system, sized as required to reduce the heat rise to 40° C. or less, without violating the NEMA rating of the enclosure.
a. Fans shall be furnished for soft start starters and VFDs, as required by the manufacturer, to provide air circulation and cooling. . Fans shall be controlled by a temperature switch. The fan shall operate only when the drive is “ON” and for a cool-down period after the drive has stopped Otherwise the fan shall not run when the drive is “OFF”. Louvers, if provided, shall have externally removable filters. The filter shall be metallic and washable.
b. Fan motors shall be protected by an input circuit breaker. Metal squirrel cage ball bearing, three phase fan motors with 10-year design life shall be used in the drive design. Plastic muffin fans are not acceptable. Fan power shall be obtained from a tap on the main control power transformer.
c. A “loss of cooling” fault shall be furnished. In the event of clogged filters or fan failure, the drive shall produce an alarm and then, in a predetermined time, be shut down safely without electronic component failure by the temperature switch.
d. Redundant fans shall be provided in the drive design as backup in the event of fan failure.

D. Internal Wiring

1. Power and control wiring shall be tinned stranded copper, minimum size No. 14 AWG, with 600 Volt, 90 0 C, flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic insulation. Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of the connected device, and as shown on the Drawings.

2. Analog signal wires shall be 600 Volt Class, insulated stranded tinned copper, twisted shielded #16 AWG pair.

3. All interconnecting wires between panel mounted equipment and external equipment shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks.

Field wiring shall not be terminated directly on any panel-mounted device.

4. All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the Drawings. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end showing origination and destination of each wire. The marking shall be permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal.

5. All wiring shall be enclosed in PVC wire trough with slotted side openings and removable cover. Plan wire routing such that no low twisted shielded pair cable conducting analog 4-20 mA signals or low BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-85 CIP 7631 voltage analog signals are routed in the same wire trough as conductors carrying discrete signals or power.

6. All control panel wiring shall use the following color code. a. Black: AC power at line voltage
b. Red: switched AC power
c. Orange: May be energized while the main disconnect is in the off position
d. White: AC neutral
e. Orange/white stripe or white/orange stripe: separate derived neutral f. Red/white stripe or white/red stripe: switched neutral g. Green or green w/ yellow tracer: ground/earth ground h. Blue: Ungrounded DC power
i. Blue/white stripe or white/blue stripe: DC grounded common j. Brown: 480V AC 3-phase - phase A
k. Orange: 480V AC 3-phase -phase B
l. Yellow: 480V AC 3-Phase - phase C
m. Purple: common for analog signal wiring
n. Brown: positive leg of an analog signal
E. Field Installed Internal Wiring

1. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic tie wraps. Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not stressed. In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of the control wiring.

2. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire. The marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal

3. In general, all conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be terminated, or from the top if shown on the Drawings. Conduits shall not enter the side unless approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer.

F. Terminal Blocks

1. Terminal blocks shall be DIN-rail-mounted one-piece molded plastic blocks with tubular-clamp-screw type and end barriers. Terminal blocks shall be rated for 600 volts except for control and instrumentation circuits, or 4-20 mA analog signal conductors.

2. Provide 600 volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over 120 volts to ground.

3. Provide 600 volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-86 CIP 7631 conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits.

4. Power conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage shall be terminated to strap-screw type terminal blocks with crimp type, preinsulated, ring-tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for the terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. Do not terminate more than one conductor in any lug, and do not land more than two conductors under any strap-screw terminal point.

5. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protective cover removed. Each terminal block shall have 20% spare terminals, but not less than two spare terminals.

6. Use the manufacturer’s provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating common or ground conductors.

7. Twisted shielded pair or triad cables shall have each individual conductor and shield drain wire landed on individual terminal blocks.

Use the manufacturer’s provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating the shield drain wire conductors.

8. Control circuits, 120 volts and below, and 4-20 mA analog signal conductors shall be terminated with manufacturer’s recommended insulated connectors.

9. Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure (if metal) with 20 % spare terminals.

10. Provided a ungrounded green terminal block for each twisted-shielded pair drain wire.

2.04 MAIN CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICE
A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the main circuit protective device shall be a molded case (MCCB), 2- Pole, 240 Volt, fixed type, manually operated.

B. Provide a flange mounted main power disconnect operating handle with mechanical interlock having a bypass that will allow the panel door to open only when the switch is in the OFF position. Where panels are shown or specified with inner and outer doors, disconnecting handles and controls shall be located on the inner door.

C. The utility service entrance circuit breaker in the panel shall be interlocked with a circuit breaker connected to the generator connection receptacle. When utility service circuit breaker is closed, the generator connection receptacle circuit breaker should be opened. The opposite applies as well.

2.05 MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A. General

1. The Drawings indicate the approximate horsepower. Provide the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-87 CIP 7631 NEMA size starter, circuit breaker trip ratings, control power transformers and thermal overload heater element ratings matched to the motors and control equipment actually supplied, in compliance with the NEC and the manufacturer’s heater selection tables. All variations necessary to accommodate the motors and controls as actually furnished shall be made without extra cost to the Owner.

2. Furnish lugs for incoming wiring, sizes as shown on the Drawings.

Allow adequate clearance for bending and terminating of cable size and type specified.

3. A NEMA rated magnetic motor starter shall be furnished for each motor. Each motor starter shall be provided with a motor circuit protector, or circuit breaker, and equipped to provide undervoltage release and overload protection on all three phases. The short circuit protective device shall have an adjustable magnetic trip range up to 1400% of rated continuous current and a trip test feature. MCPs shall be labeled in accordance with UL489. NEMA starter sizes and breaker trip ratings shall be as required for the horsepower indicated, but shall be in no case less than NEMA Size 1. If the manufacturer of the equipment utilizing the motor, supplies a motor horsepower larger than that shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall supply a motor starter sufficient in size to control the motor supplied.

4. A mechanical disconnect mechanism, with bypass, shall be installed on each motor circuit protector, capable of being locked in the "OFF" position to provide a means of disconnecting power to each motor.

Disconnects mechanisms shall be located inside the enclosure such that the main circuit breaker handle is the only device interlocked with the panel door.

5. Each motor starter shall have a 120 volt operating coil unless otherwise noted.

6. Overload relays shall be standard Class 20, ambient compensated, manually reset by pushbutton located on front of the starter door. A normally closed contact shall be directly used in the start circuit and a normally open contact shall be wire to a terminal board for overload alarm.

7. All interfaces between control panel and remote devices shall be isolated via an interposing relay. Interposing relays shall have contacts rated for 250 VAC and 10 Amps continuous. Relays shall be Control Relays as specified herein.

B. Magnetic Motor Starters

1. Motor starters shall be 2 or 3- pole, single or 3- phase as required, 60 Hertz, 600 volt, magnetically operated, full voltage non-reversing.

NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepower shown on the Drawings.

2. Each motor starter shall have a 120 volt operating coil, and control power transformer. Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. A minimum of one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contacts BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-88 CIP 7631 shall be provided in addition to the contacts required.

3. Overload relays shall be adjustable, ambient compensated and manually reset.

4. Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the Drawings.

5. All wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks and shall be tagged.

6. Provide as built wiring diagram and post it in a protective cover inside the cell.

7. The motors shall be operated as lead standby. One motor shall run while the other motor is on standby. The standby motor shall not operate until the water reaches a certain level as indicated in the Drawings. Below that water level, there shall be only one motor running at a time.

C. Contactors

1. Contactors shall be a circuit breaker and contactor, 240 Volt, 1- Pole, 60 Hz, magnetically operated. NEMA size shall be as required for the kilowatt ratings required for the equipment provided but shall be not less than NEMA size 1.

2. Contactors shall have a 120 Volt operating coil and control power transformer. Furnish the control power transformer with extra capacity for the unit heater fan.

3. Combination Contactors used for lighting control shall be as specified herein, magnetically operated, with the number of channels and poles as shown on the Drawings. Each contactor shall be controlled by an Astronomic Time Clock Tyco Model TC-100 or approved equal, 3000VA photo control Precision Controls Model T-368-AL or approved equal, or a combination of both clock and photo control, all as shown on the Drawings. The photocell shall be separately located as shown on the Drawings. The photocell enclosure shall be as required by the area classification.

D. Control Relays

1. Control relays shall be 300 volt, industrial rated, plug-in socket type, housed in a transparent polycarbonate dust cover, designed in accordance with UL Standard 508 for motor controller duty.

Continuous contact rating shall be 10 amperes resistive, ¼ HP at 120 VAC, operating temperature minus 10 to plus 55 0 C. Provide spare N.O. & N.C. contacts. Relays shall be Potter & Brumfield KRP Series or equal with neon coil indicator light. Timing relays shall be 300 Volt, solid state type, with rotary switch to select the timing range.

E. Elapsed Time Meter

1. Where an elapsed time meter is specified or shown on the Drawings, a six digit, non-resettable elapsed time meter shall be installed on the face of each motor starter.

F. Provide a scripted application and fully documented setup for all OITs.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-89 CIP 7631 G. Where the control panel contains an Operation Interface Terminal (OIT), the equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed, a dedicated Surge Protective Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13 Surge Protective Devices for Low Voltage Electrical Power Circuits (SPDs), Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3).

H. The manufacturer shall provide the address list and an Ethernet interface to connect to the Owner’s plant monitoring system for monitoring of the PLC’s OIT interface.

2.06 REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL INTERFACE
A. General: All control and interconnection points from the equipment to the plant control and monitoring system shall be brought to a separate connection box. No field connections shall be made directly to the equipment control devices. Functions to be brought out shall be as described in the Instrumentation Division Control Strategies Section.

B. Discrete control or status functions shall be form C relays with contacts rated at 120 volts AC. Analog signals shall be isolated from each other.

C. Equipment functions to be directly interfaced to the Plant Control and Monitoring System, shall be designed for operation with an Ethernet Connection.

D. The equipment manufacturer shall factory enter the proper IP Address for such connection. Upon request by the Contractor, the Owner/Engineer will provide the proper Internet Protocol Address (IP Address), to be configured by the equipment manufacturer.

2.07 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide the following spare parts for each control panel in the quantities specified:

1. One-half dozen replacement fuses, all types and sizes

2. One replacement lamp of each color, for pilot lights

3. One of each color replacement lens caps for pilot lights

4. One starter coil for each NEMA size furnished

5. One, 2-pole set of replacement overload heaters of each size range used

6. One, 2-pole set of starter contacts of each NEMA size used.

7. One can of aerosol touch-up paint.

B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage. Identify each item with manufacturer’s name, description, and part number on the exterior of the package.

2.08 FACTORY TESTING
A. The entire control panel shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the factory and shall be given the manufacturer’s routine shop tests and any other additional operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-90 CIP 7631 B. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards.

C. The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall be fed into the boards to check for proper operation.

D. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards, and shall be subject to the Owner/Engineer’s approval.

PART – 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment.

B. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the floor mounted motor controllers as detailed on the Drawings with the exception of motor controllers which are to be installed adjacent to an existing unit.

Housekeeping pads for these (if used) should match the existing installation.

C Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface.

D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install.

E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the
manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings.

B. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight, threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA Series, or equal.

C. Conduits entering a Control Panel, shall not enter the enclosure through the top.

D. Install required safety labels.

3.03 RACEWAY SEALING
A. Where raceways enter junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment, entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal.

B. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-91 CIP 7631 B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions.

3.05 FIELD ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions.

B. The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the manufacturer, retained by the Contractor. All such settings, including the application of arc flash labels, shall have been made and Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment.

3.06 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing.

B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance. Megger, for 1 minute, at minimum voltage of 1000 VDC.

Measured Insulation resistance shall be at least 100 megaohms. In no case shall the manufacturer’s maximum test voltages be exceeded.

C. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning.

D. Test all control logic before energizing the motor or equipment.

3.07 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the motor controllers. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air.

3.08 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the surface shall be replaced.

3.09 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION
A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall personally inspect the equipment at the jobsite and shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, and tested, in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, including all settings designated in the Power System Study.

B. The Contractor shall provide three copies of the
manufacturer's representative's certification.

3.10 TRAINING
A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and maintenance of the electrical equipment furnished under BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-92 CIP 7631 this Section.

B. The training for each type of equipment shall be for a period of not less than one-half (1/2) eight-hour day.

C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related to the system being supplied.

D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project.

E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters, protective devices, metering, and other major components.

F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner’s use.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-93 CIP 7631 SECTION 26 43 13 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER

CIRCUITS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section includes surge protective devices (SPDs) for low-voltage power equipment.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section.

B. Other sections that may relate to the work in this section include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. 26 00 00 – General Electrical Provisions.

C. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

D. Field quality-control test reports, including the following:

1. Test procedures used.

2. Test results that comply with requirements.

3. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements.

E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For transient voltage suppression devices to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include rated capacities, operating weights, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.

B. Product Certificates: For surge protective devices, signed by product manufacturer certifying compliance with the following standards:

1. UL 1283 - Electromagnetic.

2. UL 1449 4th Edition – UL Standard for Surge Protective Devices C. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

D. Field quality-control test reports, including the following:

1. Test procedures used.

2. Test results that comply with requirements.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-94 CIP 7631

3. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements.

E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For transient voltage suppression devices to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The surge protective devices referenced herein shall be designed and manufactured according to the following standards.

1. UL 1283 – Electromagnetic Interference Filters.

2. UL 1449 4th Edition – UL Standard for Surge Protective Devices.

3. IEEE C62.41.1 – IEEE Guide on the Surge Environment in LowVoltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits.

4. IEEE C62.41.2, IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low- Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits.

5. IEEE C62.45, IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits.

6. National Electrical Code: Article 285, 700, and 708.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm with at least 5 years of experience in manufacturing transient voltage suppressors.

B. Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified.

C. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum period of (10) years. When requested by the Owner’s Representative, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement.

D. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, dimensional requirements, and electrical performance of suppressors and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Requirements." E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION / DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Owner’s Representative not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner’s BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-95 CIP 7631 Representative’s written permission.

B. Service Conditions: Rate surge protection devices for continuous operation under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Not less than 115 percent of nominal system operating voltage.

2. Operating Temperature: 30 to 120 deg F (0 to 50 deg C).

3. Humidity: 0 to 85 percent, non-condensing.

4. Altitude: Less than 20,000 feet (6090 m) above sea level.

1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Handle and store equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s Installation and Maintenance Manuals. One (1) copy of this document shall be provided with the equipment at time of shipment.

B. Each internally mounted SPD shall be delivered fully assembled and installed as part of the associated electrical equipment.

1.08 MAINTENANCE / SPARE PARTS (NOT USED)

1.09 EXTENDED WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of surge suppressors that fail in materials or workmanship within ten years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. ABB.

2. Siemens.

3. Square D.

4. Eaton/ Cutler Hammer

2.02 480V SWITCHBOARD AND 480V MCC SUPPRESSORS
A. Surge Protective Devices with the following features and accessories:

1. Fuses, rated at 200-kA interrupting capacity.

2. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-96 CIP 7631

3. Integral disconnect switch.

4. Redundant suppression circuits.

5. Redundant or replaceable modules.

6. Arrangement with copper bus bars and for bolted connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus.

7. Arrangement with wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus.

8. LED indicator lights for power and protection status.

9. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.

10. One set of dry contacts rated at 5 A and 250Vac, for remote monitoring of protection status. Coordinate with building power monitoring and control system.

11. Surge-event operations counter.

12. Per UL96A service entrance SPD’s shall have a nominal discharge current (In) rating of 20Ka
B. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating: 150kA/mode.

C. Connection Means: Permanently wired.

D. Protection modes and UL 1449 Voltage Protection Rating (VPR) for grounded wye circuits with voltages of 480Y/277, 3-phase, 4-wire circuits shall be as follows:

1. Line to Neutral: 1200V

2. Line to Ground: 1200V

3. Neutral to Ground: 1200V

2.03 PANELBOARD SUPPRESSORS
A. SPD with the following features and accessories:

1. Fuses, rated at 200-kA interrupting capacity.

2. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring.

3. Integral disconnect switch.

4. Redundant suppression circuits.

5. Redundant replaceable modules.

6. Arrangement with wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus.

7. LED indicator lights for power and protection status.

8. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.

9. One set of dry contacts rated at 5 A and 250Vac, for remote monitoring of protection status. Coordinate with building power monitoring and control system.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-97 CIP 7631

10. Surge-event operations counter.

B. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating: 100 kA per mode C. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for grounded wye circuits with voltages of 480Y/277, 208Y/120, 3-phase, 4-wire circuits shall be as follows:

1. Line to Neutral: 1200 V for 480Y/277.

2. Line to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277.

3. Neutral to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277

2.04 ENCLOSURES
A. Install surge protective devices in the same cabinet as the MCC, switchboard, and 480V panelboard, MCC, and switchboard.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION / PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Surge protective devices shall be installed by the MCC and panelboard manufacturer at the factory.

B. Do not energize or connect service entrance equipment, panelboards, control terminals, data terminals to their sources until surge protection devices are installed and connected.

C. Firestop caulk SPD connections.

3.03 INSPECTION
A. Check tightness of all accessible mechanical and electrical connections to assure they are torqued to the minimum acceptable manufacture’s recommendations.

3.04 FIELD TESTING
A. Check all installed panels for proper grounding, fastening and alignment.

B. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest.

C. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain transient voltage suppression devices.

3.05 FIELD PAINTING (NOT USED)

3.06 CLEANING (NOT USED)
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-98 CIP 7631 SECTION 26 50 00 LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. complete LED lighting system ready for operation as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.

1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 26 00 00 - General Electrical Provisions.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 and as specified herein.

B. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will be returned un-reviewed.

C. Manufacturer's technical information for the materials proposed for use in the systems.

D. For all light pole foundations shown to be installed in earth, provide installation and anchoring drawings that are stamped and sealed by a licensed engineer in the state of California. The soil condition shall be assumed to be disturbed earth. If compaction is assumed, a compaction test shall be performed on all foundation locations, showing the minimum field density assumed in the foundation design.

E. Submit manufacturer's name and catalog data for all lighting equipment specified in this Section and on the lighting fixture schedule.

F. Shop drawings:

1. Clearly indicate luminaire type and name of the job. Contractor shall endeavor to submit all luminaires, drivers and integral controls shop drawings at one time, in one package. Any re-submittals shall include all luminaire, driver and integral controls previously rejected or requiring further information. Specialty SSL, custom, or modified fixtures may be submitted as a separate package.

2. Reproductions of the contract drawings are not acceptable as shop drawings.

3. Indicate any dimensions and components for each luminaire that are not a standard product of the manufacturer.

G. Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings and specific catalog number and identification of items and accessories and performance data.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-99 CIP 7631 H. Wiring Diagrams – as needed for special operation or interaction with other system(s)
I. Photometric Data: Where indicated below or for substitutions, supply complete photometric data for the fixture, including optical performance, rendered by NVLAP approved laboratory developed according to the methods of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America. Submit electronically, in IESNA LM-63 standard format. Types XX and YY.

J. Submit photometric data for all substitute luminaries. Photometric reports are not required from specified manufacturers unless noted in paragraph H above.

K. Specification Sheets: If lacking sufficient detail to indicate compliance with contract documents, standard specification sheets will not be accepted. This includes, but is not limited to, luminaire type designation, manufacturer's complete catalog number, voltage, LED type, CCT, CRI, specific driver information, system efficacy, L70 life rating, and any modifications necessary to meet the requirements of the contract documents.

L. Substitutions shall include complete photometric data as outlined in paragraph H above and point by point calculations for the specific conditions on the project.

Samples shall be required for consideration of any substitutions and must be submitted in accordance with the terms outlined in paragraph below.

M. Working Samples of all substitutions: Samples shall be 120 volts with cord and plug attached, and shall include specified LEDs and all modifications necessary to meet the requirements specified in the Contract Documents.

N. Energy Efficiency:

1. Submit documentation for Energy Star qualifications for equipment provided under work of this Section.

2. Submit data indicating luminaire efficiency.

3. Submit data indicating Ballast Efficacy Factor (BEF).

4. Submit data indicating Luminaire Efficacy rating (LER).

5. Submit data indicating color rendition index of light source.

O. environmental data in accordance with Table 1 of ASTM E2129 for products provided under work of this Section.

P. Manufacturer's technical information for the materials proposed for use in the systems.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All lighting fixtures shall be in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) NFPA 70 “National Electrical Code” (NEC) and shall be constructed in accordance with the latest edition of the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) "Standards for Safety, Electric Lighting Fixtures".

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-100 CIP 7631 B. National Energy Policy Act of 2005, Public Law No. 109-58.

C. IESNA LM-63 - ANSI Approved Standard File Format for Electronic Transfer of Photometric Data and Related Information.

D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

E. IESNA LM-79-08 IESNA - Approved Method for Electrical and Photometric F. Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products.

G. IESNA LM-80-08 IESNA - Approved Method for Measuring Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources.

H. IESNA LM-80-08 IESNA - Approved Method for Measuring Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources.

I. IESNA TM-21 – Projecting Long Term Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources.

J. UL 8750 – Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products.

K. OSHA 29CFR1910.7 – luminaires shall be listed by national recognized testing laboratory approved by United Stated Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The luminaires shall be manufactured in accordance with a manufacturer quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of the modules built to meet this specification.

These tests shall include: CCT, CRI, Lumen output and wattage. Tests shall be recorded, analyzed and maintained for future reference.

B. QA process and test results documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years.

C. LED luminaire designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification.

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION/DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-101 CIP 7631 equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted.

B. Protect equipment during shipment, handling, and storage by suitable complete enclosures. Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry.

C. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Repaint damaged painted surfaces to the satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer.

D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent location shown on the Drawings within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, at the Contractor’s expense, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment.

E. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately.

1.08 MAINTENANCE/SPARE PARTS

1.09 EXTENDED WARRANTY
A. The manufacturer shall provide a warranty against loss of performance and defects in materials and workmanship for the Luminaires for a period of five years after acceptance of the Luminaires. Warranty shall cover all components comprising the luminaire. All warranty documentation shall be provided to customer prior to the first shipment.

B. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design, and materials. If any part of the equipment should fail during the warranty period, it shall be replaced and the unit(s) restored to service at no additional cost (including parts, labor, and travel expenses) to the Owner.

C. The manufacturer’s warranty period shall run concurrently with the Contractor’s warranty period. No exception to this provision shall be allowed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Luminaires

1. Each luminaire shall consist of an assembly that utilizes LEDs as the light source. In addition, a complete luminaire shall consist of a housing, LED array, and electronic driver (power supply) and integral controls as per this specification.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-102 CIP 7631

2. Each luminaire shall be designed to operate at an average operating temperature of 25 degrees C.

3. The operating temperature range shall be 0 degrees C to +25 degrees C.

4. Each luminaire shall meet all parameters of this specification throughout the minimum operational life when operated at the average operating temperature.

5. Nominal luminaire dimensions:

B. LED Sources

1. LED’s shall be manufactured by, Nichia, Samsung or Osram. b) Lumen Output – minimum initial lumen output of the luminaire shall be as follows for the lumens exiting the luminaire in the 0-90 degree zone - as measured by IESNA Standard LM-79-08 in an accredited lab. Exact tested lumen output shall be clearly noted on the shop drawings.

2. Lumen output shall not decrease by more than 20% over the minimum operational life of 50,000 hours.

3. Individual LEDs shall be connected such that a catastrophic loss or the failure of one LED will not result in the loss of the entire luminaire.

4. LED Boards shall be suitable for field maintenance or service from below the ceiling with plug-in connectors. LED boards shall be upgradable.

5. Light Color/Qualitya. Correlated Color temperature (CCT) range as per specification, between 3500K, 4100K and 5000K shall be correlated to chromaticity as defined by the absolute (X, Y) coordinates on the 2-D CIE chromaticity chart. b. The color rendition index (CRI) shall be 80 or greater. c. Color shift over 6,000 hours shall be <0.007 change in u’ v’ as demonstrated in IES LM80 report.

C. Power Supply and Driver

1. Driver: AccuDrive, 120 – 277 volt, UL Listed, CSA Certified, Sound Rated A+. Driver shall be > 80% efficient at full load across all input voltages. Input wires shall be 18AWG solid copper minimum.

2. Driver shall be suitable for full-range dimming. The luminaire shall be capable of continuous dimming without perceivable flicker over a range of 100% to 5% of rated lumen output with a smooth shut off function. Dimming shall be controlled by a 0-10V signal.

3. Driver shall be UL listed.

4. Maximum stand-by power shall be one Watt.

5. Driver disconnect shall be provided where required to comply with codes.

6. The electronics/power supply enclosure shall be internal to the SSL luminaire and be accessible per UL requirements.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-103 CIP 7631

7. The surge protection which resides within the driver shall protect the luminaire from damage and failure for transient voltages and currents as defined in ANSI/IEEE C64.41 2002 for Location Category A, where failure does not mean a momentary loss of light during the transient event.

D. Electrical

1. Operation Voltage - The luminaire shall operate from a 50 or 60 HZ ±3 HZ AC line over a voltage ranging from 120 VAC to 277 VAC. The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous output. The standard operating voltages are 120 VAC, 277 VAC, 480 VAC.

2. Power Factor: The luminaire shall have a power factor of 90% or greater at all standard operating voltages and full luminaire output.

3. THD: Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by a luminaire shall not exceed 20 percent at any standard input voltage.

4. Surge Suppression: The luminaire shall include surge protection to withstand high repetition noise and other interference.

5. RF Interference: The luminaire and associated onboard circuitry must meet Class A emission limits referred in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15 Non-Consumer requirements for EMI/RFI emissions.

6. Electrical connections between normal power and driver must be modular utilizing a snap fit connector. All electrical components must be easily accessible after installation and be replaceable without removing the fixture from the ceiling.

7. All electrical components shall be RoHS compliant.

E. Exit Sign: UL listed. Provide with automatic power failure device with integral self- testing module and fully automatic high/low trickle charger in a selfcontained power pack. Battery shall be sealed electrolyte type; shall operate unattended; and require no maintenance, including no additional water, for a period of not less than five years. LED exit sign shall have emergency run time of 1-1/2 hours (minimum). The light emitting diodes shall have rated lamp life of 70,000 hours (minimum).

PRODUCT TYPE WATTS/FIXTURE
All Exit Signs Fixtures 5 watts or less
F. Photometric Requirements

1. Luminaire performance shall be tested as described herein.

2. Luminaire performance shall be judged against the specified minimum illuminance in the specified pattern for a particular application.

3. Luminaire lighting performance shall be adjusted (depreciated) for the minimum life expectancy.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-104 CIP 7631

4. The performance shall be adjusted (depreciated) by using the LED manufacturer’s data or the data from the IESNA Standard TM-21 test report, which ever one results in a higher level of lumen depreciation.

5. The luminaire may be determined to be compliant photometrically, if:
a. The initial minimum illuminance level is achieved in 100% of the area of the specified lighting pattern.
b. The measurements shall be calibrated to standard photonic calibrations.
c. Add specific project requirements.

G. Thermal Management

1. The thermal management (of the heat generated by the LEDs) shall be of sufficient capacity to assure proper operation of the luminaire over the expected useful life.

2. The LED manufacturer’s maximum junction temperature for the expected life (Section 1.2.9 c) shall not be exceeded at the average operating ambient.

3. The LED manufacturer’s maximum junction temperature for the catastrophic failure shall not be exceeded at the maximum operating ambient.

4. The luminaire shall have an UL IC rating.

5. The Driver manufacturer’s maximum case temperature shall not be exceeded at the maximum operating ambient. Thermal management shall be passive by design. The use of fans or other mechanical devices shall not be allowed.

H. Emergency Lighting Battery Units

1. Emergency lighting units shall be as specified in the "Lighting Fixture Schedule" shown on the Drawings.

2. Battery units shall be of the self-contained, fully automatic type with sealed lead acid batteries, volt-meters.

3. Unit enclosures shall be compatible to their environment and units shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70 (NEC).

4. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to provide all necessary mounting hardware.

5. Shall be factory installed and provide a range of 800 to 1400 lm of light for 90 minutes. Output is based on the size and wattage of the luminaire.

6. Integral or remote test switch shall be provided as per specification.

I. Flexible Fixture Hangers

1. Flexible fixture hangers used in non-hazardous areas shall be type ARB and flexible fixture supports used in hazardous areas shall be Type EFH as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co., similar by Appleton Electric Co; Killark a Division of Hubbell Inc.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-105 CIP 7631

2. Where required in Section 26 00 00, all pendent-mounted and recessed in suspended ceilings, recessed lighting fixtures shall be provided with four antisway supports to meet Type I seismic requirements.

J. Fixtures

1. Refer to drawing for fixture ID and model number.

2.02 FABRICATION
A. Luminaire Construction

1. Luminaire housing to have no visible welding, screws, springs, hooks, rivets, bare LEDs or plastic supports.

2. The luminaire shall be a single, self-contained device, not requiring onsite assembly for installation. The power supply and circuit board for the luminaire shall be integral to the unit.

3. Luminaires shall be fabricated from post painted cold rolled steel and shall be a rigid structure with integral T-bar clips.

4. Finish: Polyester powder coat painted with 92% high-reflective paint after fabrication.

5. Reflector: rugged one-piece cold rolled steel with embossed multi-facets, echoing the frequency of the refractor prisms to distribute soft light at multiple angles, without flashing thus reducing high luminance contrast.

6. End caps shall be sloped at 70 degrees to create depth.

7. Luminaire to have smooth transition between T-bar and reflector arch. No doorframe or exposed hardware.

8. Polymeric materials (if used) of enclosures containing either the power supply or electronic components of the luminaire shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant materials. Luminaire lenses are excluded from this requirement.

9. Integral Grid Clips required on recessed mounted luminaires along with integral tie wire mounting points.

10. Luminaire to have air removal capability as specified.

11. The assembly and manufacturing process for the SSL luminaire shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration.

2.03 CONTROLS (NOT USED)

2.04 FACTORY TESTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION/PREPATATION (NOT USED)

3.02 INSTALLATION
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-106 CIP 7631 A. Each fixture shall be a completely finished unit with all components, mounting and/or hanging devices necessary, for the proper installation of the particular fixture in its designated location and shall be completely wired ready for connection to the branch circuit wires at the outlet.

B. All flush mounted fixtures shall be supported from the structure and shall not be dependent on the hung ceilings for their support.

C. Fixtures noted to be installed flush in suspended ceilings shall be of mounting types suited for the type ceiling involved. It shall be the responsibility of the electrical contractor to verify the ceiling types prior to ordering fixtures.

D. Fixture to be recessed mounted in suspended lay-in grid ceiling, dry wall or other ceiling type up to 1 ½ inch thick. Contractor to verify exact ceiling type prior to ordering luminaires to insure compatibility with ceiling thickness. Provide ceiling adaptor as required to accommodate ceiling thickness up to 2 inches. Bottom of luminaire shall be flush with ceiling.

E. Flexible fixture hangers shall be used for all pendant mounted fixtures. Fixtures two feet long and larger shall be supported with a minimum of two fixture hangers.

F. Conduit run in areas with hung ceilings shall be installed in the space above the hung ceiling as close to the structure as possible. Conduits shall be supported from the structure.

G. Exterior lighting poles shall be mounted plumb.

H. Fixture locations are shown on the Drawings in approximate locations; however exact locations shall be coordinated so as to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, equipment, and other obstacles.

I. Where the Drawings state a particular mounting height, it shall imply that the bottom of the fixture shall be mounted at the stated mounting height above the finished floor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

J. The minimum mounting height for the bottom of lights and exit signs shall be 80 inches above the finished floor in compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

K. Install fixtures securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 501.

L. Flangeless fixtures for recess mounting in drywall shall be provided with mud ring and plaster guard, install per manufacturer’s instructions.

M. Install all required hardware and mounting brackets to secure luminaires to structure per local code requirements.

N. Bond luminaires and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation Project F-107 CIP 7631

3.03 INSPECTION (NOT USED)

3.04 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform field inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for improper connections and operation.

C. Test and calibrate all controls associated with luminaires, i.e. integral photo cells and occupancy sensors.

3.05 FIELD PAINTING (NOT USED)

3.06 CLEANING
A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.

B. Remove dirt and debris from lens enclosures.

1. For cleaning acrylic lenses or diffusers, use a feather duster or dry cotton cheesecloth to rid the lens/diffuser of any minor dust. For fingerprints, smudges, or other dirt present, use an ammonia-based cleaner (such as Windex) and wipe carefully with cotton cheesecloth (so as to avoid injury from any prismatic texture of the lens).

2. Job site contamination may not necessarily be removed using the above recommendations. In that case the lens would need to be replaced.

C. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.

D. All fixtures shall be left in a clean condition, free of dirt and defects, before acceptance by the Engineer.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-108 CIP 7631

SECTION F

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 5

PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SECTION 40 61 13 – PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section covers the furnishing and installation of an instrumentation and control system designated as the Process Control System (PCS).

B. The Contractor to procure the services of a Process Control System Integrator (PCSI). The PCSI shall be responsible for the following:

1. Coordinate all process control system-related items.

2. Furnish and install all materials, equipment, labor, and services required, except for those services and materials specifically excluded.

3. Achieve a fully integrated and operational PCS as specified herein, in the associated Specification Sections, and as detailed in the Contract Drawings.

4. Check out and calibrate instruments.

5. Perform all testing, training, and startup activities specified to be provided.

C. Equipment and software furnished under this section and under other related sections listed in the Scope of Work paragraph above shall be designed, coordinated, and supplied by the PCSI or supplier.

D. Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1. Provide level switches, level sensor, intrusion switches, PLC components, radio and antenna, and other miscellaneous hardware to make a complete and functional system.

2. Install, calibrate, test, and commission the level sensor.

Install and configure a 900 MHz radio to communicate with the Golf Course Pump Station. Golf Course Pump Station work to be done by others.

E. The Owner has contracted directly with an Application System Programmer (ASP). Items specifically excluded from the scope of work, but included within the ASP’s scope of work, include the following:

1. PLC programming, testing of PLC logic, and training activities associated with the programmed PLC applications.

2. HMI graphics development, HMI software configuration, database development, report development, historical database, related software applications, and training activities associated with the configured PCS.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-109 CIP 7631

F. Associated Sections
This section encompasses the equipment and services specified in the following sections:

SECTION SPEC TITLE
40 61 20 Process Control System Submittals
40 61 21 Process Control System Testing
40 61 93 Process Control System Input/Output List
40 61 96 Process Control Descriptions
40 66 53 Radio Equipment
40 70 00 Instruments
40 72 00 Level Measurement
G. The PCSI shall coordinate with the Contractor, Owner, Engineer, and separately-contracted ASP, for all scheduling, installation, testing, startup, and training services.

H. Instrumentation specified in other Divisions shall meet the requirements of the Process Control Systems Sections of Division 40.

1.2 GENERAL
A. The Drawings and Specifications indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. If any departures from the Drawings or Specifications are deemed necessary by the PCSI, details of such departures and the reasons shall be submitted to the Engineer for review with or before the first submittal. No departures shall be made without prior written acceptance.

B. The specifications describe the minimum requirements for hardware and software. Where the PCSI’s standard configuration includes additional items of equipment or software features not specifically described herein, such equipment or features shall be furnished as a part of the system and shall be warranted as specified herein.

C. Equipment furnished and installed under this section shall be fabricated, assembled, erected, and placed in proper operating condition in full conformity with the Drawings, Specifications, engineering data, instructions, and recommendations of the equipment manufacturer, unless exceptions are noted by the Engineer.

D. Requirements specified in this Section apply to all equipment specified in the above Sections, unless otherwise stated. In the case of a conflict, the most stringent requirements shall prevail.

E. The PCSI shall supply, install, and configure all instruments specified in Division 40 and as shown on the Drawings.

F. All equipment and installations shall satisfy applicable federal, state, and local codes.

G. Drawings
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-110 CIP 7631

1. The Drawings indicate locations and arrangements of equipment and may include installation details and block and one-line diagrams showing connections and interfaces with other equipment. Section 40 61 13 – Process Control System Input/Output List contains the input/output (I/O) points.

2. Principal components of the instrumentation systems shall be as indicated on the P&ID drawings and Section 40 70 00 – Instruments.

H. Dimensional Restrictions

1. Layout dimensions will vary between manufacturers and the layout area indicated on the Drawings is based on typical values.

2. The PCSI shall review the Drawings, the manufacturer's layout drawings and installation requirements, and make any modifications requisite for proper installation subject to acceptance by the Engineer.

3. At least three (3) feet of clear access space shall be provided in front of all instrumentation and control system components.

I. Workmanship and Materials

1. The PCSI shall guarantee all equipment against faulty or inadequate design, improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship or materials, and leakage, breakage, or other failure. Materials shall be suitable for service conditions.

2. All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with recognized and acceptable engineering and shop practice.

3. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and thicknesses so that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field.

4. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable.

5. Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except for testing.

J. Corrosive Fluids

1. All parts which are exposed to corrosive conditions shall be made from corrosion resistant materials.

2. The PCSI shall submit certification that the instrument manufacturer approves the selection of materials of primary elements that are in contact with the specified process fluid to be inert to the effects of the process fluid.

K. Permits and Agency Approvals

1. The Contractor shall, as part of their work, arrange for and obtain all necessary permits, inspections, and approvals by the authorities having local jurisdiction of such work. This shall include any third-party inspections and testing of panels and equipment.

1.3 GOVERNING CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work performed covered by this section and all equipment, materials, and installation shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC), with applicable federal, state, and local regulations and ordinances, and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards. (Note: Codes and standards are referred to in the text by basic designation only. Where a date is given for reference standards, that edition shall be used. Where no date is BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-111 CIP 7631

given for reference standards, the latest edition in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply.)

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

3. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)

4. Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

5. Factory Mutual (FM)

6. Federal Communication Commission (FCC)
a. Part 15 – Class A

7. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) a. IEEE 519 – Recommended Practice and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electric Power Systems
b. IEEE C37.90 – Standard for Relays and Relay Systems
Associated with Electric Power Apparatus

8. International Society of Automation (ISA)

9. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)

10. National Electric Safety Code (NESC)

11. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) a. NEMA ICS 1 – Industrial Control and Systems General
Requirements

12. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA):
a. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC)
b. NFPA 79 – Industrial Control Equipment

13. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

14. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
a. UL 508 – The Standard for Safety for Industrial Control Equipment b. UL 508A – The Standard for Safety for Industrial Control Panels c. UL 61010-1 – The Standard for Safety Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use: General
Requirements
d. UL 61010-2-201 – The Standard for Safety Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use: Particular Requirements for Control Equipment
e. UL 50 – The Standard for Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
f. A nationally recognized testing laboratory, as approved by the Authority having jurisdiction, may substitute for UL listing on commercial off the shelf products.

15. United States Defense Standard (MIL-STD)
B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply.

C. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the contract documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society, organization, or association, the provisions of the contract documents shall take precedence if they are more stringent or presumptively cause a higher level of performance.

D. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or between laws and regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding on the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Owner and/or Engineer.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-112 CIP 7631

E. In accordance with the intent of the contract documents, the Contractor accepts the fact that compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in contract price or an extension in contract time nor limit in any way, the Contractor's responsibility to comply with all laws and regulations at all times.

1.4 RELATED WORK
A. All equipment and work provided under any division of these project specifications, including, but not limited to, vendor supplied instrumentation and control panels, shall fully comply with the relevant requirements of Division 40 sections.

B. Conduit and Cable

1. Process Control conduit systems are specified in Electrical Division

26. 2. Instrumentation signal cable and alarm, control, and status wiring are specified in Electrical Division 26.

C. The contract documents indicate both vendor and PCSI supplied instruments, devices, and control panels. The distinction between equipment suppliers shall be shown on the Drawings, Instrument Device Schedule, and Panel Schedules. The PCSI shall provide all equipment as instruments, devices, and control panels that are not listed as supplied by vendors.

D. Related Equipment, Materials, and Appurtenances

1. Related equipment and materials may include, but will not be limited to, instrumentation, motor controllers, valve actuators, chemical feeders, analytical measuring devices, conduit, cable, and piping as described in other sections or furnished under other contracts.

2. The PCSI shall provide all auxiliary and appurtenances devices necessary for system operation or performance, such as transducers, relays, signal amplifiers, signal boosters, signal converters, intrinsic safety barriers, signal isolators, special power supplies, special cable, special grounding, software, and drivers to interface with existing equipment or equipment provided by others under other sections of these specifications, whether they are shown on the Drawings or not.

3. All equipment shall be designed and installed in full conformity with the Drawings, specifications, engineering data, instructions, and recommendations of the manufacturer, and the manufacturer of the related equipment.

E. Coordination

1. Systems supplied under this section shall be designed and coordinated by the PCSI for proper operation with related equipment and materials furnished by other suppliers under other sections of these specifications, under other contracts, and, where applicable, with related existing equipment.

2. The PCSI shall coordinate with the Contractor, Owner, Engineer, ASP, and other suppliers of Instrumentation and Controls equipment specified under other Divisions that interface with the PCS for all scheduling, installation, testing, startup, and training services.

1.5 PCSI QUALIFICATIONS
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-113 CIP 7631

A. The PCSI shall be a "systems integrator" regularly engaged in the business of supplying and installing computer-based monitoring, control, data acquisition systems, instrumentation, and their associated subsystems as they are applied to the municipal water and wastewater industry.

B. The PCSI shall have the following minimum qualifications:

1. Maintain a permanent, fully staffed, and equipped service facility within 200 miles of the project site with full- time employees capable of designing, fabricating, installing, calibrating, testing, and troubleshooting the systems specified herein.

2. Hold a valid UL-508 certification for their panel fabrication facility.

3. Successfully completed work of similar or greater complexity on at least three (3) previous projects within the last five (5) years.

Successful completion shall be defined as a finished project completed on time, without any outstanding claims or litigation involving the PCSI. Potential references shall be for projects where the PCSI’s contract was of similar size to this project.

4. Been in the same industry performing the type of work specified in this specification section for a minimum of 15 years.

5. Maintain competent and experienced service personnel to service the hardware furnished for this project.

6. Hold an adequate Certificate of Insurance for the project work specified herein and in other related Sections.

7. Submit a team organization chart, resumes, and training certifications.

8. Employ personnel who have completed and hold certificates for required training.

9. Certifications and training credentials of all individuals working on Owner’s systems must be submitted and approved prior to commencing work.

10. If the PCSI has worked with the Owner, provide a list of projects previously completed. The PCSI may be rejected based on past performance on the Owner’s projects and may not use rejection to claim additional compensation or time.

11. Be capable of responding to on-site problems, at a minimum, within 12 hours of notice. Provide an on-site response within four (4) hours of notification starting at two (2) months before scheduled startup to two (2) months after startup completion.

1.6 SPARE PARTS
A. Refer to the individual Specification Sections for the spare parts requirements.

1.7 HAZARDOUS AREAS
A. Equipment, materials, and installation in areas classified as hazardous on the Drawings shall comply with NEC Articles 500, 501, 502, and 503.

B. Equipment and materials installed in hazardous areas shall be UL listed for the appropriate hazardous area classification.

1.8 SHIPPING, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-114 CIP 7631

A. Shipping, storage, and handling shall be in accordance with Section 11 29 00 – Product Delivery, Storage, And Handling.

B. All electronic equipment and instruments shall be suitably packaged to facilitate handling and to protect against damage during transit and storage in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipment, handling, and storage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure to the elements, shall always be kept dry, and shall not be exposed to adverse ambient conditions.

C. Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Painted surfaces that are damaged prior to acceptance of equipment shall be repainted to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

D. Each shipment shall include an appropriate shipping list that indicates the contents of the package, including the specific instrument tags. The shipping list shall be accessible without exposing the instruments to the atmosphere.

The shipping list shall also contain any cautionary notes regarding storage of the instruments, including requirements to protect the instrument from static discharge, desensitizing chemicals (solvents, paints, etc.), or ambient atmospheric conditions.

E. Manufacturer's special instructions for field handling, storage, and installation required for protection, shall be securely attached to the packaging for each piece of equipment prior to shipment. The instructions shall be stored in resealable plastic bags or other means of protection.

F. Individual instruments shall be appropriately tagged or labeled to positively identify the device. All identification shall be visible without the need to unpack the instrument from its protective packaging.

G. Instrument shipment and storage requirements shall be coordinated with the Engineer or Owner prior to shipment. The PCSI shall provide adequate storage and be ready to accept the shipment before shipping any equipment to the site. Additional shipping and storage requirements shall be as detailed in the individual instrument specifications.

H. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent, finished location shown on the drawings within seven (7) calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven (7) calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, at the Contractor’s expense, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment.

I. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during jobsite storage, and after equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service.

J. Components which are shipped loose due to transportation limitations shall be assembled and disassembled by the manufacturer prior to shipment to assure that all components fit together and are adequately supported.

K. If any apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.9 WARRANTIES
A. The manufacturer’s warranties shall start from date of Substantial Completion.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-115 CIP 7631

PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The installation of equipment furnished hereunder shall be by the Contractor or their assigned subcontractors.

B. Refer to the individual Specification Sections for the specific installation requirements.

C. Field Wiring

1. Field wiring materials and installation shall be in accordance with the electrical section.

2. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to destination and be grounded at only one (1) ground point for each shield.

D. Salvage of Existing Equipment

1. Existing equipment and materials removed or replaced under this contract shall be delivered to the Owner at a location designated by the Owner or shall be properly disposed of at the Owner’s discretion.

Care shall be taken to avoid damage to equipment delivered to the Owner.

2. Any mounting brackets, enclosures, stilling wells, piping, conduits, wiring, or openings that remain after removal of equipment and support hardware shall be removed or repaired in a manner acceptable to the Owner and Engineer. Transmitters or switches containing mercury shall be removed and disposed of by personnel trained in the handling of hazardous materials and using approved procedures.

3.2 SYSTEMS CHECK
A. Field Calibration of Instruments

1. After each instrument has been installed, a technical representative of the PCSI shall calibrate each instrument and shall provide a written calibration report for each instrument, indicating the results and final settings. A typical instrument calibration report is attached to the end of the Section 40 61 21 – Process Control System Testing.

2. The adjustments of calibrated instruments shall be sealed or marked, insofar as possible, to discourage tampering.

3. Instrument calibration shall be done before checkout of the system operation.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-116 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 61 20 – PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section covers the submittal requirements for the Process Control System (PCS).

B. Associated Sections

1. This section encompasses the equipment and services specified in the following sections:

SECTION SPEC TITLE
40 61 13 Process Control System General Provisions
40 61 21 Process Control System Testing
40 61 93 Process Control System Input/Output List
40 61 96 Process Control Descriptions
40 66 53 Radio Equipment
40 70 00 Instruments
40 72 00 Level Measurement

1.2 GENERAL
A. General Submittal Requirements:

1. Submittals shall demonstrate that the equipment and services to be furnished comply with the provisions of these specifications and shall provide a complete record of the equipment as manufactured, delivered, installed, and placed in service.

2. Submittals shall be complete and include equipment dimensional, assembly, and installation drawings, wiring and schematic diagrams, connection details, specifications, ranges, installation requirements, and data covering the materials used and the parts, devices and accessories forming a part of the system furnished. Submittals consisting of only general sales literature shall not be acceptable.

3. Individual drawings and data sheets submitted at random intervals will not be accepted for review.

4. Equipment tag numbers or identifications used on the Drawings shall be referenced where applicable.

5. Shop drawing title blocks shall include, at a minimum, the PCSI registered business name and address, Owner and project name, drawing name, revision level, and shall identify personnel responsible for the content of the Drawing(s).

6. Incomplete or partial submittals not complying with the submittal BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-117 CIP 7631

requirements outlined in this section will be rejected without review.

7. Submittals shall be bound in separate three-ring binders. Each binder shall include an index and sectional dividers. Each section shall have a uniquely numbered tab divider, and each component within each section shall have a separate binder tab divider. The cover and edge of each volume shall contain the information as specified in Section Operation and Maintenance Data. All drawings shall be reduced to a maximum size of 11-inches by 17-inches and Z-folded to 8.5-inches by 11-inches for inclusion inside the binder. Maximum binder thickness shall be 3 inches.

8. All electronic submittals shall be submitted in a searchable PDF format. The PDF file shall include an index and be bookmarked by section and individual device or component. Submittals that are not bookmarked shall be rejected without review.

9. The Engineer and Owner will review shop drawings a maximum of two (2) times. The cost of review for the second resubmittal and for each subsequent review by the Engineer and Owner shall be charged to the Contractor in the form of a deductive change order.

B. Submittal Order

1. First Stage Submittals
a. The Qualifications and Deviation List, Project Plan, and Schedule submittals may be submitted together.
b. Qualifications Submittal.
c. Deviation List, Project Plan, and Schedule.
d. Submittal requirements are specified within this section.

2. Second Stage Submittals
a. Submit on second stage submittals only after the first stage submittals have been approved.

3. Third Stage Submittals
a. Submit on third stage submittals only after the second stage submittals have been approved.

4. Fourth Stage Submittals
a. Preliminary Operations and Maintenance Manuals (O&Ms) shall be submitted prior to any factory testing and/or field installation of equipment and instruments.
b. Submittal requirements are specified within this section. c. Separate submittals shall be made for each submittal listed below in the order they are shown.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-118 CIP 7631

Submittal
Group Title
Individual Submittal Title First
Stage
Second
Stage
Third
Stage
Fourth
Stage
Qualifications
and Deviation
List, Project
Plan, and
Schedule
submittal
40 61 13
Process Control System
General Provisions -
Qualifications Submittal
√
40 61 13
Process Control System
General Provisions -
Deviation List, Project Plan,
and Schedule
√
Control
Hardware
Submittal
40 63 43
Programmable Logic
Controllers
√
40 67 00
Control Panel Enclosures
and Panel Equipment
√
40 66 53
Radio Equipment
√
Field
Instruments
Submittal
40 70 00
Instruments
√
40 70 93
Attachment A - Instrument
Device Schedule
√
40 72 00
Level Measurement
√
Process Control
and Input/Output
(IO) List
Submittal
40 61 93
Process Control System
Input/Output List
√
40 61 93A
Attachment A - PCS
Input/Output List
√
40 61 96
Process Control Descriptions
√
Panel Layout
Drawings and
40 67 00 √
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-119 CIP 7631

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SUBMITTAL REQUIRMENTS
A. Qualifications Submittal

1. Detailed information on staff and organization to show compliance with the Quality Assurance requirements of this section.

2. Submit details of personnel assigned to the project and the organizational structure, including the PCSI’s project manager, project engineer, lead project technicians, quality assurance reviewer, etc.

Include project roles, contact information, and key individual resumes Submittal
Group Title
Individual Submittal Title First
Stage
Second
Stage
Third
Stage
Fourth
Stage
Wiring Diagrams
Submittal
Control Panel Enclosures
and Panel Equipment
Testing Plan
Submittals
(PCSI)
40 61 21
Process Control System
Testing
√
Spares,
Expendables,
and Test
Equipment Lists
Submittal
40 61 13
Process Control System
General Provisions
√
40 61 21
Unwitnessed Factory
Acceptance Test Results

when
completed
when
completed
40 61 21
Witnessed Factory
Acceptance Test Results

when
completed
when
completed
40 61 21
Unwitnessed Operational
Readiness Test Results

when
completed
when
completed
40 61 21
Functional Demonstration
Test Results

when
completed
when
completed
Process Control
System
Operations and
Maintenance
(O&M) Manuals
40 61 13
Process Control System
General Provisions
√
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-120 CIP 7631

and specify in writing their commitment to the project.

3. The Qualifications submittal shall be submitted and approved before any other submittals from this section will be accepted. Failure to meet the minimum requirements shall be grounds for rejection as a PCSI. The Qualifications submittal shall, at a minimum, contain the following:
a. Copies of International Society of Automation (ISA) Certified Control Systems Technician (CCST) Level 1 certificates for all field technicians or resumes demonstrating a minimum of 10 years of verifiable plant start-up experience.
b. Notarized statement from the firm's financial institution demonstrating ability for the firm to meet the obligations necessary for the performance of the work.
c. Copy of UL-508 certificate for panel fabrication facilities. d. Project references for water or wastewater projects as defined in the Quality Assurance paragraphs.
e. Documentation to demonstrate the ability to complete this project, including resumes of key staff, financial capacities, details on engineering, design, fabrication, field service capacity, and the location of staff responsible for responding to the site within four (4) hours to resolve startup issues.

B. Deviation List, Project Plan, and Schedule Submittal

1. Deviation List Submittal
a. Submit a detailed list of any exceptions, functional differences, or discrepancies between the system proposed by the PCSI and this specification.
b. The Deviation List shall consist of a paragraph-by-paragraph review of the Specifications indicating acceptance or any proposed deviations, the reason for exception, the exact nature of the exception, the proposed substitution, and details of any contract financial credits offered so that an evaluation may be made by the Engineer.
c. If no exceptions are taken to the Specifications or Drawings, the PCSI shall make a statement as such. If there is no statement by the PCSI, then it is acknowledged that no exceptions are taken. d. The acceptability of any device or methodology submitted as an “equal” or “exception” to the specifications shall be at the sole discretion of the Engineer.

2. Project Plan Submittal
a. The Owner/Engineer will not accept subsequent PCSI submittals until the PCSI Project Plan submittal is approved.
b. A brief and concise description of the proposed system by the PCSI showing the understanding of the project work, including major hardware components, startup, and coordination.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-121 CIP 7631

c. Approach to work, startup and commissioning, testing, and any other tasks as required by these specifications.
d. Sample formats of the shop drawings to be submitted and in conformance with the requirements of the specifications. At a minimum, include samples of panel fabrication drawings, loop, and Input/Output (I/O) wiring diagrams.

C. Instrumentation Submittal:

1. The submittal shall include a complete instrument list or BOM including all instruments to be supplied by the PCSI. Instrument tagging shall adhere to the loop numbering and tagging scheme shown within the Drawings and Specifications.

2. Submit complete documentation of each field instrument using an ISA S20 (TR20) style data sheet format in electronic and 8.5x11 (inch) print format. Instrument data sheets shall include the following information, at a minimum:
a. General (Header):
1) Instrument type (Title).
2) Specification reference.
3) Document revision number and date.
b. Sensor/Controller/Field Meter/Transmitter:
1) Sensor, Controller, Field Meter, and Transmitter
details shall include, at a minimum:
a) Physical: Size and dimensions of equipment.

Materials of construction for enclosure and
wetted parts.
b) Ratings: NEMA rating, hazardous area
classification, and temperature ratings for
the equipment.
c) Sizing Calculations: Provide details of
equipment selection based on any
manufacturer required sizing, calculations,
configurations, etc.
d) Electrical Requirements: Note voltage, power
requirements (two-wire or four-wire), and
power consumption data.
e) Inputs/Outputs: Input and output
characteristics and types.
f) Heat Dissipation: Note manufacturer’s listed
heat dissipation value for the equipment.
g) Installation Details: Mounting details in
sufficient detail to determine compliance
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-122 CIP 7631

with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
h) Internal Features: Communication protocols,
control functions, programming parameters,
jumper settings, software features, and
licensing requirements.
i) Range, size, and graduations in engineering
units.
j) Complete manufacturer/model number.
c. Accessories and Special Requirements:
1) List all required accessories, special options,
software, tools, and calibration equipment to be
provided. Provide complete manufacturer/model
numbers for each accessory and/or manufacturer
option codes.
2) Submit details of digital network interface
requirements including type, wiring requirements,
configuration details, device addressing, and
process control system interface.
d. Instrument Tag List:
1) Provide specific project information for all
instruments, of each type, included on the ISAS20 (TR20) style data sheets. Instrument information shall include, at a minimum:
a) Plant equipment number and ISA tag number
per the Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams
(P&IDs) and/or the Engineer’s Instrument
List.
b) Instrument description including plant
area/system location.
c) Instrument scale range and engineering units
(or setpoints for discrete instruments).
d) Project drawing reference(s).

D. I/O List Submittal

1. The PCSI generates a detailed I/O list to be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval.
a. The I/O list shall follow the I/O List format and be submitted as a Microsoft Excel electronic document and 8-1/2 inch by 11-inch hard copy.
b. The I/O list shall include all active points and spare points for the system.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-123 CIP 7631

c. The I/O list shall be arranged such that each PLC has a dedicated worksheet. At a minimum, I/O worksheet tables shall include the following information:
1) Tag name(s): The identifier assigned to a device
that performs a function in the control system. As
part of this information, the loop number of the tag
shall be broken out to allow for sorting by loop.

PLC and HMI tag names shall be the same.
2) Description: A description of the function of the
device (text that includes signal source, control
function, etc.). Include the text, “Spare Points,” for
all I/O module points that are not connected to
equipment.
3) Engineering Range/State: The range in
engineering units corresponding to an analog 4-20
mA signal, or the state at which the value of the
discrete points is “1.”
4) Engineering Units: The engineering units
associated with the Analog I/O.
5) Alarm Limits: Include alarm limits based on the
control descriptions and the Drawings.
6) Alarm State.
7) Alarm Priority: Include alarm priority based on the
Owner’s preference.
8) HMI Update Rate.
9) Historical Logging.
10) Modbus Address: The Modbus address for peerto-peer data points. 11) PLC and HMI Address.
12) Wiring Information: The physical wiring termination points at the PLC designated by rack, slot, and
channel.
13) Signal Type: Use DO – Discrete Output, DI –
Discrete Input, AO – Analog Output, AI – Analog
Input, PI – Pulse Input, or PO – Pulse Output.
14) Instrument Limits.
15) State Text: Designation of the “on” and “off” state values for discrete points.
16) Output Type.

E. Control Panel and Radio Equipment Drawings Submittal BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-124 CIP 7631

1. Provide a complete list of all panels to be supplied.

2. Provide a complete hardware list or BOM including all hardware to be supplied by the PCSI. For each hardware component, submit a cover page that lists, at a minimum, date, specification number, product name, manufacturer, model number, location(s), and power required.

3. Catalog cuts for supplied Programmable Logic Controller (PLC), process controller equipment, RTUs, including central processing units, redundancy units, memory, input modules, output modules, modems, network interface modules, mounting racks, and power supplies. Submit descriptive literature for each hardware component that fully describes the units being provided.

4. Panel drawing submittals shall be complete, fully demonstrating compliance with all specification requirements and features. Panel drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following for each panel supplied:
a. Panel Layout and BOM (with quantity).
b. Panel Power Wiring Schematics.
c. Panel I/O Wiring Diagrams.

5. The Drawings shall be furnished for all panels, consoles, and equipment enclosures specified in related PCSI sections. The panel assembly and elevation drawings shall be drawn to scale and detail all equipment in or on the panel. The panel drawings shall be at least 11x17 (inch) print size. As a minimum, the panel drawings shall include the following:
a. Interior and exterior panel elevation drawings to scale. b. Nameplate schedule.
c. Conduit access locations.
d. Panel construction details.
e. Cabinet assembly and layout drawings to scale. The assembly drawing shall include a BOM on the drawing with each panel component clearly defined. The BOM shall be cross-referenced to the assembly drawing so that a non-technical person can readily identify any component of the assembly by manufacturer and model number.
f. Fabrication and painting specifications including color (or color samples).
g. Panel control schematics and interconnection diagrams detailing the electrical connections of all equipment in and on the panel.

Diagrams shall include power and signal connections, UPS and normal power sources, all panel ancillary equipment, protective devices, wiring and wire numbers, and terminal blocks and numbering.
h. Point-to-point I/O wiring diagrams depicting wiring within the panel as well as connections to external devices. The diagram shall identify all device terminal points that the system connects to, BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-125 CIP 7631

including terminal points of equipment not supplied by the PCSI.

Wiring labeling used on the Drawings shall match that shown on the contract documents or as developed by the ASP and
approved by the Owner/Engineer. Field device wiring shall include the device ISA-tag and a unique numeric identifier. The PLC I/O wiring shall be numbered with rack number, slot number, and point number. Two-wire and four-wire equipment shall be clearly identified, and power sources noted. Submit final wire numbering scheme for approval by the Owner/Engineer. Point-to-point drawings shall be 11x17 (inch) minimum in size.
i. Submit construction details, NEMA ratings, intrinsically safe barrier information, gas sealing recommendations, purging system details, etc. for panels located in hazardous locations or interfacing to equipment located in hazardous areas.
j. Heating and cooling calculations for each panel supplied indicating conformance with cooling requirements of the supplied equipment and environmental conditions. Calculations shall include the recommended type of equipment required for both heating and cooling.
k. Submit evidence that all control panels shall be constructed in conformance with UL 508 and bear the UL seal confirming the construction. Specify if UL compliance and seal application shall be accomplished at the fabrication location or by field inspection by UL inspectors. All costs associated with obtaining the UL seal and any inspections shall be borne by the Contractor and included in the contract.
l. Submit seismic calculations and anchoring requirements in conformance with Division 01.
m. Power Supply Sizing Calculations
1) Submit calculations to show compliance with
specified power supply sizing requirements of the
Specifications.
n. Battery Backup UPS Sizing and Runtime Calculations:
1) Submit functional line diagrams showing all major
system components and external connection
diagrams for all electrical equipment shall be
submitted for review. A manufacturer's standard
connection diagram or schematic showing more
than one (1) scheme of connection will not be
accepted, unless it is clearly marked to show the
intended connections.
2) Submit calculations to show compliance with
specified UPS capacity sizing and battery runtime
requirements of the Specifications.
3) The report shall certify that the UPS will provide
the required backup time at the specified UPS
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-126 CIP 7631

loading and UPS ambient temperature. The report
shall include anticipated continuous electrical load
calculations, backup time calculations, and shall
indicate the battery end-voltage used in the
analysis.

F. Testing Plan Submittal:

1. The Testing Plan submittal shall include all the testing requirements in Section 40 61 21 – Process Control System Testing, for both the PCSI and ASP. The development of this submittal shall take place in coordination with the separately-contracted ASP to ensure that the functionality of the PLC and HMI programming is also tested.

2. This submittal will outline the approach to testing the various components of the system to validate the HMI and PLC programming, field wiring, and panel wiring meets the requirements. In addition, sample test forms and procedures shall be included to allow the Owner/Engineer an opportunity to comment on format and content prior to the development the detailed test procedures. Additional components of this submittal shall include test approval and punch list procedures.

3. Test Procedure Submittals: Submit the procedures proposed to be followed for each test. Procedures shall include test descriptions, forms, and checklists to be used to control and document the required tests. Include sign-off forms for each testing phase or loop with signoff areas for the ASP, PCSI, Engineer, and Owner. Submit separate procedures for each test phase.

4. Test Documentation: Upon completion of each required test, document the test by submitting a copy of the signed-off test results.

Testing shall not be considered complete until the signed-off test results have been submitted and favorably reviewed. Submittal of other test documentation, including “highlighted” wiring diagrams with field technician notes, are not acceptable substitutes for the formal test documentation.

5. Each loop shall have a Loop Status sign-off form to organize and track its inspection, adjustment, and calibration. These forms shall include the following information and check-off items:
a. Project Name.
b. Loop Number.
c. Detailed test procedure indicating exactly how the loop will be tested, including all required test equipment, necessary terminal block numbers, and simulation techniques required.
d. Tag Number for each component.
e. Check-offs/sign-offs for each component.
1) Tag/identification.
2) Installation.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-127 CIP 7631

3) Termination – Wiring.
4) Termination – Tubing.
5) Calibration/adjustment.
f. Check-offs/sign-offs for the loop.
1) Panel interface terminations.
2) I/O interface terminations.
3) I/O signal operation.
4) Inputs/outputs operational: Received/sent,
processed, adjusted.
5) Total loop operation.
6) Space for comments.
7) Sign-off and date fields for the Contractor, the
Owner/Engineer, and the PCSI/ASP.

6. Each active analog subsystem element shall have a Component Calibration form. These forms shall have the following information, including space for data entry:
a. Project Name.
b. Loop Number.
c. ISA Tag Number and I/O Module Address.
d. Manufacturer.
e. Model Number/Serial Number.
f. Summary of Functional Requirements, for example:
1) For Indicators: Scale ranges.
2) For Transmitters/Converters: Scale and chart
ranges.
3) For Computing Elements: Function.
4) For Controllers: Action (direct/reverse) control
modes (PID).
5) For Switching Elements: Unit range, differential
(FIXED/ADJUSTABLE), reset (AUTO/MANUAL).
6) For I/O Modules: Input or output.
g. Calibrations, for example:
1) For Analog Devices: Required and actual inputs
and outputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span.
2) For Discrete Devices: Required and actual trip
points and reset points.
3) For Controllers: Mode settings (PID).

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-128 CIP 7631

4) For I/O Modules: Required and actual inputs or
outputs for 0, 50, and 100 percent of span.
h. Space for comments.
i. Sign-off and date fields for the Contractor, the Owner/Engineer, and the PCSI.

G. Spares, Expendables, and Test Equipment Lists Submittal:

1. This submittal shall include for each Subsystem:
a. A list of, and descriptive literature for, spares, expendables, and test equipment as specified in Division 40.
b. A list of, and descriptive literature for, additional spares, expendables, and test equipment recommended by the
manufacturer. The PCSI shall furnish all standard recommended spare parts as indicated in the manufacturer’s instruction manuals, for each component in the process control system.
c. Unit and total costs for the additional spare items specified or recommended for each subsystem.

H. Test Results:

1. As the tests listed in the table and described in the testing plan are completed, submit signed testing documentation.
a. Submit test results for each of control system tests described in Section 40 61 21 – Process Control System Testing.
1) Unwitnessed Factory Acceptance Test (UFAT).
2) Witnessed Factory Acceptance Test (WFAT).
3) Unwitnessed Operational Readiness Test (UORT).
4) Functional Demonstration Test (FDT).

I. Process Control System Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals:

1. O&M manuals shall be provided in both hardcopy and electronic copy.

2. The O&M manuals shall include complete instruction books for each item of equipment furnished. Where instruction booklets cover more than one (1) specific model or range of device, product data sheets shall be included which indicate the device model number and other special features.

3. The O&M manuals shall, at a minimum, contain the following information:
a. Table of Contents shall be provided for the entire manual with the specific contents of each volume clearly listed. The complete Table of Contents shall appear in each volume.
b. Instrument and Equipment Lists
1) The instrument and equipment lists shall be
developed in Microsoft Excel format and provided
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-129 CIP 7631

Brea City CouncilAugust 19, 2025

Brea City Council
August 19, 2025